SPX Power Team Pt1403b

ABOUT POWER TEAM
Hydraulic Pumps
Electric and Air Powered
Tough Products for
Electric, Air, and Gas Powered
Hand Pumps
Valves, Hoses and Accessories
Tough Applications
Hydraulic Cylinders
Rams Power Team. 90 years experience in supplying Professional Grade
Standard high-pressure Hydraulic Pumps, Cylinders, Jacks, Pullers & Tools.
Construction
Industrial
High Tonnage A Heritage of Innovation
Pancake Since 1924, weve been instrumental in the development of innovative
Aluminum
high force hydraulic power products, systems and tools. And many of
Pulling
our products are known as the industry standard for rugged construction,
Jacks
Lifting Jacks
reliability, and long service life. Today, we provide a full range of
Inflatable Jacks professional grade products and services around the globe.
Post-Tensioning Jacks
Tools Power Team Quality
Hydraulic Presses Power Team Products are built tough with strict ISO 9001 manufacturing
Flange Spreaders processes and are covered by a Lifetime Powerthon Warranty*.
Nut Splitters
Gear Pushers/Pullers
Bearing Maintenance Global Distribution and Service
Pushers/Pullers Wherever your job is in the world, the Power Team network of d istributors
Shop Equipment and service centers assures local product, parts and service availability.
Shop Presses
Floor Cranes
Spread Tilters
*See Warranty page for coverage details.
PROFESSIONAL
HYDRAULIC PUMPS,
C YLINDERS, JACKS,
PULLERS & TOOLS
CYLINDERS
6-39
PUMPS
40-103
!
W!
NE
HYDRAULIC
ACCESSORIES
104-133
SHOP
EQUIPMENT
134-147
JACKS
148-163
!
W!
NE HYDRAULIC
& M ECHANICAL
TOOLS
2
015 Hydraulic Technologies and SPX
Corporation. All rights reserved.
164-189
!
W!
Every effort has been made to assure the NE
accuracy of product descriptions in this catalog
at the time of printing. SPX reserves the right
to modify or discontinue products without prior
PULLERS
notice, alter or amend any published specification 190-230
without notice.
SPX tradenames, trademarks, or any part of

the document or any of its contents may not be
!
copied, reproduced, transmitted, modified or W!
used, in whole or in part, without the express NE MEASUREMENTS &
prior written consent of SPX Corporation or
SPX Hydraulic Technologies. Power Team,
SPECIFICATIONS
Vanguard, Vanguard Jr., Quarter Horse, 231-237
Flame-out, Posi-Check , Roll-Bed,
Power-Twin are registered trademarks of SPX
Corporation and SPX Hydraulic Technologies.
NUMERIC INDEX
BB1600,1601..............181 PG303 - PG554.......94-95 SPE556 - 208380-208382............ 35 34806 - 34807..... 145,180 9050A..................150-151

BC212 - BC212EUR....69 PG4004, SPE5513DS............... 139 208401, 208402......... 186 34808......................... 145 9040 - 9091......... 103,111
BP12............................. 69 PG4004S.................96-97 SPE10010 - 208406......................... 39 350090....................... 159 9006X - 9015X.......... 154
C51C - C10010C....14-15 PH103C-PH103CR.... 216 SPE10013DS............. 140 208627....................... 206 350094-350100............ 34 9105A......................... 155
C55CBT - PH53C, PH53CR....... 216 SPE10010R................ 140 209199, 209200......... 189 350144, 350145.... 35,180 9112A -
C2514CBT................... 16 PH1002 - PH1002J.... 227 SPE15013DS - 209201....................... 187 350184......................... 34 9130A..................150-151
CB30 - CB100............. 38 PH63C - PH113C SPE20013DS............. 141 209593................ 102,130 350199....................... 103 9015B - 9110B........... 150
CBS55 - CBS200....... 164 PH103C, PH103CR... 214 SPH1010.................... 137 212377....................... 230 350207-350209........... 159 9205A - 9220A.......... 155
CC5 - CC25............... 180 PH172 - PH503.......... 217 SPM1010................... 137 21332......................... 145 350320-350334............ 36 9190........................... 114
DG100, DG100B....... 111 PH303C...................... 214 SPM256..................... 138 213895, 213896......... 133 350376......................... 35 9500, 9501................. 125
FC2200 - FC4400...... 146 PH553C - SPM256C................... 136 215315....................... 209 350431................ 103,132 9502........................... 124
FK59 - FK159B......47-48 PH553CL13............... 226 SPM2514................... 138 216209....................... 130 350549, 350550......... 178 9504........................... 123
FLS15..................176-177 PH82K....................... 214 SPM556, 21669 - 21873.............. 39 350593-350594.......... 226 9506, 9507................. 125
HFS3A - HFS6A........ 178 PHP Series................. 225 SPM5513................... 139 22041-22044.............. 186 350637....................... 226 9508, 9509................. 117
HB443, HB444............ 98 PHPHB106- SPM10010................. 140 22185......................... 206 350722......................... 49 9510........................... 131
HNS150 - HNS225.... 175 PHPHB216................. 198 SPX256C................... 136 22274, 22275............... 39 350723-350724............ 34 9511........................... 125
HP20 - HP35SP.....182-183 PLA6014 - SS2............................. 206 24196, 24197............... 39 350822, 350823......... 178 9512, 9513................. 128
HS2000 - HS3000...... 179 PLE6014K................. 161 TBP1622.................... 144 24813, 24814............... 36 350895-350898............ 35 9514........................... 117
HST11........................ 215 PMA, PUA..............64-67 TPP1-TPP200............ 144 24832-24833.............. 204 350984......................... 36 9515.................... 102,131
HST11S...................... 214 PMA55 - PME55S..... 163 TPS6........................... 144 25017.................. 103,130 351075......................... 23 9516...................... 97,128
HT50A - HT200......... 184 PPH17 - TWSD1-TWSD25...... 166 250175....................... 132 351106......................... 23 9517...................... 71,123
HTS50........................ 188 PPH50R..............218-219 TWD1-063- 250341-250343........... 159 351324, 351325........... 36 9519........................... 128
IM10E, IM10H.......... 156 PQ603-PQ604S.......86-87 TWD25-275.......... 167 250353....................... 159 351334......................... 36 9520........................... 124
IJ13 - IJ7320.......158-159 PQ1203-PQ1204S...86-89 250459....................... 182 351574 - 351576.......... 35 9521........................... 131
IPS10B, TWH15-TWH50........ 168
PR102 - PR104.......68-69 250682....................... 159 351985....................... 175 9522, 9523................. 128
IPS10HB.................... 209 TWS Series................ 167 251002....................... 226 36161......................... 233 9524........................... 116
PR2100J Thru
IPS10M, TWLC Series......168-169 251468....................... 226 36469......................... 145 9525, 9526................. 117
PR3100S.............228-229
IPS17M...................... 212 PT102 -PT216.....196-197 X1A1.......................... 171 251646, 251647......... 213 36578.................. 206,209 9531........................... 131
IPS17 - IPS17H.......... 220 PTPHA106- X1E1, X1E2............... 170 251660.................. 69,130 37045.................. 111,185 9552........................... 127
IPS30H....................... 221 PTPHA216..........196-197 0100 - 0600................ 187 251970-251999.......... 183 37368..................144-145 9553........................... 128
IPS3017-IPS3017B..... 222 PTPHC106- 1020 - 1050.........200-201 252000....................... 183 38597.................. 144,180 9554........................... 116
IPS50H....................... 221 PTPHC216................. 198 1057 - 1060................ 216 252001-252002.......... 183 38855, 38904............... 39 9555, 9556, 9559....... 117
IPS5017- IPS5017B.... 223 PTPHD106- 1062........................... 218 252215......................... 39 38908, 38909............... 35 9560............................. 69
IPS5317.......................224 PTPH216.................... 198 1064, 1066................. 217 252511, 252512.... 85,132 38953..................144-145 9561-9563.................... 68
J24T - J259T.......152-153 PTPH100T- 1070........................... 219 252542 - 253391........ 157 38954..................144-145 9569, 9570, 9572....... 127
JAM10033 - PTPH200T................. 199 1074........................... 217 25388 - 25750.........34-35 39811......................... 188 9575........................... 119
JEM15026.................. 165 R552C - R56510C....... 26 1076........................... 219 25931........................... 36 41331......................... 206 9576.................... 102,124
K82, K83.................... 215 R1002D - R56510D..... 28 1080........................... 217 26068 - 26666............ 186 420059 - 420064.......... 35 9579........................... 127
LR2000 - LR6000...... 147 R552L - R56510L........ 32 10461.................. 103,130 27198........................... 36 420496BK2.................. 39 9580, 9581................. 119
MB5 - MB16.............. 213 RA202 - RA1006......... 17 10494.................. 103,132 27241......................... 206 420496OR9- 9582, 9584................. 123
P12 - P59F..............46-47 RA556L, RA1006L..... 30 1100 - 1111................ 203 27287......................... 186 420498OR9.................. 39 9589, 9590................. 128
P19, P59...................... 47 RB8013S - 1020-1050...........200-201 27315......................... 206 420655OR9.................. 39 9592................. 81,82,127
P157 - P460D............... 48 RB20013S.................. 143 1120........................... 187 27487-27555.............. 230 420778....................... 111 9593........................... 116
PA172-PA174.........60-61 RC0552P-RC6202P..... 31 1121 - 1124................ 205 27737......................... 186 420866-420871............ 36 9594.................... 102,127
PA6 - PA6DM-2.....50-53 RC12V......................... 69 1125........................... 187 27793 - 27797............ 230 421056, 421057........... 23 9595........................... 116
PA7............................ 210 RC2GAL, RC5........... 133 1126-1128.................. 205 27876, 27877............. 103 421312OR9.................. 39 9596, 9597................. 118
PA9, PA9H.............54-55 1130........................... 205 28228-28229....... 136,180 43562, 43563......144-145 9599, 9605................. 126
RC7402C-RC122010C.27-33
PA50 - PA50RM.....58-59 1131........................... 187 28230........................... 36 44148, 44195..... 206, 208 9608........................... 118
PA60, PA64............56-57 RC7402D-RC122010D.29 1150 - 1154................ 204 28250 - 28256............ 206 44457, 44458......144-145 9609.................... 102,126
PA462-PA554.........62-63 RC7402L-RC122010L... 33 1155 - 1158................ 207 28323GY8.................. 206 44745, 44766............. 227 9610, 9610A............... 123
PB1230C - RD106 - RD50013....... 24 1165, 1166................. 204 28612 - 28644.............. 39 45329......................... 188 9615........................... 128
PB51156C.................. 213 RH102 - 1170, 1171..........206-207 28984, 28985............. 186 45589........................... 38 9616........................... 112
PC200, PC200RC...... 133 RH2008........................ 20 1172 - 1178.........206-207 29595........................... 36 46070..................144-145 9617........................... 113
PD313 - PD812.......... 183 RH306D....................... 21 1180 - 1182................ 208 3-3932-3-3959............ 107 47997......................... 216 9620........................... 131
PE-NUT....................... 92 RHA306....................... 20 1188........................... 215 302482, 302483........... 36 518, 522..................... 210 9623........................... 119
PE102 - RHA604D.................... 21 1266........................... 189 303045....................... 227 58943 - 58945............ 162 9625.................... 103,131
PE104......................68-69 RH121T....................... 20 1320 - 1349................ 187 303785......................... 36 60846......................... 136 9626, 9627... 102,113,129
PE120M..................... 100 RJ Series.............160-161 13449......................... 186 304718................ 102,130 679, 680..................... 205 9628.......... 83,85,102,129
PE172 - PE174M.....70-71 RLS50 - RLS1500S..... 18 15235......................... 159 307159....................... 159 7053K......................... 187 9631........................... 119
PE182 - RP20 - RP104..... 103,133 15702......................... 187 307281....................... 185 7103........................... 188 9632.................... 103,129
PE184C...................72-73 RP25, RP55.................. 23 16339......................... 132 308022....................... 175 7123K, 7125K............ 187 9633.................... 103,119
PE213 - PE214S......74-75 RPS55 - RPS556A....... 49 16954......................... 186 308435OR9 Thru 7136........................... 207 9634, 9635................. 113
PE302 - RSS101 - RSS2503...... 19 17627......................... 130 308440OR9.........220-224 714............................. 187 9636-9640........... 103,112
PE304R-2................78-79 RT172 - RT1004.......... 22 1890-1893........... 144,145 308840....................... 175 7162-7168.................. 189 9641.................... 103,131
PE30TWP............. 78,172 RV21278 - 24832-24833.............. 204 309652, 309653.. 102,130 7180........................... 230 9642........................... 113
PE55TWP- RV21278-90............... 119 201362 - 201412........ 233 309874-309875.......... 216 7300, 7301................. 187 9643.................... 103,131
PE55TWP4................ 173 RWP55....................... 174 201454, 201923.... 36,145 31772, 31776............... 35 7307-7309.................. 189 9644........................... 113
PE462 - PE464S......80-81 SF50................... 139, 142 202178 - 202180.......... 34 32054......................... 206 7312........................... 188 9645-9647........... 103,112
PE552 - PE554W....82-83 SF150..................140-142 202777, 202778......... 130 32118........................... 36 7313........................... 187 9648........................... 113
PE604T - SJ2010 - SJ3010P...... 157 202817....................... 188 32325........................... 35 7392, 7393................. 210 9670-9690.................. 114
PE604PT.................84-85 SP1010A.................... 137 203003 - 203156........ 186 32698 - 33439.............. 36 7395........................... 188 9691........................... 113
PE4004, SPA10 - SPA200....... 145 203225................ 103,130 3344 .......................... 188 7400, 7401................. 189 9692 - 9705................ 114
PE4004S..................90-91 SPA256, SPA2514..... 138 203264....................... 185 33856-33865.............. 206 7402........................... 188 9720, 9721................. 118
PE84........................70-71 SPA556...................... 139 204666....................... 188 34136........................... 36 7406K......................... 187 9733-9783....106-107,221
PED253 - SPE1010, 204928....................... 189 34251........................... 39 7420, 7421................. 189 9785-9788.................. 185
PED254S.................76-77 SPE1010D.................. 137 204990....................... 185 34331......................... 206 8000 - 8076.........210-211 9792 - 9800................ 108
PG120HM...............96-97 SPE256 - 206753....................... 186 34510, 34511. 36,145,189 8110 - 8148................ 210 981............................. 206
PG1203-CP.......93, 96-97 SPE2514DS............... 138 206767....................... 132 34698......................... 206 885............................. 189
PG1200M-4 - 207395................ 144,145 34755, 34756........ 36,145 927 - 939.................... 203
PG1204S.................96-97 207762....................... 132 34758........................... 36 9002A -
4
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A Fluid Level & M R

Adapters, Step Plate.................. 211 Temperature Gauge................... 132 Magnetic Pick-Up Tool............. 188 Railroad Axle Journal Bearing
Adapters, Threaded Foot Pump Conversion Kit.... 47-48 Magnetic Strip........................... 132 Service Equipment.............. 228-229
(Puller)............................... 210-211 Forcing Presses.................. 134-143 Maintenance Sets...................... 156 Ratcheting Chain Wrenches....... 189
Air/Hydraulic Pumps............. 50-67 G Manifolds.................................. 113 Remote Controls........................ 130
Aluminum Cylinders....................... Gauges, Hydraulic Metering Valve......................... 119 Remote Mounted Valves..... 116-117
..................................... 17, 20-23 Pressure.............................. 110-111 Metric Conversion Charts......... 234 Reservoir.................................... 133
Assemble to Order Gear and Pulley Mini Jack................................... 155 Reservoir Breather Kit............... 132
Pumps................................. 100-103 Pullers................................ 200-224 Motion Contol System.............. 238 Retaining Ring Pliers................. 187
Attachments, Pulling......... 204-205 Gland Nut Wrench, Adjustable.189 Motor Controls.......................... 130 Rethreading Tools...................... 188
Axle Journal Roller Bearing H N Roll-Bed Presses............... 142-143
Service Equipment.................... 228 Head Inserts, Cylinder................ 39 Nut Splitters.............................. 175 Roll Cage Pump......................... 133
B High Pressure O S
Bead Breaker............................. 181 Air Operated Pump............ 64-67 Oil, Hydraulic........................... 112 Safety Training........................... 239
Bearing Cup Installer......... 228-229 Horseshoe Lock Ring Plier....... 187 O Ring Seal Pick................... 188 Sequence Valve.......................... 118
Bearing Cup Remover............... 207 Hose, Hydraulic................. 106-107 P Shaft Protectors.......................... 211
Bearing Pulling Hydraulic Accessories....... 104-133 Pancake Cylinders....................... 31 Shop Press Accessories....... 144-145
Attachments....................... 204-205 Hydraulic Couplers........... 108, 114 Photo Tachometer, Digital........ 188 Shop Presses....................... 134-143
Bench Presses............................ 137 Hydraulic Cranes...................... 146 Pipe Flange Spreaders............... 178 Shorty Cylinders.......................... 19
Bi-Directional Pullers............... 214 Hydraulic Cylinders............... 12-39 Pliers, Retaining Ring............... 187 Shut-off Valves.......................... 119
Blankets, Protective.................. 213 Hydraulic Fittings..................... 114 Positioning Slings..................... 147 Slide Hammer Pullers......... 206-207
Blind Hole Puller Set................ 206 Hydraulic Gauges............... 110-111 Post Tensioning Valves............. 129 Slings, Load-Positioning............ 147
Bushing and Bearing Drivers..... 230 Hydraulic Hose.................. 106-107 Press Accessories............... 144-145 Solenoid-Operated
C Hydraulic Jacks.................. 148-163 Presses, Hydraulic Valves................................. 127-128
Casters....................................... 132 Hydraulic Oil............................ 112 Roll-Bed............................. 142-143 Spanner Wrenches..................... 189
Center-Hole Hydraulic Presses, Shop..... 134-147 Presses, Hydraulic Shop..... 134-143 Spreaders, Hydraulic........... 178-179
Cylinders........................... 20-22 Hyd. Puller Sets........................ 220 Pressure Gauges, Square Drive....................... 166-167
Accessories............................. 39 Hydraulic Pumps.................. 40-103 Hydraulic....................... 110-111 Standards, Quality...................... 235
Center-Hole Twin Cylinders....... 24 Hydraulic Pump- Pressure Switches...................... 131 Step Plate Adapters.................... 211
C-Clamps.................................. 180 Cylinder-Hose Sets..................... 49 Pressure Reducing Valve.......... 118 Storage Boxes,
C-Frame Press........................... 136 Hydraulic Punches............. 182-183 Protective Blankets................... 213 Puller Sets....................... 208-209
Chain Wrenches........................ 189 Hydraulic Spreaders........... 178-179 Pry Bars..................................... 189 Straightening Fixtures..... 139-140, 142
Chaser, Thread.......................... 188 Hydraulic System Testers......... 184 Puller Adapters................... 210-211 Straightening Tool..................... 215
Check Valves............................ 119 Hydraulic Tester Accessories... 185 Puller Attachments............. 204-205 Stressing Jacks
Counter-balance Valve.............. 118 Hydraulic Tools................. 164-185 Puller, Blind Hole..................... 206 and Pumps.................. 84-85, 157
Couplers, Hydraulic.......... 108, 114 Hydraulic Valves............................ Pullers, Bearing..................... 200-230 Strong Box Puller Sets........... 209
Crane Accessories..................... 147 Pump Mounted.............. 122-129 Pullers, Bearing Cup................. 207 Subplates, Pump......................... 131
Cranes, Mobile.......................... 146 In-Line........................... 118-119 Pullers, Gear....................... 200-230 Switches, Hand and Foot.... 130-131
Cribbing Block Sets..... 38, 161-162 Remote.......................... 115-117 Pullers, Hydraulic.............. 214-230 T
Cylinder-Pump- I Pullers, Internal.................. 204-209 Testers, Hydraulic System..... 184-185
Hose Sets, Hydraulic.............. 49 Industrial Maintenance Sets...... 156 Pullers, Jaw-Type............................ Temperature &
Cylinders, Hydraulic.............. 12-39 Industrial Maintenance .......... 200-201,212-213,220-224 Fluid Level Gauge................. 132
D Puller Sets.......212-213, 220-221 Pullers, Pulley............................ 205 Thread Chaser............................ 188
Digital Pressure Gauge...... 110-111 In-Line Valves................... 118-119 Pullers, Sets................. 208-209, 212 Threaded Adapters,
Double-Acting Cylinders Inflatable Jacks................... 158-159 Pullers, Slide Hammer........ 207-208 Puller.............................. 210-211
........................................... 19-29 Intensifier, Hydraulic.....................98 Pulley Pullers............................. 205 Tire Pressing Set........................ 144
E Internal Pulling Pull Cylinders.............................. 23 Toe Jacks, Hydraulic........... 152-153
Electric/Hydraulic Attachments.......................... 204 Pump Cart.................................. 133 Tools, Hydraulic................. 164-189
Pumps............................... 6891 J Pump Accessories, Torque Wrench Pumps....... 170-174
Enforcer 55 Jack Modules..................... 161-162 Hydraulic........................ 130-133 Torque Wrench................... 166-169
Hydraulic Puller................... 226 Jacks, High-Tonnage.......... 160-163 Pump-Cylinder-Hose Torque Wrench Links................ 168
Enforcer 100 Jacks, Hydraulic................. 148-163 Sets, Hydraulic........................ 49 Torque Wrench Sockets............. 167
Hydraulic Puller................... 227 Jacks, Hydraulic Toe.......... 152-153 Pump Mounted Valves........ 123-129 Torque Wrench,
F Jacks, Inflatable.................. 158-159 Pump Reservoirs........................ 133 Low Clearance...................... 168
Filter/Regulator/ Jacks, Stressing......................... 157 Pumps, Hydraulic.................. 40-103 Torque Wrench Reducers.......... 169
Lubricator, Air...................... 131 Jimmy Bars............................... 189 Pumps, Hydraulic, Air............ 50-67 V
Fixtures, Straightening....... 139-142 L Pumps, Hydraulic, V-Belt Pulley Pulling
Flange Spreaders....................... 178 Lightweight Handpump.............. 47 Electric............................... 68-91 Attachments............................... 205
Floor Cranes, Mobile................ 146 Load-Lowering Valve............... 118 Pumps, Hydraulic, Gas........... 93-97 Valves, Hydraulic
Flow Characteristics, Valves Load-Positioning Slings............ 147 Pumps, Hydraulic, Hand......... 46-49 Pump Mounted............... 122-129
............................48-50, 120-122 Low Profile Cylinders................. 18 Pumps, Torque Wrench...... 170-176 In-Line............................ 118-119
Low Clearance................... 168-169 Punches, Hydraulic............. 182-183 Viton Seal Kits...................... 37,132
Push-Pullers, Hydraulic............. 225 W
Push-Pullers, Mechanical...... 218-219 Warranty.................................... 237
Q Wrenches, Industrial.................. 189
Quality Standards, Industry....... 235 Wrenches, Ratcheting Chain...... 189
Quarter Horse Pumps.............. 68-69 Wrenches, Spanner.................... 189
Quiet Pumps........................ 86-89 Wrenches, Torque............... 166-169
POWERTEAM.COM 5
CYLINDER The Following guidelines are for r ecommendations. Always check to
general lifting and construction see that the pumps usable reservoir
S E L E C T I O N applications. Hydraulic tools, pullers
and presses may fall outside these
capacity exceeds the cylinder(s)
oil C
apacity.
Choosing The Right

Pump and Cylinder Generally
Recommended
Marginal
Check Requirements
Not Recommended for
most applications
10,000 psi Maximum Working Pressure
Page PRESSURE STAGE CYLINDER CAPACITY (Tons)

N 5 10 15 20 25 30 55 75 100 150 200 300 400 500
Hand 46 P12 Single 14 32 44 65 72 93
46 P55 Single 6 14 19 28 31 40 71
Pumps* 47 P19/ Low 4 8 10 15 17 21
P19L High 13 30 42 59 68 86
47 P59F Low 1.8 4.1 5.7 8 9 12 20 29
High 8 17 24 34 48 50 85 122
47 P59(L) Low 1.5 3.2 4.7 7 7.7 9.7 16.7 23.9
48 P157 High 6 14 19 28 31 40 71 101
48 P159 Low 0.5 1 1.3 1.9 2.2 2.8 5 7 9 13 18
48 P300 High 7 15 21 30 34 43 77 110 143 200 250
48 P460 Low 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.5 2.2 2.8 4.2 5.6 8.4 11.2
High 3.3 7.7 9 14 17.5 22 37 55 71 105 143 213 284
Electric/ 68 PE10 Low 0.5 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.6 3.2 5.5
Hydraulic High 6 13.4 18.9 27 31 39 66.2
Pumps 70 PE17 Low 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.3 3.3 4.3 6.5 8.7
High 3.5 7.9 10.9 16 18 23 39 56.3 73 109 146
72-73 PE18 Low 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 1.8 2.3 3.9 5.7 7.3 10.8 14.6 21.9 29.2
High 3.3 7.5 10.3 15 17 21 37 53 69 102 136 207 276
74-75 PE21 Low 0.2 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.5 3.6 4.6 6.8 9.2 13.8 18.4
High 2.8 6.4 9 13 15 19 32 45.5 59 88 118 177 236
76-77 PED25 Low 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.0 1.3 2.2 3.2 4.1 6.1 8.3 12.0 15.7 19.9
High 2.4 5.4 7.5 10.6 12.4 15.6 26.5 38.2 49.5 73.6 99.1 144.3 188.5 238.6
78-79 PE30 Low 0.2 0.45 0.6 0.9 1 1.3 2.2 3.2 4.1 6
High 2 4.5 6 9 10 13 22 32 41 60
80-81 PE46 Low 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.5 4.7 7.2 9.6
High 1.3
1 2.9 4.1 5.9 6.8 8.6 14 22 28 42 56 84 112
82-83 PE55 Low 0.1 .1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.5 5.4 7.2
84-85 PE60 High 1.1 1.1 2.4 3.4 4.8 5.6 7.1 12 17.8 23 34 45 69 92
86-87 PQ60 Low 0.1 .1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5
High 1 1 2.2 3.3 4.4 5.2 6.5 11 16.2 21 31 41 63 84 105
88-89 PQ120 Low 0.1 0.2 0.3
.1 .2 .3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5
High 0.5 1.1 1.6
.5 1.1 1.6 2.2 2.6 3.2 5.5 7.7 10 15 21 30 40 50
90-91- PE400 Low 0.1 .1 0.1
.1 0.2
.2 . 0.2 0.3 0.3
2 . 3 0.6
. 8 1 1.5 2.1 3 4 5
High 0.1
.1 0.3
.3 0.4
.4 0.6 0.7 0.9
.6 .7 .9 1.6
1.6 2.2 2.9 4.4 5.9 8.7 11.6 14.5
Air/ 50-51 PA6/ Single 10 22.4 31 44.4 51.3 65.2
Hydraulic 54-55 PA9 Single 10 22.4 31 44.4 51.3 65.2
Pumps
60-61 PA17 Low 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.3 3.3 4.3 6.5 8.7
High 3.5 7.9 10.9 16 18 23 39 56 73 109 146
62-63 PA46 Low 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 1.3 2 2.4 3.5 4.7 7.2 9.6
High 1.3 2.9 4.1 5.9 6.8 8.6 14 22 28 56 42 84 112
62-63 PA55 Low 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.5 2.2 2.8 4.1 5.5 8.4 11.2
High 1.1 2.4 3.4 4.8 5.6 7.1 12 18 23 34 45 69 92
Gas/ 94-95 PG30 Low 0.3 0.7 1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3 4.8 6.2 9.3 12.4 18.1
Hydraulic High 2 4.5 6.3 8.9 10.3 13 22 31.8 41.3 61.4 83 121
Pumps 94-95 PG55 Low 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.4 2 2.6 3.9 5.2 7.6 9.9 12.5
High 1.1 2.5 3.5 4.9 5.6 7.1 12.1 17.3 22.5 33.5 45 66 86 109
96-97 PG120 Low 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.4 2 2.6 3.9 5.2 7.6 9.9 12.5
High 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.4 3.0 5.1 7.3 9.5 14.2 19.1 27.8 36.3 46.0
96-97 PG400 Low 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 3.8 4.9
High 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.6 6.2 9.0 11.8 15.0
Some Power Team pumps are available in special configurations not listed in this catalog. Power Team can Assemble to order pumps with special
seals, voltages, valves, relief valve settings, etc. For your special requirements please consult your local distributor or the Power Team factory.
* Hand Pumps = Number of strokes required to move piston 1. Air, Electric and Gasoline Engine/Hydraulic pumps = Number of seconds required to move piston 1.
6

Retracted Retracted
Stroke Height Order Page Stroke Height Order Page
(in.) (in.) No. No. (in.) (in.) No. No.

2 101/4 143/4 C2510C 15

Ton 5 93/16 RP25 23 Ton 121/4 163/4 C2512C 15
25
Pull
14 1/ 18 / C2514C 15
8 3 4
Ton
5 5ton 51/ 117/ RP55 23 141/8 213/8 C2514CBT 16
Ton 2 8 1/8 203/8 RD2514
pull
Pull 14

25
9/16 15/8 RLS50 18

1 43/8 C51C 15 1/2 25/16 RLS300 18

3 /4 6 /2 C53C 15 21/8 73/8 RA302 17
1 1

5 5 5 /4 8 /2 C55C 15 2 /16 4 /8 RSS302 19
1 1 7 5
Ton 51/4 101/2 C55CBT 16 21/2 61/4 RH302 20

Ton
71/4 103/4 C57C 15 30 21/2 87/16 RT302 22 Retracted
30 3 71/16 RH303 21 Retracted
91/4 123/4 C59C 15 Ton Stroke Height Order Page Stroke Height Order Page
Ton
4 /8 9 /8 RA304 17 (in.) (in.) No. No. (in.) (in.) No. No.
1 3

7/16 13/4 RLS100 18 57/8 111/8 RHA306 20

1 3 /8 C101C 15
5 6 9 /4 RH306 20 21/4 51/2 RSS1002 19
3 2 71/2 R2802C 26

11/2 31/2 RSS101 19 6 111/16 RH306D 21 3 10 RH1003 20 2 913/64 R2802D 28

21/8 43/4 C102C 15 61/8 113/8 RA306 17 47/8 151/8 RT1004 22 2 93/4 R2802L 32

2 /2 5 /4 RH102 18 10 /8 17 /4 RH3010 21
1 1 1 1 6 91/2 R1006C 26 280 6 111/2 R2806C 26

41/8 63/4 C104C 15 6 1041/64 R1006D 28 Ton
280 6 1313/64 R2806D 28
Ton
6 /8 9 /4 C106C 15 /8 2 /8 RLS500S 18
1 3 5 5 6 111/4 R1006L 32 6 133/4 R2806L 32

10 61/8 111/2 C106CBT 16 50 23/8 5 RSS502 19 6 12 3/8 RH1006 21 10 151/2 R28010C 26
10
Ton 100
Ton 61/4 1111/16 RD106 25 Ton 3 71/8 RH503 20 61/4 113/4 RA1006 17 10 1713/64 R28010D 28
Ton
8 115/16 RH108 20 3 109/16 RT503 22 61/4 133/8 RA1006L 30 10 173/4 R28010L 32

8 / 11 / C108C 15
1 8 3 4 65/8 131/4 C1006C 15

10 1511/16 RD1010 25 2 415/16 R552C 26 65/8 1325/32 RD1006 25 300 6 179/32 RD3006 25

101/8 133/4 C1010C 15 2 63/8 R552L 32 100 10 131/2 R10010C 32 300 Ton 13 249/32 RD30013 25
Ton
101/8 151/2 C1010CBT 16 2 67/8 C552C 15 Ton 10 1441/64 R10010D 28

121/8 153/4 C1012C 15 21/8 63/4 RA552 17 10 151/4 R10010L 32 2 91/8 R3552C 26

14 /8 17 /4 C1014C 15 41/8 83/4 RA554 17 101/8 1913/16 RH10010 21 2 111/2 R3552L 32
1 3

41/4 91/8 C554C 15 101/4 167/8 C10010C 15 2 153/8 R3552D 26
/16 2 /16 RH120 20
5 3 6 815/16 R556C 26 131/8 209/32 RD10013 25 6 125/8 R3556C 26

12 15/8 413/16 RH121 20
12 6 103/8 R556L 32 201/8 289/32 RD10020 25 355 355
Ton 6 151/2 R3556L 32
Ton 15/8 413/16 RH121T 20 55 61/8 103/4 RA556 17
Ton Ton 6 1721/32 R3556D 28
55
3 71/4 RH123 20 Ton Ton 6 / 12 / RA556L 30 / 4
1 8 1 2 9 16 RLS1500S 18 10 171/8 R35510C 26
61/4 111/8 C556C 15 2 63/8 R1502C 26 10 191/2 R35510L 32
61/4 1231/32 RD556 25 2 77/16 R1502D 28 10 2121/32 R35510D 28
1 47/8 C151C 15 10 1215/16 R5510C 26 2 81/8 R1502L 32

21/8 57/8 C152C 15 10 143/8 R5510L 32 5 121/8 RH1505 21 400 6 185/8 RD4006 25
400
41/8 77/8 C154C 15 10 151/8 RA5510 17 6 103/8 R1506C 26 Ton Ton 13 255/8 RD40013 25

6 / 10 / C156C 15 10 / 15 / C5510C 15
1 8 11 16 1 4 1 8 150 6 11 / R1506D 28
7 16
15
15 81/8 1211/16 C158C 15 131/8 19 27/32 RD5513 25 150
Ton Ton 6 121/8 R1506L 32
2 103/8 R4302C 26
Ton 1/8 1411/16 C1510C 1/4 181/8 C5513C 15 65/8 147/8 RD1506 25
10

15 13 Ton 2 125/16 R4302D 28
121/8 1611/16 C1512C 15 181/8 257/8 RD5518 25 8 133/4 RH1508 21 6 143/8 R4306C 26
430
141/8 1811/16 C1514C 15 10 143/8 R15010C 26 Ton 6 165/16 R4306D 28
430
16 209/16 C1516C 15 3 91/4 RH603 20 10 157/16 R15010D 28 10 205/16 R43010C 28

60 4 91/2 RHA604D 21 10 161/8 R15010L 32 10 2053/64 R43010D 28
17.5
17.5 60 5 91/2 RH605 21 131/8 213/8 RD15013 25
Ton
2 67/8 RT172 22 Ton
Ton 6 121/2 RH606 20 181/8 2617/32 RD15018 25 500 6 19 21/32 RD5006 25
101/8 181/16 RH6010 21
500
Ton 13 26 21/32 RD50013 25
Ton
/16 2 7 RLS200 18 2 7 /2 R2002C 26
1

13/4 33/4 RSS202 19 5/8 31/8 RLS750S 18 2 89/64 R2002D 28 2 111/2 R5652C 26
75
2 6 /8 RH202 20 Ton
1 75
6 1/8 123/8 C756C 15 2 91/2 R2002L 32 2 145/8 R5652L 32
Ton
20 21/8 63/8 RA202 17 131/8 193/8 C7513C 15
20 6 111/2 R2006C 26 2 1619/32 R5652D 28
Ton 3 61/16 RH203 20
Ton 6 129/64 R2006D 28
6 151/2 R5656C 26
41/8 83/8 RA204 17 200 6 13 /2 R2006L 32 565
200 1 565 6 185/8 R5656L 32
80
80 131/8 203/8 RD8013 25 Ton Ton
6 121/8 RH206 20 Ton Ton Ton 65/8 16 RD2006 25 Ton 6 2019/32 R5656D 28

61/8 103/8 RA206 17 8 161/16 RH2008 21 10 191/2 R56510C 26

5/8 33/8 RLS1000S 18 10 151/2 R20010C 26 10 225/8 R56510L 26
1 51/2 C251C 15 11/2 511/16 RSS1002D 19 10 169/64 R20010D 28 10 2419/32 R56510D 28

2 61/2 C252C 15 11/2 61/2 RH1001 21 10 171/2 R20010L 32

25 4 81/2 C254C 15 100 100 2 51/2 R1002C 26 13 /8 22 /2 RD20013 25
1 1
25 61/4 103/4 C256C 15 1/8 281/2 RD20018 25
Ton
Ton
Ton 2 6 /64 R1002D 28
Ton 41 18
61/4 133/8 C256CBT 16 2 71/4 R1002L 32 740- 2, 6, 10 27
1220 2, 6, 10
6 /4 12 /8 RD256 25
1 3
8 / C1002C 15 250 29
Ton 3 11 /16 RSS2503 19
250
2 5 8 7 Ton
81/4 123/4 C258C 15 21/8 73/4 RA1002 17 Ton 2, 6, 10 33

*For these and special cylinder requirements, contact your local sales office.
POWERTEAM.COM 7
CYLINDER
S E L E C T I O N
Choosing The
Step1
Select the hydraulic cylinder that best suits the application.
See page 7, 12-13.
Right Cylinder Step2 Select the hydraulic pump, with valve option, that best
matches the cylinder and application. See pages 6, 42-
45, 120-121.
Step3 Select the hydraulic accessories you need. See pages

34-39.
WHAT TYPE OF CYLINDER DO YOU NEED?
Cylinder
X
1. To determine a cylinders Force Effective PSIfrom
force capacity: pounds Area Pump
(sq. in.)
2. To determine oil Cylinder

X
Cylinder
capacity of a cylinder: Oil Capacity Effective Stroke
(cu. in.) Area
(sq. in.) (in.)
3.To determine reservoir

X
Oil Cap. Number
capacity needed for a Usable Oil of Cyl. of Cyl. in
multiple cylinder system: (cu. in.) System
CONSIDERATIONS:
1. What push or pull tonnage is required per cylinder in your 8. D oes the application require that the cylinder be
application? (Rule of thumb; Always choose a cylinder dead-ended at the end of its work stroke?
with atonnage rating of 20% or more than what is 9. W ill the cylinder need to withstand off-center loads?
required to lift the load.) Cylinders with swivel caps are available.
2. What is the push or pull stroke length required? 10. D oes the application require that the lifted load be
3. Does the cylinder need to push, pull or both? (Single- supported for extended periods of time? Locking collars

acting cylinders extend the piston under hydraulic are ideal for such jobs, as are cribbing blocks.
pressure; double-acting cylinders extend and retract the 11. Is corrosion resistance required? Our unique Power
piston under pressure.) Tech surface treatment is standard on many Power
4. Does the application require multiple cylinders? Team cylinders, and optional on many of our cylinders
5. Is the application stationary, or must the components be which feature steel construction.
light in weight for easy portability? 12. Will the application involve high cycles (over 2,500 in the
6. Do you need to extend a rod or cable through the cylinders lifetime)? Our RD, RH, RP and C series
center of the cylinder for the application, as in a tensioning cylindersare ideal choices. Please refer to pages 12-13
operation? for the capabilities of each cylinder.
7. Does the application require that the cylinder fit within
limited-clearance work areas?
8
ONLY POWER TEAM PROVIDES THE
POWER TECH SURFACE TREATMENT:
High corrosion and wear resistance, anti-galling properties.

Significantly increases the life expectancy of a cylinder.
Retains lubricants, prevents bronze and other materials from s ticking
to surface.
Increases fatigue and impact strength.
Increases surface yield and tensile strength.
Provides improved abrasion and scratch resistance.
Causes no appreciable dimensional change.
56 RC minimum surface hardness.
Passes ASTM B117-85 100 hour salt spray corrosion
resistance tests.
The Power Tech surface treatment is standard on the gland nut, cylinder
body and piston/piston rod of the following cylinders: RLS50, RLS100,
RLS200, RLS300, RLS500S, RLS750S, RLS1000S, and RLS1500S.
NOTE: Bronze plating may be used in place of the Power Tech surface
finish for the piston/piston rod of any of the above cylinders. The Power
Tech surface treatment is standard on the standpipe of all RH series
single and double-acting cylinders. The Power Tech surface treatment
is standard on the piston/piston rod of the RT172, RT302 and RT503
cylinders.
POWERTEAM.COM 9
HYDRAULIC Countless applications are possible with
Power Team hydraulic c omponents. For
C IRCUITS presses, lifting, jacking applications,
production or maintenance setups.
Pumps, Cylinders, The pump shown is a typical electric/
hydraulic unit. Electric, air or gas-driven
Controls pumps are available.
1 Single-acting cylinder or cylinders in the circuit, 2 Double-acting cylinder or cylinders in the circuit,
controlled by a pump mounted valve. controlled by a pump mounted valve.
No. 9506
No. 9502 Valve
Valve
Tees or Manifolds
Port is
plugged
Single-acting
Cylinders
Double-
No. 22641 acting
Y Manifold Cylinders
3 Single-acting cylinder controlled by a remote 4 Double-acting cylinders controlled by a remote

mounted valve. mounted valve.
No. 9508 Remote Valve No. 9626 No. 9508

No. 9626 Manifold
Manifold Remote Valve
Pressure Port is
plugged Pressure Double-acting
Cylinder
Return
Return
Load Lowering
Valve No. 9596
5 controls
Single-acting cylinders with a sequence valve which 6 controls
Double-acting cylinder with a sequence valve which
the primary and secondary cylinder circuits. the primary and secondary cylinder circuits.
No. 9502 Secondary

No. 9597 Secondary
Valve Cylinder
Sequence Cylinder
No. 9597
Sequence Valve Valve
Tee
Adjusting
Adjusting Screw
Screw
Primary
Cylinder Primary Cylinder
10
Basic single-acting system with a hand pump,
gauge, hose and single-acting cylinder.
10
2 4 5
8
11
1 Cylinder applies hydraulic force.

Basic single-acting system with a hand pump, gauge, hose, multi-
2 ump a device for converting
P ple shut-off valves, load-lowering valves and multiple cylinders.
mechanical energy to fluid energy.
1
3 irectional valve controls the d
D irection
of hydraulic fluid in the system.
10
9 12
4 auge measures P.S.I. pressure (Pounds
G
per Square Inch) and/or force.
8
5 Hose transports hydraulic fluid. 2 4
6 anifold allows distribution of

M 5
hydraulic fluid from one source to 11
several cylinders. (No. 9617)
7 wivel Connector allows proper

S
alignment of valves and/or gauges. Used
when units being connected cannot be
rotated. (No. 10469)
Basic double-acting system with an electric/hydraulic pump,shut-off
valves, load-lowering valves and multiple double-acting cylinders.
8 uick Coupling hose half and
Q
cylinder half couplings are used for
quick connection and fluid flow check
when separated. (No. 9797 and 9798)
5
9 Shut-Off Valve regulates the flow of
hydraulic fluid to or from cylinders. 2
(No. 9642 or 9644)
8
10 Load-Lowering Valve allows m

etered 3 1
lowering of cylinder and provides safety 6
when prolonged load holding is required.
(No. 9596) 7 10
11 T-Gauge Adapter allows for installation

of pressure/tonnage gauge anywhere in
the hydraulic system. (No. 9670)
11
12
12 Pipe Plug for blocking unused ports 9
5
within the system. (No. 10909)
POWERTEAM.COM 11
CYLINDERS
F R O M
2
T O
1220
SUPERIOR FEATURES OF POWER
T ONS! TEAM HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS:
We build our own cylinders in our ISO C ylinder bores are roller burnished are assembled/tested by certified
CYLINDERS
9001 registered manufacturing facility. to harden and smooth the surface, assemblers.
All Power Team cylinders are date improving seal life by 30%. Eddy current and mag particle
coded, and stamped with a maximum B ase mounting holes withstand full inspections detect flaws in the steel.
pressure rating and capacity. Each cylinder capacity. Cylinder bodies are solid steel or
cylinder we make complies with the T ypical cylinder burst pressure range aluminum, not welded like some
demanding ASME B30.1 standard is from 25,000 to 35,000 psi, well- competitive cylinders.
and are pressure tested to 125% of beyond extreme usage. Material is removed from surface to
capacity before leaving our factory. C ylinders with gland nuts may be assure that any flaws are removed.
Some other features included: dead-ended at 10,000 psi and
TONNAGE
Series Description Page Action 2 5 10 12 15 17.5 20 25 30 50
C General Purpose 14-15 Single/Spring X X X X
CBT Threaded End Cylinders 16 Single/Spring X X X
RA Aluminum Cylinders 17 Single/Spring X X
RD Industrial Cylinders 18 Double Acting 4 9 16 X
RLS Low Profile Cylinders 18 Single/Spring X X X X X
RSS Shorty Cylinders 19 Single/Spring/Double Act X X X X
RH Center Hole Cylinders 20-21 Single/Spring/Double Act X X X X X
RT Center Hole Power Twin Cylinders
22 Single/Spring/Double Act X X X
RP Pull Cylinders 23 Single/Spring X X
RD Double Acting Cylinders 24-25 Double Acting X X
R High Tonnage Cylinder 26, 28 Single Acting/Load Return/
Double Acting
RL Locking Collar Cylinders 30, 32-33 Single Acting/Load Return
RC Pancake Cylinders 31 Single Acting/Load Return
12
Page Page Page
C SERIES14 RH SERIES20 R SERIES26, 28
General Purpose Cylinders Center Hole Cylinders Single Acting, Load Return
Double-Acting,
Hydraulic Return
Page Page
CBT SERIES 16 RT SERIES22
Threaded End Cylinders Center Hole Power-twin Page
Cylinders
RL ALUMINUM 30
CYLINDERS
Locking Collar Aluminum
Page Page
RA SERIES17 RP SERIES23
Aluminum Cylinders Pull Cylinders Page
RC SERIES31
Pancake cylinders
Page Page
RLS SERIES18 RD SERIES24
Low Profile Cylinders Double-Acting, Page
Hydraulic-Return
RL STEEL32
Locking Collar Steel
Page
RSS SERIES19 Page
Shorty Cylinders
ACCESSORIES 34-39
TONNAGE 740
TO
55 60 75 80 100
150
200
250
280
300
355 500 565 1220
400 430
C X X X
CBT
RA X X
RLS X X X
RSS X X
RH X X X X
RT X
RP
RD X X X X X X X X
R X X X X X X X X X
RL X X X X X X X X X
RC X X X 240 X 620
LOCKING COLLAR AVAILABLE IN ALUMINUM.
POWERTEAM.COM 13
GENERAL PURPOSE
RUGGED, HIGH QUALITY CYLINDER USED
FOR LIFTING AND PRESSING
C Series Aluminum bronze bearing reduces wear caused
5-100 TONS by off-center loads.
Maximum sized springs speed piston return
Single Acting, Spring Return and increase spring life.
Solid steel cylinder body for durability.
Chrome plated piston rod resists wear and corrosion.
Wide range of accessories available
to thread onto piston rod, collar, or onto cylinder base.
CYLINDERS
Base mounting holes standard on 5 through 55 ton

cylinders; optional on 75 and 100 ton cylinders.
A 3/8 NPTF female half coupler is standard.
Cylinder No. Thread Thread Bolt Circle

C106C
Tonnage Holes Size Depth Diameter (in.)
BASE
5 / 20
1 4 0.38 1.00
M OUNTING
HOLES 10 / 18
5 16 1.56
15 2 / 16
3 8 0.50 1.88
25 2.31
/ 13
1 2 0.75
55 3.75
*Optional 75 / 10
3 4
4.50
4 1.00
*Optional 100 18 4.75
* Consult Factory (45 from coupler) 90 from coupler.
Cylinder
Cap
Steel or
Aluminum
Rod Wiper Bronze
Bearing
Collar
Threads Internal
(withstands Piston
full load) Threads
Stop Ring
(withstands
Chrome full dead-end
Plated load)
Piston Rod
Tough
Urethane
Seal
Aluminum
Bronze
Bearing
Heavy-duty
Return Spring
with Max.
Easy Repair Conforms Number of C756C
Access to ASME Coils
B30.1
14
J H
K
C Series Cyl. Caps, E

see page 233. B
CYLINDERS
A
D
C

A B C D E F H J K
Piston
Re- Ex- Collar Base Piston Piston Rod Rod Cylinder Internal Tons
Cyl
Oil tracted tended Outside Collar Thread to Rod Int. Thread Protru- Bore Effective Press. at Prod.
Cap
Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Thread Length Port Dia. and Depth sion Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
Tons
(in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in. ) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) (psi) (lbs.)
1 C51C 1.1 411/32 57/16 11/2 11/2-16 11/8 3/4 1 3/4-16 x 5/8 1/4 11/8 .994 10,061 4.97 2.25
31/4 C53C 3.2 61/2 93/4 11/2 11/2-16 11/8 3/4 1 3/4-16 x 5/8 1/4 11/8 .994 10,061 4.97 3.26
5 51/4 C55C 5.2 81/2 133/4 11/2 11/2-16 11/8 3/4 1 3/4-16 x 5/8 1/4 11/8 .994 10,061 4.97 4
71/4 C57C 7.2 103/4 18 11/2 11/2-16 11/8 3/4 1 3/4-16 x 5/8 1/4 11/8 .994 10,061 4.97 5
91/4 C59C 9.2 123/4 22 11/2 11/2-16 11/8 3/4 1 3/4-16 x 5/8 1/4 11/8 .994 10,061 4.97 5.8
1 C101C 2.2 35/8 45/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 4
21/8 C102C 4.8 43/4 67/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 5
41/8 C104C 9.2 63/4 107/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 6.7
61/8 C106C 13.7 93/4 157/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 9.4
10 81/8 C108C 19.9 113/4 197/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 11
101/8 C1010C 22.6 133/4 237/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 13
121/8 C1012C 27.1 153/4 277/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 14.6
141/8 C1014C 31.6 173/4 317/8 21/4 21/4-14 11/8 3/4 11/2 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 16.2
16 C1016C 36.1 20 /2 36 /2 2 /4 2 /4-14 1 /8
1 1 1 1 1 3
/4 1 /2
1
1-8 x /4
3 1
/4 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 18.5
1 C151C 3.1 47/8 57/8 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 7.5
21/8 C152C 6.7 57/8 8 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 8.9
41/8 C154C 12.9 77/8 12 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 11.5
61/8 C156C 19.2 1011/16 1613/16 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 15.3
15 81/8 C158C 25.5 1211/16 2013/16 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 17.9
101/8 C1510C 31.8 1411/16 2413/16 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 20.7
121/8 C1512C 38.1 1611/16 2813/16 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 23.2
14 /8 C1514C 44.4 18 /16 32 /16 2 /4 2 /4-16 1 /8
1 11 13 3 3 1 3
/4 1 /4
3
1-8 x /4
3 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 26
16 C1516C 50.3 209/16 369/16 23/4 23/4-16 11/8 3/4 13/4 1-8 x 3/4 1
/4 2 3.142 9,549 15.7 28.2
1 C251C 5.1 51/2 61/2 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 11.9
2 C252C 10.3 61/2 81/2 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 13.9
4 C254C 20.6 81/2 121/ 2 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 17.6
61/4 C256C 32.2 103/4 17 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 21.7
25 81/4 C258C 42.5 123/4 21 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 25.6
101/4 C2510C 52.8 143/4 25 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 29.3
121/4 C2512C 63.2 163/4 29 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 33.1
141/4 C2514C 73.5 183/4 33 33/8 35/16-12 115/16 1 21/4 11/2-16 x 7/8 3/8 29/16 5.15 9,699 25.8 36.8
2 C552C 22.1 67/8 87/8 5 5-12 23/16 13/8 31/8 None 1/8 33/4 11.04 9,959 55.2 32.5
41/4 C554C 46.9 91/8 133/8 5 5-12 23/16 13/8 31/8 None 1/8 33/4 11.04 9,959 55.2 41.3
55 61/4 C556C 69.0 111/8 173/8 5 5-12 23/16 13/8 31/8 None 1/8 33/4 11.04 9,959 55.2 51
101/4 C5510C 113.2 151/8 253/8 5 5-12 23/16 13/8 31/8 None 1/8 33/4 11.04 9,959 55.2 67
131/4 C5513C 146.3 181/8 313/8 5 5-12 23/16 13/8 31/8 None 1/8 33/4 11.04 9,959 55.2 78
75 61/8 C756C 97.4 123/8 181/2 53/4 53/4-12 13/4 11/4 33/4 None 1/8 41/2 15.90 9,434 79.5 73.5
131/8 C7513C 208.7 193/8 321/2 53/4 53/4-12 13/4 11/4 33/4 None 1/8 41/2 15.90 9,434 79.5 109.5
2 C1002C 41.2 85/8 105/8 61/4 61/4-12 21/4 15/8 41/8 None 1/8 51/8 20.62 9,695 103.1 63
100 65/8 C1006C 137.0 131/4 197/8 61/4 61/4-12 21/4 15/8 41/8 None 1/8 51/8 20.62 9,695 103.1 91
101/4 C10010C 211.5 167/8 271/8 61/4 61/4-12 21/4 15/8 41/8 None 1/8 51/8 20.62 9,695 103.1 113
POWERTEAM.COM 15
THREADED END
CBT Series
5-25 TONS Single Acting,
Spring Return THREADED PISTON ROD
END AND BASE THREADS
A CCOMMODATE ACCESSORIES
AND ADAPTERS.
CYLINDERS
Threaded cylinder collars, piston rod

ends, and internal base threads simplify
mounting.
A 9796 3/8 NPTFfemale half coupler
is standard with each cylinder; oil port
threads are 3/8 NPTF.
ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
C55CBT
C2514CBT
H
P
K
E
B
A D
F
Q
C

A B C D E F H K P Q
Re- Ex- Collar Base Piston Piston Piston Internal Cyl. Internal Tons
Cyl. Oil tracted tended Outside Collar Thread to Rod Rod Rod Base Thread Bore Eff. Press. at Prod.
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Thread Length Port Dia. Protrusion Thread* (NPSM) Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (NPT) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) (psi) (lbs.)
5 51/4 C55CBT 5.2 101/2 153/4 11/2 11/216 11/8 17/8 1 11/8 3/ 14
4
3/ 14 11/
4 8 .994 10,061 4.97 4.4
61/8 C106CBT 13.9 111/2 175/8 21/4 2 1/414 11/8 111/16 11/2 11/16 11/4111/2 11/4111/2 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 10.3
10 1
10 /8 C1010CBT 22.9 151/2 255/8 21/4 2 1/414 11/8 111/16 11/2 11/16 11/4111/2 11/4111/2 111/16 2.236 8,948 11.2 13.9

61/4 C256CBT 32.2 133/8 195/8 33/8 35/1612 115/16 17/8 21/4 17/8 2111/2 2111/2 29/16 5.157 9,699 25.8 24.6
25
141/4 C2514CBT 73.5 213/8 355/8 33/8 35/1612 115/16 17/8 21/4 17/8 2111/2 2111/2 29/16 5.157 9,699 25.8 40.2
16
ALUMINUM
RA-SERIES
HALF THE WEIGHT 20-100 TONS
OF EQUAL CAPACITY
STEEL CYLINDERS. Single Acting, Spring Return
Aluminum body resists sparking in
explosive environments.
Hard coated aluminum piston
rod and cylinder bore resist wear and
CYLINDERS
corrosion.
Grooved piston top helps
keep the load from sliding
on top of piston. ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
Designed for jacking and other
non- production operations.
RA552
%
. $
) Base Mtg. Holes (4) at 45 from
coupler (RA556, RA5510)
3
/8-16 x 41/2 Dia. B.C.
RA1006
&

A B C F H K
Base Piston Piston Cylinder Internal
Cyl. Order Oil Retracted Extended Outside to Rod Rod Bore Effective Pressure Tons at Product
Cap. Stroke No. Cap. Ht. Ht. Dia. Port Dia. Protrusion Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
(lbs.)
20 21/8 RA202 9.41 63/8 81/2 33/4 11/4 2 5/16 23/8 4.43 9,030 22.15 7.7
41/8 RA204 18.27 83/8 121/2 33/4 11/4 2 5/16 23/8 4.43 9,030 22.15 9.3
61/8 RA206 27.13 103/8 161/2 33/4 11/4 2 5/16 23/8 4.43 9,030 22.15 11.3
30
21/8 RA302 13.79 73/8 91/2 41/4 11/4 21/2 3/ 27/ 6.49 9,250 32.45 11.1
8 8
41/8 RA304 26.77 9 /8 13 /2 4 /4 1 /4 2 /2
3 1 1 1 1 3/ 27/ 6.49 9,250 32.45 13.1
8 8
61/8 RA306 39.75 113/8 171/2 41/4 11/4 21/2 3/ 27/ 6.49 9,250 32.45 15.1
8 8
21/8 RA552 23.50 63/4 87/8 51/4 13/8 31/8 1/ 33/ 11.04 9,960 55.2 16.2
4 4
55
41/8 RA554 45.50 83/4 127/8 51/4 13/8 31/8 1/ 33/ 11.04 9,960 55.2 19.6
4 4
61/8 RA556* 67.60 103/4 167/8 51/4 13/8 31/8 1/ 33/ 11.04 9,960 55.2 24.0
4 4
10 RA5510* 110.40 151/8 251/8 51/4 13/8 31/8 1/ 33/ 11.04 9,960 55.2 31.8
4 4
100
21/8 RA1002 43.80 73/4 97/8 73/8 13/16 41/8 1/ 51/ 20.62 9,696 103.1 33.4
8 8
61/4 RA1006* 129.00 113/4 18 73/8 13/16 41/8 1/ 51/
8 8 20.62 9,696 103.1 49.9
* Equipped with carrying handles.
POWERTEAM.COM 17
LOW PROFILE
IDEAL FOR CONFINED AREAS
RLSSeries FROM 1-5/8 TO 4 CLEARANCE.
5-150 Ton Cylinder body, piston and gland nut Power
Tech treated for c orrosion and abrasion
Single-Acting, Spring Return resistance (see page 8).
Standard domed piston rod
(5-30 ton) or swivel cap (50-
150 ton) minimize effects of
off-center loading.
CYLINDERS
Unique heavy duty spring

provides fast piston return.
A 9796 3/8 NPTF female half
coupler is standard with each cylinder
(the RLS50 has a 3/8 coupler which is
not angled). Oil ports are 3/8 NPTF.
Couplers on all cylinders, except RLS50, are
angled upward for extra clearance.
RLS100
ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
RLS1000S
Z
Y Base Mounting Holes
See Page 233
C1 X
W
C2
H 0-10 offset
B A
F
A B C1 &C2 F H W X Y Z
Re- Ex- Base Piston Int. Tons
Cyl. Oil tracted tended Outside to Rod Prod. Bore Cyl. Eff. Press. at Prod.
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Port Dia. Mounting Hole Location Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
5 9/16 RLS50 .62 15/8 23/16 15/8 x 29/16 3/4 5/
8
3/ 11/
4 8
1/ 1 11/ .994 10,061 4.97 2.2
4 8
10 7/16 RLS100 1.0 13/4 23/16 23/16 x 31/4 5/8 3/
4
11/ 17/
16 16
3/ 15/ 111/ 2.236 8,943 11.18 3.3
8 16 16
20 7/ RLS200 2.0 2 27/
16 16 3 x 4 21/ 11/ 23/ 115/ 17/ 19/ 23/ 4.430 9,029 22.15 5.6
32 8 32 16 32 16 8
30 1/ RLS300 3.2 25/ 213/ 33/ x 41/ 23/ 13/ 13/ 21 /
2 16 16 4 2 32 8 16 16
27/ 13/ 27/ 6.492 9,242 32.46 8.6
32 4 8
50 5/ RLS500S 6.0 25/ 31/ 41/ x 51/ 27/ 13/ 15/ 25/
8 8 4 2 2 32 4 16 8
15/ 21/ 31/ 9.621 10,394 48.10 14.0
16 8 2
75 5/ RLS750S 9.9 31/ 33/
8 8 4 5 /32x6 /2 1
17 1 21/8 15/16 3 117/64 219/32 41/2 15.904 9,431 79.52 23.3
100 5/ RLS1000S 12.3 33/
8 8 4 6 x 7 1 21/2 13/16 3 11/2 213/16 5 19.635 10,186 98.17 30.0
150 9/ RLS1500S 17.2
16 4 49/ 71/ x 81/ 15/
16 2 2 16 3 15/16 45/8 17/16 31/8 61/4 30.680 9,778 153.39 52.0
18
SHORTY
IDEAL FOR CONFINED AREAS FROM
3 -1/2 TO 11 -7/16 CLEARANCE. RSS Series
Power Tech plated piston rods and gland 10-250 Ton
nuts resist scoring and corrosion.
Heavy duty return spring (except for d
ouble- Single-Acting, Spring Return
acting models) provides fast piston return &
low collapsed height.
& Double-Acting
Coupler on 10 thru 50 ton models is a ngled
upward 5 for added clearance.
CYLINDERS
Grooved piston top keeps load
from sliding.
Cylinders can be dead-ended at
full capacity.
Removable carrying handles on
100 ton and 250 ton models.
RSS302
RSS2503
+ ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
Cribbing blocks are shown in
a 30 ton RSS302 Shorty
cylinder. For more informa-
tion see pg 38. %
$
&
A B C F H
Base Piston Cylinder Internal Tons
Cyl Oil Retracted Extended Outside to Rod Bore Effective Press. at Prod.
Capacity Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Port Dia. Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(Tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
Push Return Push Push Push
10 11/2 RSS101 3.4 31/2 5 23/4 5/ 11/ 111/ 2.24 8,943 11.2 6.0
8 2 16
20 13/4 RSS202 7.7 3 /4 5 /2 3 /16
3 1 9 5/ 25/ 23/ 4.43 9,029 22.1 9.9
8 32 8
30 27/16 RSS302 15.8 45/8 71/16 4 5/8 21/2 27/8 6.49 9,243 32.5 14.7
50 23/8 RSS502 22.8 5 73/8 47/8 3/ 31/ 31/ 9.62 10,393 48.1 23.2
4 8 2
100 21/4 RSS1002 44.2 5 /2 7 /4 6 /8
1 3 5 15 /16 43/8 5 19.63 10,186 98.2 47.3
100 11/2 RSS1002D 29.4 12.9 511/16 73/16 67/8 15/ * 33/
16 4 5 19.63 10,186 98.2 54.6
250 3 RSS2503 150.6 117/16 147/16 97/8 113/16 51/2 8 50.22 9,956 251.1 220.0
*Cylinder top to port is 19/16

See pages 28-33 & 124-133 for hydraulic accessories.
POWERTEAM.COM 19
CENTER HOLE
RH Series
IDEAL FOR PULLING AND TEN-
10-100 Ton SIONING OF CABLES, ANCHOR
Single-Acting, Spring Return BOLTS, FORCING SCREWS, ETC.
Interchangeable piston head inserts (see
page 39) provide versatility of application.
1 2, 20*, 30*, 50, 60 Ton Single-Acting
Models Feature Threaded Collar
CYLINDERS
Withstands full dead-end loads.

C orrosion resistant standpipe has
Power Tech treatment.
A ll cylinders except RH120 are
furnished with a 9796 3/8 NPT
female half coupler.
A luminum cylinder body and piston
are featured on the RHA306 c ylinder.
* Model RH203 and RHA306 do not
feature the collar thread. See the
chart below.
+
2
1
ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
% (
$
'
10, 20, 100 Ton
Single-Acting Models
Feature Plain Collar )
&
A B C D E F H N O
Re- Ex- Collar Base Piston Center Insert Mounting Cylinder Internal
Cyl. Oil tracted tended Outside Collar Thread to Rod Hole Thread Holes Effective Press. Tons at Prod.
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Thread Length Port Dia. Dia. and Size Bolt Circle Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
10 21/2 RH102 5.52 55/16 713/16 3 None None 1 21/16 49/64 13/4 -12 1/4-20 x 23/8 2.21 9,054 11 9
10 8 RH108 17.68 115/16 195/16 3 None None 1 21/16 49/64 13/4-12 1/4-20 x 23/8 2.21 9,054 11 18.7
12 5/16 RH120** .87 23/16 21/2 23/4 23/4 -16 11/4 3/8 13/8 11/16 3/4 -16 5/16-18 x 2 2.76 8,692 13.8 3
12 15/8 RH121 4.49 413/16 67/16 23/4 23/4 -16 11/4 1 13/8 51/64 None None 2.76 8,692 13.8 6.6
12 15/8 RH121T** 4.49 413/16 67/16 23/4 23/4 -16 11/4 1 13/8 11/16 3/4 -16 None 2.76 8,692 13.8 6.6
12 3 RH123 8.29 71/4 101/4 23/4 23/4 -16 13/16 1 13/8 13/16 None None 2.76 8,692 13.8 8.9
20 2 RH202 9.45 61/8 81/8 37/8 37/8 -12 11/2 1 21/8 15/64 19/16 -16 3 /8-16 x 31/4 4.72 8,466 23.6 16.1
20 3 RH203 11.76 61/16 91/16 4 None None 1 23/4 13/64 21/4-12 3/8-16 x 31/4 3.92 10,186 19.6 20
20 6 RH206 28.35 121/8 181/8 37/8 37/8 -12 11/2 1 21/8 15/64 19/16 -16 3/8-16 x 31/4 4.72 8,466 23.6 30.2
30 21/2 RH302 15.85 61/4 83/4 43/4 43/4 -12 11/2 15/32 31/4 119/64 23/4 -12 7/16-20 x 35/8 6.34 9,457 31.7 25.6
30 57/8 RHA306 38.1 115/32 171/32 51/8 None None 11/4 31/4 19/32 25/8 -8 None 6.34 9,457 31.7 21.9
30 6 RH306 38.1 93/4 153/4 43/4 43/4 -12 11/2 15/32 31/4 19/32 23/4-12 7/16-20 x 35/8 6.34 9,457 31.7 39
50 3 RH503 32.58 71/8 101/8 6 6-12 2 11/4 41/8 143/64 31/4-12 5/8 -18 x 43/4 10.86 9,208 54.3 46.6
60 3 RH603* 37 91/4 121/4 61/4 61/4 -12 21/2 1 319/32 21/8 3-12 1/2-13 x 51/8 12.31 9,750 61.6 60
60 6 RH606* 73.86 121/4 181/4 61/4 61/4 -12 21/2 1 319/32 21/8 3-12 1/ -13 x 51/ 12.31
2 8 9,750 61.6 78
1
00 3 RH1003* 61.8 10 13 8 /8 None None 1 /4 5 3 /8 4 /8 -12 None 20.62 9,700 103.1 115
3 1 1 1
*Supplied with carrying handles. **RH120 and RH121T do not have an internal threaded insert, but do
Aluminum have a 3/4-16 internal thread. The RH120 inlet port is 1/4 NPTF.
20
CENTER HOLE
RH Series
FOR PULLING AND T
ENSIONING
OF CABLES, ANCHOR BOLTS,
30-200 Ton
FORCING SCREWS. Double-Acting
Interchangeable piston head inserts (see
page 39) provide versatility of a
pplication.
Built-in safety feature prevents over-
pressurization of the retraction circuit.
CYLINDERS
Plated piston rod resists wear; superior
packings provide high cycle life without
leakage.
Corrosion-resistant standpipe has
Power Tech t reatment (see page 8).
Each cylinder has 9796 3/8 NPTF
female half couplers. The 60 ton thru
200 ton steel models are equipped
with removable carrying handles.
ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
H
O 30, 60, 100 Ton
D N Double-Acting Models
Feature Threaded Collar
B E G
F
C
A B C D E F G H N O
Re- Ex- Collar Base Cylinder Piston Center Insert Mounting Cylinder Internal
Cyl. Oil tracted tended Outside Collar Thread to Top to Rod Hole Thread Holes and Effective Pressure Tons at Prod.
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Thread Length Port Port Dia. Dia. Size Bolt Circle Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt

(tons) (in.) No.
(cu.in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq.in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
Push Pull Push Pull Push Pull Push Pull Push Pull
30 15 3 RH303 17.6 10.2 71/16 101/16 43/4 None None 1 15/8 21/2 19/32 2-12 3/8-16x35/8 5.89 3.38 10,200 8,876 29.5 16.9 29.8
30 15 6 RH306D 35.34 20.28 111/16 171/16 43/4 None None 1 15/8 21/2 117/64 2-12 7/16-20x35/8 5.89 3.38 10,200 8,876 29.5 16.9 45
30 20 101/8 RH3010 66 41 171/4 273/8 41/2 41/2 -12 15/8 13/4 33/16 23/8 15/16 17/8-16 None 6.54 4.04 9,174 9,901 32.7 20. 2 61
60 25 4 RHA604D 49.2 20.6 91/2 131/2 7 None None 19/16 21/4 4 21/8 3-12 1/2-13x51/8 12.31 5.15 9,750 9,709 61.5 27.7 35.6
60 25 5 RH605* 61.55 25.77 91/2 141/2 617/32 None None 1 13/4 4 21/8 3-12 1/2-13x51/8 12.31 5.15 9,750 9,709 61.5 27.7 73
60 40 101/8 RH6010* 133 87 181/16 283/16 61/4 61/4 -12 17/8 21/8 37/32 35/8 21/8 3-16 None 13.14 8.59 9,132 9,313 65.7 42.9 120
100 45 11/2 RH1001 32.1 14.2 61/2 8 83/8 None None 11/4 25/16 5 39/64 4-16 5/8-11x7 21.39 9.43 9,350 9,544 106.9 47.1 85
100 50 6 RH1006* 120.2 65.6 123/8 183/8 71/4 None None 115/32 221/64 43/8 21/16 None 1/2- 13x51/2 20.03 10.93 9,986 9,150 100.1 54.7 95
100 45 101/8 RH10010* 216.6 95.5 191/2 295/8 81/2 81/2 -12 21/4 21/2 339/64 51/2 39/64 41/2-12 None 21.39 9.43 9,350 9,544 106.9 47.1 240
150 70 5 RH1505* 150.9 73.6 121/4 171/4 81/2 None None 115/32 211/16 51/2 29/16 None None 30.1 14.7 9,937 9,524 150.9 73.6 148
150 75 8 RH1508* 239.6 127.2 133/4 213/4 93/4 None None 135/64 213/32 6 35/32 5-12 None 29.95 15.9 10,015 9,434 149.8 79.5 227
200 75 8 RH2008* 323.6 127.6 161/16 241/16 103/4 None None 21/4 37/32 71/2 41/16 6-12 11/4 -7 x 73/4 40.45 15.95 9,888 9,404 202.3 79.8 311
* Supplied with carrying handles. Aluminum

Measured with serrated load cap installed.
See pages 34-39 & 104-133 for hydraulic accessories.
POWERTEAM.COM 21
CENTER HOLE
RT Series
17-1/2-100 Ton IDEAL FOR PULLING AND P RESSING.
Single- Acting, Spring A
proven design; used throughout the industry
for over 45 years.
Return & Double-Acting C
ylinders withstand full dead-end loads.
C
ompact design: ideal for applications in which
space is limited.
B
asic head can be changed from a tapped hole
CYLINDERS
to plain hole by simply changing insert. (See

page 39)
P
istons have Power Tech t reatment
for corrosion and abrasion r esistance.
RT 302
ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
RT 1004
Dimensions for reference only.
Single-Acting, Spring-Return Cylinders
80 80
/8 NPTF
3
N Hole Mount
M Thd. Hole
L C2
A Z
B C1
Double-Acting Cylinder (RT1004) Mount
/8 NPTF
3 Hole
N Hole C1
M Thd.
4
L C2
4 30 0
133/64
A Z
33/4 33/4 B /4-16
3
A B C1 C2 L M N Z
Re- Ex Out- Out- Load Load Center Mount Cyl. Int. Tons
Cyl. Oil tracted tended side side Cap Cap Hole Hole Mount Eff. Press at Prod
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Dia. Dia. Thread Dia. Location Hole Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(Tons) (in.) No. (cu.in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq.in.) (psi) psI (lbs.)
Push Push Return
17 / 1 2
2 RT172 7.06 67/8 87/8 33/4 53/4 13/4 18 11/32 11/2 11 /32 3.53 9,915 17.7 14.6
30 21/2 RT302 15.7 87/16 1015/16 41/4 71/2 21/4 11/47 119/64 113/16 15 /32 6.28 9,554 31.4 28.2
50 3
RT503 29.4 109/16 139/16 57/8 93/8 27/8 15/851/2 143/64 23/8 21 /32 9.81 10,193 49.1 56.0
100 4 /8** RT1004 96.5 63.2
7 15 /8 20 10 /2 13 /4 4 /4 2 /28 2 /16 2 /8
1 1 1 3 1 9 7 25 /32 19.24* 10,395 96.2 160
** The RT1004 has a bypass when full stroke is reached, NOTE:Each cylinder complete with threaded cylinder head insert,
preventing over-pressurization of the cylinder. cylinder half coupler and cylinder attaching screws.
22
PULLING
RP Series
2 & 5 Ton
Single-Acting, Spring Return
DESIGNED FOR PULLING
AND T ENSIONING.
Heavy duty compression spring
CYLINDERS
provides long cycle life and rapid
extension of piston.
Spring automatically extends p iston
rod when pump pressure
is released.
RP55
RP25
*
4 + 3
&
' .
(
$
%
ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
A B C D E G H K P Q
Re- Ex- Collar Cylinder Piston Piston Piston Cyl. Internal Tons
Cyl. Oil tracted tended Outside Collar Thread Top to Rod Rod Rod Base Bore Eff. Pressure at Prod.
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Thread Length Port Dia. Protrusion Thread Thread Dia. Area at. Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(Tons)
(in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (NPT) (NPT) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
Pull Pull Pull Pull
2 5 RP25 2.76 99/16 149/16 13/4 11/2-16 1 111/16 /4
3
1 /4-14
3
/4-14 11/8 0.55 7,250 2.75 4
3
5 51/2 RP55 6.22 117/8 173/8 21/4 21/4-14 1 111/16 13/16 13/8 1 1/4-111/2 11/4-111/2 111/16 1.13 8,850 5.65 11
Clevis Clevis ORDERING INFORMATION

A Use with Order A B C D E
Cyl No. No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
B
RP25 421057* 51/8 45/16 15/16 2 3
/4
RP55 421056** 6 5 11/2 21/2 7
/8
D
C E bolt size * For base mounting, extension rod 351106 is required.

* * For base mounting, extension rod 351075 is required.
POWERTEAM.COM 23
DOUBLE ACTING
RD Series
10-500 Ton HIGH TONNAGE PREMIUM DESIGN
FOR HIGH CYCLE LIFE.
Double Acting, Hydraulic Return
P erfect for bridge lifting, building
reconstruction, shipyard, utility and
mining equipment maintenance.
Aluminum bronze overlay bearings provide
long life.
CYLINDERS
Chrome plated piston rod resists corrosion.

L oad cap snaps out to expose internal p iston
rod threads for pulling applications; threads
withstand full tonnage.
Grooved ring pattern in load cap helps guard Four special order 500 ton, 24 stroke
cylinders used in a swaging press for
against load slippage. crimping 31/2 wire rope.
Each cylinder has two 9796 3/8 NPTF
female half couplers.
Built-in safety relief valve prevents
over-pressurization of the retract circuit.
Feature mounting holes and collar threads.
RD Series Performance,
see page 233.
RD556
RD10013
ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
RD300
24
Features of RD Series Cylinders
Heavy duty load cap
Urethane rod wiper and seal
with back-up
Built-in safety relief valve

Aluminum bronze overlay bearings
CYLINDERS
for extra-heavy wear
Chrome plated piston rod
T seal with back-ups

O ring with back-up
J H
K
45 90
B E G
A Threads withstand full load.

D
Base mounting holes
F see page 233.
C
/ NPTF
3 8
A B C D E F G H J K

Re- Ex- Out- Collar Thread Base Cylinder Rod Rod Int. Piston Load
Cyl. Oil tracted tended side Thread Length to Top to Dia. Thread Rod Pro- Cap Bore Cyl. Eff. Int. Tons at Prod.
Cap . Stroke Order Capacity Height Height Dia. Size Port Port & Depth trusion Dia. Dia. Area Press. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu.in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq.in.) at Cap. psi (lbs )
Push Pull Push
Pull Push
Pull
Push
Pull
Push
Pull
10 4 61/4 RD106 13.95.5 1111/16 1715/16 3 23/4-12 15/8 1 21/2 15/16 1-8x1 1/4 13/8 111/16
2.23 0.88 8,943 9,055 11.2 4.4 22
10 4 10 RD1010 22.38.8 1511/16 2511/16 3 23/4-12 15/8 1 21/2 15/16 1-8x1 1/4 13/8 111/16
2.23 0.88 8,943 9,055 11.2 4.4 28
25 8 6 /4
1
RD256 32.210.1 123/8 185/8 4 4-12 15/8 1 21/2 21/8 11/2-16x1 3/8 21/8 29/16 5.15 1.61 9,695 9,934 25.8 8.0 39.8
25 8 14 /4 RD2514 73.522.9 203/8 345/8 4 4-12 15/8 1 21/2 21/8 11/2-16x1
1 3
/8 21/8 29/16 5.15 1.61 9,695 9,934 25.8 8.0 65
55 28 61/4 RD556 69.035.2 1231/32 197/32 5 5-12 15/8 15/16 21/2 25/8 111/16-8X13/16 5/8 25/8 33/4 11.04 5.63 9,959 9,941 55.2 28.2 61.4
55 28 131/8 RD5513 144.973.9 1927/32 3231/32 5 5-12 15/8 15/16 21/2 25/8 111/16 -8X13/16 5/8 25/8 33/4 11.04 5.63 9,959 9,941 55.2 28.2 90
55 28 181/8 RD5518 200.0102.0 257/8 44 5 5-12 15/8 15/16 21/2 25/8 111/16 -8X13/16 5/8 =7*25/8 33/4 11.04 5.63 9,959 9,941 55.2 28.2 142
80 44 131/8 RD8013 208.6115.9 203/8 331/2 53/4 53/4 -12 15/8 11/2 21/2 3 2-41/2x11/2 9/16 27/8 41/2 15.90 8.84 10,060 9,954 79.5 44.2 118
100 44 65/8 RD1006 136.758.5 1325/32 2013/32 67/8 67/8 -12 15/8 11/2 21/2 37/8 23/4-12x15/32 5/8 37/8 51/8 20.63 8.84 9,695 9,959 103.1 44.2 126
100 44 131/8 RD10013 270.7116.0 209/32 3313/32 67/8 67/8 -12 15/8 11/2 21/2 37/8 23/4-12x15/32 5/8 37/8 51/8 20.63 8.84 9,695 9,959 103.1 44.2 181
100 44 201/8 RD10020 415.2178.0 301/2 505/8 67/8 67/8 -12 15/8 225/32 21/2 37/8 23/4 -12x15/32 5/8 37/8 51/8 20.63 8.84 9,695 9,959 103.1 44.2 260
150 73 65/8 RD1506 203.397.9 147/8 211/2 81/4 81/4 -12 15/8 2 21/2 41/2 31/4-8x11/2 13/16 41/2 61/4 30.68 14.78 9,779 9,880 153.4 73.8 188
150 73 131/8 RD15013 402.7193.9 213/8 341/2 81/4 81/4 -12 15/8 2 21/2 41/2 31/4-8x11/2 13/16 41/2 61/4 30.68 14.78 9,779 9,880 153. 4 73.8 272
150 73 181/8 RD15018 556.8267.8 2617/32 4421/32 81/4 81/4 -12 15/8 2 21/2 41/2 31/4-8x11/2 3/4 41/2 61/4 30.68 14.78 9,779 9,880 153.4 73.8 376
200 113 65/8 RD2006 273.5149.8 16 225/8 91/2 91/2 -12 15/8 21/2 211/16 47/8 31/4-8x21/4 11/16 41/2 71/4 41.28 22.62 9,689 9,992 206.4 113 .1 262
200 113 131/8 RD20013 541.8296.9 221/2 355/8 91/2 91/2 -12 15/8 21/2 211/16 47/8 31/4-8x21/4 11/16 41/2 71/4 41.28 22.62 9,689 9,992 206.4 113.1 356
200 113 181/8 RD20018 748.2409.9 281/2 465/8 91/2 91/2 -12 15/8 21/2 211/16 47/8 31/4-8x21/4 11/16 41/2 71/4 41.28 22.62 9,689 9,992 206.4 113.1 442
300 147 6 RD3006 361.0177.0 179/32 239/32 103/4 101/2 -12 23/8 33/8 33/8 61/4 21/2-12x31/4 11/8 67/8 83/4 60.13 29.45 9,978 10,000 300.7 147.3 380
300 147 13 RD30013 782.0383.0 2413/16 3713/16 103/4 101/2 -12 23/8 33/8 33/8 61/4 21/2-12x31/4 11/8 67/8 83/4 60.13 29.45 9,978 10,000 300.7 147.3 654
400 186 6 RD4006 471.0247.0 199/32 259/32 125/8 121/2 -8 23/4 327/32 327/32 71/4 3-12x33/4 11/4 713/16 10 78.54 37.26 10,185 10,000 392.7 186.3 585
400 186 13 RD40013 1021.0536.0 269/32 399/32 125/8 121/2 -8 23/4 327/32 327/32 71/4 3-12x33/4 11/4 713/16 10 78.54 37.26 10,185 10,000 392.7 186.3 770
500 245 6 RD5006 596.0295.0 209/16 269/16 143/4 143/4 -8 31/8 45/32 45/32 8 31/4-12x41/4 11/2 81/2 111/4 99.40 49.14 10,060 10,000 497.0 245.6 819
500 245 13 RD50013 1292.0639.0 279/16 409/16 143/4 143/4 -8 31/8 45/32 45/32 8 31/4 -12x41/4 11/2 81/2 111/4 99.40 49.14 10,060 10,000 497.0 245.6 1092
POWERTEAM.COM 25
HIGH TONNAGE
R Series
55-565 Ton R2802C
Single-Acting Load Return
H ASME B30.1
10,000 PSI
K V
isible indicator band alerts when
stroke limit is reached; overflow port
CYLINDERS
B
(weep hole) stroke limiter prevents
HIGH-TONNAGE, LOW CYCLE, A piston from being overextended.
GRAVITY RETURN. A
lloy heat treated piston and body for
F reliability and strength.
C P
lated piston rod increases corrosion
resistance and gives superior
bearing support.
A B C F H K
Cyl. Order Oil Retracted Extended Outside to Rod Rod Bore Effective Pressure Tons at Product
Cap. Stroke No. Cap. Height Height Dia. Port Dia. Protrusion Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
55 2 R552C 22.1 415/16 615/16 5 1 33/4 1
/8 33/4 11.04 9,960 55.2 27
55 6 R556C 66.3 815/16 1415/16 5 1 33/4 1
/8 33/4 11.04 9,960 55.2 50
55 10 R5510C 110.4 1215/16 2215/16 5 1 33/4 1
/8 33/4 11.04 9,960 55.2 72
100 2 R1002C 41.3 51/2 71/2 61/2 1 51/8 1
/8 51/8 20.63 9,695 103.2 52
100 6 R1006C 123.8 91/2 151/2 61/2 1 51/8 1
/8 51/8 20.63 9,695 103.2 89
150 2 R1502C 61.4 63/8 83/8 81/16 11/4 61/4 1
/8 61/4 30.68 9,778 153.4 92
150 6 R1506C 184.1 103/8 163/8 81/16 11/4 61/4 1
/8 61/4 30.68 9,778 153.4 151
150 10 R15010C 306.8 143/8 243/8 81/16 11/4 61/4 1
/8 61/4 30.68 9,778 153.4 210
200 2 R2002C 82.6 71/2 91/2 91/4 15/8 71/4 1
/8 71/4 41.28 9,690 206.4 145
200 6 R2006C 247.7 111/2 171/2 91/4 15/8 71/4 1
/8 71/4 41.28 9,690 206.4 221
280 2 R2802C 113.5 71/2 91/2 101/4 15/8 81/2 1
/8 81/2 56.74 9,870 283.7 201
280 6 R2806C 340.4 111/2 171/2 107/8 15/8 81/2 1
/8 81/2 56.74 9,870 283.7 300
355 2 R3552C 141.8 91/8 111/8 113/4 21/8 91/2 1
/8 91/2 70.88 10,017 354.4 302
355 6 R3556C 425.3 131/8 191/8 113/4 21/8 91/2 1
/8 91/2 70.88 10,017 354.4 434
355 10 R35510C 708.8 171/8 271/8 113/4 21/8 91/2 1
/8 91/2 70.88 10,017 354.4 565
430 2 R4302C 173.2 103/8 123/8 13 21/2 101/2 1
/8 101/2 86.59 9,932 433.0 440
430 6 R4306C 519.5 143/8 203/8 13 21/2 101/2 1
/8 101/2 86.59 9,932 433.0 609
565 2 R5652C 226.2 111/2 131/2 147/8 23/4 12 1
/8 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 638
565 6 R5656C 678.6 151/2 211/2 147/8 23/4 12 1
/8 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 858
565 10 R56510C 1131.0 191/2 291/2 147/8 23/4 12 1
/8 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 1078
SWIVEL CAPS
For use with RC cylinders Reduce the effects of off center
loading. Tilts up to 5 degrees.
Use with Swivel Cap Wt. A B Radial grooves on top of cap re-
Cyl. No. Order No. (lbs). (in.) (in.) duce load slippage.
150-200 ton 420867 8.8 11/2 51/8

280 ton 420868 13.5 13/4 57/8
355 ton 420869 37 23/4 711/16
430 ton 420870 52 31/8 87/8
565 ton 420871 78 35/8 97/8
Reduce the effects of off-center loading. Tilts up to 5 degrees. Radial grooves on top of cap
reduce load slippage. Notch across face of each cap helps keep loads having a protruding or
round shaped centered.
26
HIGH TONNAGE
HIGH-TONNAGE, LOW CYCLE, RC Series
GRAVITY RETURN.
740 - 1220 Ton
Overflow port (weep hole) prevents Single-Acting, Load Return
piston from being overextended
under load.
A lloy heat treated piston and body for
reliability and strength.
P lated piston rod increases corrosion
CYLINDERS
resistance and gives superior
bearing support.
Order Used with A B C Product Wt

No. Cyl. Order No. (in.) (in) (in.) (lbs.)
2000822 RC740*D 7.9 3.1 2.2 4 2.5
2000823 RC965*D 9.8 4.1 3.0 88.2
2000825 RC1220*D 12.7 6.9 4.9 249.1
A B C F H K
Cyl. Order Oil Retracted Extended Outside Base Piston Rod Piston Rod Bore Cyl. Eff. Tons @ Product
Cap. Stroke No. Cap. Height Height Dia. to Port Dia. Protrusion Dia. Area 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (cu. in.) psi (lbs.)
740 2.0 RC7402C 293.6 10.4 12.4 16.9 2.6 13.8 0.4 13.8 149.1 742 661
740 6.0 RC7406C 880.7 14.4 20.3 16.9 2.6 13.8 0.4 13.8 149.1 742 917
740 10 RC74010C 1,467.8 18.3 28.1 16.9 2.6 13.8 0.4 13.8 149.1 742 1,168
965 2.0 RC9652C 383.2 11.4 13.4 19.3 2.8 15.7 0.4 15.7 194.8 970 933
965 6.0 RC9656C 1,150.2 15.4 21.3 19.3 2.8 15.7 0.4 15.7 194.8 970 1,272
965 10 RC96510C 1,916.2 19.3 29.1 19.3 2.8 15.7 0.4 15.7 194.8 970 1,598
1220 2.0 RC12202C 485.1 16.3 18.1 21.7 3.1 17.7 0.4 17.7 246.5 1227 1,689
1220 6.0 RC12206C 1,455.8 20.2 26.1 21.7 3.1 17.7 0.4 17.7 246.5 1227 2,116
1220 10 RC122010C 2,452.2 24.4 34.2 21.7 3.1 17.7 0.4 17.7 246.5 1227 2,529
POWERTEAM.COM 27
HIGH TONNAGE
R Series HIGH-TONNAGE, LOW CYCLE,
H YDRAULIC RETURN.
100-565 Ton
Cylinders come standard with swivel caps to
Double-Acting, Hydraulic Return reduce the effects of off-center loading.
Cylinders may be dead-ended
without damage.
Hard chrome plated, heat treated
piston rod reduces wear on piston
CYLINDERS
and gland nut.

Built-in safety relief valve prevents
over-pressurization of the retraction circuit.
Each cylinder has two 9796 38 NPTF
female half couplers.
H
K
G R1502D
B
A
F
R2806D C
A B C F G H K
Re- Ex- Base Cylinder Piston Piston Cylinder Internal
Cyl. Order Oil tracted tended Outside to Top to Rod Rod Bore Effective Press. Tons at Prod.
Cap. Stroke No. Capacity Height Height Dia. Port Dia. Dia. Protrusion Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
Push Return Push Push Push
100 2 R1002D 41.2 19.2 641/64 841/64 61/2 1 213/64 33/4 9
/32 51/8 20.60 9,695 103.0 54
100 6 R1006D 123.6 57.6 1041/64 1641/64 61/2 1 213/64 33/4 9
/32 51/8 20.60 9,695 103.0 81
100 10 R10010D 206.0 96.0 1441/64 2441/64 61/2 1 213/64 33/4 9
/32 51/8 20.60 9,695 103.0 108
150 2 R1502D 61.4 29.6 77/16 97/16 81/16 11/4 21/4 41/2 19
/64 61/4 30.70 9,778 153.4 95
150 6 R1506D 184.2 88.8 117/16 177/16 81/16 11/4 21/4 41/2 19
/64 61/4 30.70 9,778 153.4 136
150 10 R15010D 307 148 157/16 257/16 81/16 11/4 21/4 41/2 19
/64 61/4 30.70 9,778 153.4 136
200 2 R2002D 82.6 39.2 89/64 109/64 91/4 15/8 25/16 51/4 11
/32 71/4 41.30 9,690 206.4 136
200 6 R2006D 247.8 117.6 129/64 189/64 91/4 15/8 25/16 51/4 11
/32 71/4 41.30 9,690 206.4 187
200 10 R20010D 413.0 196.0 169/64 269/64 91/4 15/8 25/16 51/4 11
/32 71/4 41.30 9,690 206.4 239
280 2 R2802D 113.4 47.2 913/64 1113/64 107/8 17/8 237/64 61/2 13
/32 81/2 56.70 9,870 283.7 219
280 6 R2806D 340.2 141.6 1313/64 1913/64 107/8 17/8 237/64 61/2 13
/32 81/2 56.70 9,870 283.7 297
280 10 R28010D 567.0 236.0 1713/64 2713/64 107/8 17/8 237/64 61/2 13
/32 81/2 56.70 9,870 283.7 376
355 2 R3552D 141.8 47.4 113/8 133/8 113/4 21/8 23/4 73/4 7
/16 91/2 70.90 10,017 354.4 324
355 6 R3556D 425.4 142.2 153/8 213/8 113/4 21/8 23/4 73/4 7
/16 91/2 70.90 10,017 354.4 421
430 2 R4302D 173.2 59.6 125/16 145/16 13 21/2 261/64 81/2 15
/32 101/2 86.60 9,932 433.0 439
430 6 R4306D 519.6 178.8 165/16 225/16 13 21/2 261/64 81/2 15
/32 101/2 86.60 9,932 433.0 558
430 10 R43010D 866.0 298.0 205/16 305/16 13 21/2 261/64 81/2 15
/32 101/2 86.60 9,932 433.0 673
565 2 R5652D 226.2 76.8 1319/32 1519/32 147/8 23/4 313/64 93/4 35
/64 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 619
565 6 R5656D 678.6 230.4 1719/32 2319/32 147/8 23/4 313/64 93/4 35
/64 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 772
565 10 R56510D 1131.0 384.0 2119/32 3119/32 147/8 23/4 313/64 93/4 35
/64 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 926
28
HIGH TONNAGE
RC Series
740 & 1220
Double-Acting, Hydraulic Return
CYLINDERS
HIGH TONNAGE CYLINDERS
RUGGED AND RELIABLE
Cylinders come standard with
hardened caps.
Cylinders may be dead-ended
without damage.
Safety relief valve prevents over-
pressurization of the retract circuit.
Each cylinder has two 9796 38
NPTF female half couplers.
OPTIONAL SWIVEL CAPS

REDUCE THE E FFECTS
OF OFF-CENTER LOADING.

No. Cyl. Order No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
2000822 RC740*D 7.9 3.1 2.2 42.5
2000823 RC965*D 9.8 4.1 3.0 88.2
2000825 RC1220*D 12.7 6.9 4.9 249.1
A B C F G H K L
In mm Oil Retracted Extended Outside Base Cyl. Top Bore Piston Piston Rod Cyl. Eff. Tons @ Product
Cyl. Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. to Port to Port Dia. Rod Dia. Protusion Area 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (cu. in.) psi (lbs.)
740 2.0 RC7402D 293.6 11.1 13.1 16.9 2.6 3.9 13.8 11.01 0.4 149.1 742 670
740 6.0 RC7406D 880.7 15.7 21.6 16.9 2.6 3.9 13.8 11.01 0.4 149.1 742 877
740 10 RC74010D 1,467.8 20.0 29.8 16.9 2.6 3.9 13.8 11.01 0.4 149.1 742 1,080
965 2.0 RC9652D 383.2 12.2 14.2 19.3 2.8 4.5 15.7 12.75 0.4 194.8 970 957
965 6.0 RC9656D 1,150.2 16.5 22.4 19.3 2.8 4.5 15.7 12.75 0.4 194.8 970 1,215
965 9.8 RC96510D 1,916.2 20.9 30.7 19.3 2.8 4.5 15.7 12.75 0.4 194.8 970 1,473
1220 2.0 RC12202D 485.1 13.0 15.0 21.7 3.1 5.3 17.7 14.17 0.4 246.5 1227 1,287
1220 6.0 RC12206D 1,455.8 17.6 23.2 21.7 3.1 5.3 17.7 14.17 0.4 246.5 1227 1,612
1220 10 RC122010D 2,452.2 21.7 31.5 21.7 3.1 5.3 17.7 14.17 0.4 246.5 1227 1,936
POWERTEAM.COM 29
LOCKING COLLAR
RL Series Aluminum POSITIVE MECHANICAL LOCK
TO SUPPORT LOAD.
55 & 100 Ton Single-Acting,
Supports lifted load for extended
Spring Return periods of time with hydraulic p ressure
released.
At half the weight of steel cylinders
of c omparable capacity, aluminum
cylinders are ideal when portability
CYLINDERS
is a key factor.
Features carrying handle.
RA1006L
RA556L
Locking collar
feature permits ASME B30.1
non-hydraulic 10,000 PSI
support of load.
H
K
T
B
A
F
C
A B C F H K T
Cyl. Oil Retracted Extended Outside to Rod Rod Nut Bore Effective Pressure Tons at Product
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. Port Dia. Protrusion Thickness Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
55 61/8 RA556L 67.6 121/2 185/8 51/4 13/8 31/4 1
/2 11/2 33/4 11.04 9,960 55.2 29.6
100 61/4 RA1006L 129 133/8 195/8 73/8 13/16 41/2 1
/4 11/2 51/8 20.62 9,696 103.1 64.0
Note: Supported loads not to exceed the rated capacity of the cylinders. Not intended to
support additional dynamic loads, such as those applied by moving vehicles.
30
PANCAKE CYLINDERS
POSITIVE MECHANICAL LOCK Locking Collar
TO SUPPORT LOAD. RC Series 55 & 620 Ton
Compact design - for use where space is limited.
Locking collar designed to support lifted load for e xtended Single- Acting, Load Return
periods of time with h ydraulic pressure r eleased.
Integral tilt saddle standard improves performance under
side load.
Overflow port (weep hole) prevents piston from being
CYLINDERS
overextended under load.
Special coating improves corrosion and abrasion
resistance.
Cylinders come standard with hardened swivel caps
reducing the effects of off-center loading Single-Acting
Locking Collar Cylinders.
Equipped with 38 NPTF female half couplers.
A B C D E F G H
Cyl. Oil Retracted Outside Bore Piston Base to Nut Swivel Cap Swivel Product
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Dia. Dia. Thr. Dia. Port Thickness Protrusion Cap Dia Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
55 2 RC0552P 21.66 4.92 4.72 3.74 3.74 x 4 0.75 0.83 0.24 3.62 24.25
100 1.75 RC1002P 36.43 5.39 6.5 5.12 5.12 x 6 0.83 1.22 0.31 4.96 48.50
155 1.75 RC1552P 55.23 5.83 8.07 6.30 6.30 x 6 1.06 1.50 0.35 5.83 85.98
240 1.75 RC2402P 86.23 6.10 10.04 7.87 7.87 x 6 1.10 1.57 0.39 6.18 130.07
380 1.75 RC3802P 134.74 7.01 12.60 9.84 9.84 x 6 1.38 1.97 0.43 9.45 242.51
620 1.75 RC6202P 220.78 7.56 15.94 12.60 12.60 x 6 1.50 2.36 0.39 11.61 425.49
POWERTEAM.COM 31
LOCKING COLLAR
RL Series STEEL
55 -565 Ton
Single- Acting, Load Return
CYLINDERS
POSITIVE MECHANICAL LOCK TO

S UPPORT LOAD.
Supports lifted load for extended periods of time
with hydraulic pressure released.
R556L
Visible indicator band alerts when stroke limit is
reached; overflow port (weep hole) stroke limiter
prevents piston from being o verextended.
All cylinders feature coated pistons to resist SWIVEL CAPS For use with RL cylinders
reduce the effects of off center loading.
corrosion and abrasion.
Tilts up to 5 degrees. Radial grooves on top of
cap reduce load slippage.
A B Use with Swivel Cap Wt.
H
(in.) (in.) Cyl. No. Order No. (lbs.)
1 213/16 55-100 ton 420866 1.8
11/2 51/8 150-200 ton 420867 8.8
K
T 13/4 57/8 280 ton 420868 13.5
B 23/4 711/16 355 ton 420869 37
A 31/8 87/8 430 ton 420870 52
Locking collar feature 35/8 97/8 565 ton 420871 78
permits non-hydraulic sup-
port of load. F
C
A B C F H K T
Cyl. Order Oil Retracted Extended Outside to Rod Rod Nut Bore Effective Pressure Tons at Product
Cap. Stroke No. Cap. Height Height Dia. Port Dia. Protrusion Thickness Dia. Area at Cap. 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (sq. in.) (psi) psi (lbs.)
55 2 R552L 22.10 6 /8 8 /8 4 /16 1 3 /4
3 3 15 3 1
/8 1 /16 3 /4 11.04 9,964 55.2 33.7
7 3
55 6 R556L 66.30 103/8 163/8 415/16 1 33/4 1

/8 17/16 33/4 11.04 9,964 55.2 58.0
55 10 R5510L 110.40 143/8 243/8 415/16 1 33/4 1
/8 17/16 33/4 11.04 9,964 55.2 80.0
100 2 R1002L 41.30 71/4 91/4 61/2 1 51/8 1
/8 13/4 51/8 20.63 9,695 103.0 66.0
100 6 R1006L 123.80 111/4 171/4 61/2 1 51/8 1
/8 13/4 51/8 20.63 9,695 103.0 103.0
100 10 R10010L 206.30 151/4 251/4 61/2 1 51/8 1
/8 13/4 51/8 20.63 9,695 103.0 142.0
150 2 R1502L 61.40 81/8 101/8 81/16 11/4 61/4 1
/8 13/4 61/4 30.68 9,778 153.4 117.0
150 6 R1506L 184.10 121/8 181/8 81/16 11/4 61/4 1
/8 13/4 61/4 30.68 9,778 153.4 177.0
200 2 R2002L 82.60 91/2 111/2 91/4 15/8 71/4 1
/8 2 71/4 41.28 9,690 206.4 183.0
200 6 R2006L 247.70 131/2 191/2 91/4 15/8 71/4 1
/8 2 71/4 41.28 9,690 206.4 259.0
280 2 R2802L 113.50 93/4 113/4 107/8 15/8 81/2 1
/8 21/4 81/2 56.74 9,870 283.7 261.0
280 6 R2806L 340.40 133/4 193/4 107/8 15/8 81/2 1
/8 21/4 81/2 56.74 9,870 283.7 359.0
280 10 R28010L 567.40 173/4 273/4 107/8 15/8 81/2 1
/8 21/4 81/2 56.74 9,870 283.7 459.0
355 2 R3552L 141.80 111/2 131/2 113/4 21/8 91/2 1
/8 23/8 91/2 70.88 10,017 354.4 381.0
355 6 R3556L 425.30 151/2 211/2 113/4 21/8 91/2 1
/8 23/8 91/2 70.88 10,017 354.4 512.0
430 2 R4302L 173.20 131/8 151/8 13 21/2 101/2 1
/8 23/4 101/2 86.59 9,932 433.0 556.0
430 6 R4306L 519.50 171/8 231/8 13 21/2 101/2 1
/8 23/4 101/2 86.59 9,932 433.0 725.0
430 10 R43010L 865.90 211/8 311/8 13 21/2 101/2 1
/8 23/4 101/2 86.59 9,932 433.0 894.0
565 2 R5652L 226.20 145/8 165/8 147/8 23/4 12 1
/8 31/8 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 811.0
565 6 R5656L 678.60 185/8 245/8 147/8 23/4 12 1
/8 31/8 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 1031.0
565 10 R56510L 1131.0 225/8 325/8 147/8 23/4 12 1
/8 31/8 12 113.10 9,991 565.5 1251.0
NOTE: Supported loads not to exceed the rated capacity of the cylinders. Not intended to support additional dynamic loads, such as those applied
by moving vehicles.
32
POSITIVE MECHANICAL LOCK
TO SUPPORT LOAD.
LOCKING COLLAR
RC Series
740 & 1220
Single-Acting, Load Return
CYLINDERS
Single-Acting Locking Collar Cylinders
Swivel Cap
K
B C
B 5
A
H
F
F

No. Cyl. Order No. (in.) (in) (in.) (lbs.)
2000822 RC740*L 7.9 3.1 2.2 42.5
2000823 RC965*L 9.8 4.1 3.0 88.2
2000825 RC1220*L 12.7 6.9 4.9 249.1
A B C F H K
Cyl. Oil Retracted Extended Outside Base Bore Piston Rod Piston Cyl. Eff. Tons @ Product
Cap. Stroke Order Cap. Height Height Dia. to Port Dia. Protrusion Thr. Dia. Area 10,000 Wt.
(tons) (in.) No. (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (cu. in.) psi (lbs.)
740 2.0 RC7402L 293 12.0 14.0 16.9 2.6 13.8 0.2 13.8 x 6 149.1 746 756
740 6.0 RC7406L 880 16.5 22.4 16.9 2.6 13.8 0.2 13.8 x 6 149.1 746 1,043
740 10.0 RC74010L 1,468 21.1 30.9 16.9 2.6 13.8 0.2 13.8 x 6 149.1 746 1,332
965 2.0 RC9652L 383 12.8 14.8 19.3 2.8 15.7 0.2 15.7 x 6 194.7 973 1,045
965 6.0 RC9656L 1,150 17.3 23.2 19.3 2.8 15.7 0.2 15.7 x 6 194.7 973 1,418
965 10.0 RC96510L 1,917 21.9 31.7 19.3 2.8 15.7 0.2 15.7 x 6 194.7 973 1,792
1220 2.0 RC12202L 485 13.4 15.4 21.7 3.1 17.7 0.2 17.7 x 6 246.5 1232 1,501
1220 6.0 RC12206L 1,456 19.1 25.0 21.7 3.1 17.7 0.2 17.7 x 6 246.5 1232 1,971
1220 10.0 RC122010L 2,426 23.6 33.5 21.7 3.1 17.7 0.2 17.7 x 6 246.5 1232 2,441
POWERTEAM.COM 33
ACCESSORIES
C Series
Mounting Accessories
D E
B C B
Threaded Connector
A E
D
ylinder Tons
C Part No.
A B C D EF A
5 25748 13/4 7/8 Dia. 3/4 14 NPSM 3/16 Dia. 1/2
CYLINDERS
10 25664 15/8 17/16 Dia. 11/4 111/2 NPSM 5/16 Dia. 9/16
25 25654 21/4 21/8 Dia. 2 111/2 NPSM 3/8 Dia. 5/8
D C
E
B C B
Piston Clevis A E
F D
A
Cylinder Tons Part No. A B C D E F
5 350095 13/4 11/8 5/8 17/16 5/8 3/4-16
10 or 15* 350094 2 / 1 /
9 16 11 16 7/ 8 25/16 1 1-8
25** 420059 2 / 2 / 1 / 211/16 11/4
15 16 1 4 1 4 11/2-16
* Can be used with RD106, RD1010 Cylinder.

** RD256 & RD2514
Threaded Adapter Plain Adapter

Cylinder
Tons Part No. A B C D E
5 202178 (threaded) 15/8 11/8 11/16 Dia. 3/4 14 NPT 3/4 16 UNF-2A
10 or 15 202179 (threaded) 113/16 11/16 15/8 Dia. 11/4 111/2 NPT 1 8 UNC-2A
25 202180 (threaded) 23/4 17/8 23/8 Dia. 2 111/2 NPT 11/2 16 UN-2A
10 or 15 350724 (plain) 2 11/4 131/64 Dia. 1 8 UNC-2A
25 350723 (plain) 21/8 11/4 21/4 Dia. 11/2 16 UN-2A
A B
C
D
AC
E
Cylinder Mounting Plate
ylinder Tons
C Part No. A B C D E
5 350099 3 1 21/8 11/216 UN-2B /
11 32
10 350100 31/2 1 25/8 21/4 14 UNS-2B 11/32
15 350184 31/2 1 25/8 23/4 16 UN-2B 11/32
25 420064 5 2 321/32 35/16 12 UN-2B 21/32
34
Extension Rod
Cylinder Tons Part No. A B C D E

5 350895 5 7/8 Dia. / 14 NPT
3 4 / Dia.
21 64 2
38908 10 7/8 Dia.
5 3/4 14 NPT 21/64 Dia. 2
5 350896 18 7/8 Dia. 3/4 14 NPT 21/64 Dia.

2
350897 5 17/16 Dia.
10 11/4 111/2 NPT 21/64 Dia. 2
10 38909 10 17/16 Dia. 11/4 111/2 NPT 21/64 Dia. 2
10 350898 18 17/16 Dia. 11/4 111/2 NPT 21/64 Dia. 2
CYLINDERS
D
Cylinder Base B
C B
Attachment
A
A

Cylinder Base
Attachment Swivel Cap
Cylinder Tons Part No. A B C D
F
5 208380 15/8 13/4 Dia. 3/4 14 NPSM 9/32 Dia. (2) 1/4 20 UNC x 3/4 Cylinder Part
Lg. Socket Head Cap Screws Tons No. A B
10 or 15 350144 7/8 13/8
10 208381 17/8 21/2 Dia. 11/4 111/2 NPSM 11/32 Dia. (2) 51618 UNC x 3/4
Lg. Socket Head Cap Screws 25 350145 11/8 2
25 208382 23/8 33/8 Dia. 2 111/2 NPSM 17/32 Dia. (2) 1/2 13 UNC x 1 55 or 75 350376 11/4 213/16
Lg. Socket Head Cap Screws 100 351574 129/32 315/32

Cylinder
Flat Base
Cylinder Tons Part No. A B C D

5 25750 * 41/2 21/2 3/4 14 NPSM 111/32
10 32325* 69/16 31/2 11/4 111/2 NPSM 17/16
Smooth Saddle Serrated Saddle 90 V Base
B
Cylinder Part
A Tons No. A B C
5 25388* 13/8 11/16 3/4 14 NPSM
C
10 25395* 21/8 21/8 11/4 111/2 NPSM
ylinder Tons Part No.
C A B C
5 25746*(serrated) 11/8 15/16 Dia. / 14 NPSM
3 4
10 or 15 31772*(serrated) 11/8 2 Dia. 11/4 11 12 NPSM

25 31776*(serrated) 15/16 3 Dia. 2 111/2 NPSM
5 351575*(plain) 11/8 15/16 Dia. 3/4 14 NPSM
10 24016*(plain) 11/8 2 Dia. 11/4 11 12 NPSM

25 351576*(plain) 15/16 3 Dia. 2 11 12 NPSM
Body Clevis
Plunger Base
Cylinder Tons Part No. A B C D E F
5 350096 21/16 11/8 5/8 5/8 9/16 1/4
10 350097 3 111/16 7/8 1 1 1/4 Cylinder Part

Tons No. A B C
15 350098 31/16 111/16 7/8 1 1 1/4
25 25652 6 11/4 2 111/2 NPSM
25 420061 39/16 21/4 11/4 11/4 11/2 1/4
* Items require threaded adapter (Page 36) when used with C series cylinders. They may
be used on threaded CBT cylinders without the use of an adapter.
Mounting screws are included.
POWERTEAM.COM 35
ACCESSORIES
Swivel Caps
Center Hole Accessories C
SWIVEL CAPS FOR RD CYLINDERS

CYLINDERS
SWIVEL CAPS FOR RSS, Swivel Prod.

Cylinder Cap Wt. A B C
Use with Swivel Cap Wt. A B C Tonnage Order No. (lbs.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Cyl. No. Order No. (lbs.) (in. (in.) (in.) 10 350144 0.8 7/8 17/16 55/64
RSS101 350320 0.5 1 17/16 17/16 25 350145 1.3 11/8 21/8 17/16
RSS202 350321 1.3 13/8 21/8 21/8 55 351325 4.2 27/16 21/2 135/64
RSS302 350322 1.6 13/8 21/2 21/8
100 351324 11.2 261/64 33/4 221/32
RSS502 350331 2.7 17/16 31/4 21/8
RSS1002 350332 6.6 113/16 43/8 33/8 150/200 351334 12.8 25/8 43/8 31/16
Tonnage RA CYLINDERS
55 350376 2 11/4 213/16 213/16
100 350984 5.6 115/16 31/8 33/4
SWIVEL CAPS
Reduce the effects of off
For use with RC cylinders center loading. Tilts up to For use with RL cylinders
5 degrees. Radial grooves
Use with Swivel Cap Wt. A B on top of cap reduce A B Use with Swivel Cap Wt.
Cyl. No. Order No. (lbs.) (in. (in.) load slippage. (in.) (in.) Cyl. No. Order No. (lbs.)
150-200 ton 420867 8.8 11/2 51/8 1 213/16 55-100 ton 420866 1.8
280 ton 420868 13.5 13/4 57/8 11/2 51/8 150-200 ton 420867 8.8
355 ton 420869 37 23/4 711/16 13/4 57/8 280 ton 420868 13.5
430 ton 420870 52 31/8 87/8 23/4 711/16 355 ton 420869 37
565 ton 420871 78 35/8 97/8 31/8 87/8 430 ton 420870 52
35/8 97/8 565 ton 420871 78
A notch across the face of each cap helps to keep protruding or round shaped loads centered.
CENTER-HOLE CYLINDER ACCESSORIES

o use with
T RT172, RH203 RT302, RH302 RT503, RH503, RH603 RT1004
Cyl. No RH303, RH306 RH605, RH606
Order Set No. RHA20 RHA30 RHA50 RHA100
1 Speed Crank 1 24814 27198 29595 303785
2 Speed 2 302482 302483 33439 34136
Nut 18 thd. 11/47 thd. 15/85 1/2 thd. 21/28 thd.
3 32118 34758 32698 32699
3 Adjusting
Screw 18 thd. 20 lg. 11/47 thd. 24 lg. 15/85 1/2 thd. 30 lg. 21/28 thd. 341/4lg.
4 Threaded 4 O rder threaded insert for RH series cylinders with the accessory set (See page 39).
Insert Threaded insert supplied with RT series cylinders.
5 Pushing 5 201923 34510 34755

Adapter 18 thd. 1/2 11/47 thd. 3/4 15/85 1/2 thd. 1
dia. shank dia. shank dia. shank
6 Pushing 6 201454 34511 34756
Adapter 18 thd. 3/4 11/47 thd. 1 15/85 1/2 thd. 11/4
dia. shank dia. shank dia. shank
7 Jack 7 24813 25931 32701 32702
Screw 18 thd. 7 lg. 11/47 thd. 9 lg. 15/85 1/2 thd. 11 lg. 21/28 thd. 16 lg.
Screw 8 28228 28229 28230
8 Cap 1 8 thd. 11/2 dia. 11/47 thd. 13/4 dia. 15/85 1/2 thd. 21/4 dia.
36
ACCESSORIES
Seal Kits
Cylinder Viton Cylinder Viton

Order Seal Seal Order Seal Seal
No. Kit* Kit No. Kit* Kit
C51C 300404 300210 20010C 300677
R
C53C 300404 300210 R2802C 300678
CYLINDERS
C55C 300404 300210 R
2806C 300678 Cylinder Viton Cylinder Viton
C57C 300404 300210 R
28010C 300678
Order Seal Seal Order Seal Seal
C59C 300404 300210 R
3552C 300679
No. Kit* Kit No. Kit* Kit
C101C 300116 300211 R
3556C 300679 R35510L 300679 H121 300576
R
C102C 300116 300211 R
35510C 300679 R4302L 300680 RH121T 300576
C104C 300116 300211 R
4302C 300680 R
4306L 300680 RH123 300576
C106C 300116 300211 R
4306C 300680 R
43010L 300680 RH202 300615
C108C 300116 300211 R
43010C 300680 R
5652L 300681 RH203 300069 300222
C1010C 300116 300211 R
5652C 300681 R
5656L 300681 RH206 300615
C
1012C 300116 300211 R
5656C 300681 R
56510L 300681 RH302 300037 300223
C
1014C 300116 300211 R
56510C 300681 RA202 300631 RH306 300037 300223
C
1016C 300116 300211 R
1002D 300928 RA204 300631 RH503 300059 300225
C
151C 300453 300471 R
1006D 300928 RA206 300631 RH603 300477 300476
C152C 300453 300471 R
10010D 300928 RA302 300632 RH606 300477 300476
C154C 300453 300471 R1502D 300929 RA304 300632 RH1003 300485 300585
C156C 300453 300471 R
1506D 300929 RA306 300632 RH303 300077 300224
C158C 300453 300471 R
15010D 300929 RA552 300391 RH306D 300822 300224
C1510C 300453 300471 R2002D 300930 RA554 300391 RH3010 300625
C
1512C 300453 300471 R
2006D 300930 RA556 300391 RH605 300269 300226
C
1514C 300453 300471 R
20010D 300930 RA5510 300391 RH6010 300626
C
1516C 300453 300471 R2802D 300931 R
A1002 300444 RH1001 300927
C251C 300147 300213 R
2806D 300931 R
A1006 300444 RH1006 300295 300227
C252C 300147 300213 R
28010D 300931 R
A556L 300395 RH10010 300629
C254C 300147 300213 R3552D 300932 R
A1006L 300396 R
H1505 300154 300228
C256C 300147 300213 R
3556D 300932 R
D106 300017 RH1508 300583
C258C 300147 300213 R
35510D 300932 RD1010 300017 RH2008 300582
C2510C 300147 300213 R4302D 301047 R
D256 300018 RHA306 300867 300868
C
2512C 300147 300213 R
4306D 301047 RD2514 300018 RHA604D 300269 300226
C2514C 300147 300213 R
43010D 301047 R
D556 300005 RLS50 300454
C
552C 300114 300215 R5652D 300934 RD5513 300005 RLS100 300455
C554C 300114 300215 R
5656D 300934 R
D5518 300005 R
LS200 300456
C556C 300114 300215 R
56510D 300934 R
D8013 300410 R
LS300 300457
C5510C 300114 300215 R552L 300674 R
D1006 3000120 R
LS500S 300458
C
5513C 300114 300215 R556L 300674 R
D10013 3000120 R
LS750S 300459
C
756C 300647 300846 R5510L 300674 RD10020 3000120 R
LS1000S 300460
C7513C 300647 300846 R
1002L 300675 R
D1506 300007 RLS1500S 300461
C
1002C 300112 300216 R
1006L 300675 R
D15013 300007 RP25 300628
C
1006C 300112 300216 R
10010L 300675 RD15018 300007 RP55 300627
C10010C 300112 300216 R
1502L 300676 RD2006 300008 RSS101 300010
C55CBT 300404 300210 R
1506L 300676 R
D20013 300008 RSS202 300011
C106CBT 300116 300211 R
15010L 300676 RD3006 300466 RSS302 300297
C1010CBT 300116 300211 R
2002L 300677 R
D30013 300466 RSS502 300292
C 256CBT 300147 300213 R
2006L 300677 RD4006 300467 RSS1002 300293
C2514CBT 300147 300213 R20010L 300677 R
D40013 300467 R
SS2503
R1502C 300676 R
2802L 300678 RD5006 300468 R
SS1002D 300578
R1506C 300676 R
2806L 300678 R
D50013 300468 RT172 300358
R
15010C 300676 R
28010L 300678 RH102 300071 300221 RT302 300359
R
2002C 300677 R
3552L 300679 RH108 300071 300221 RT503 300360
R
2006C 300677 R
3556L 300679 RH120 300657 RT1004 300024
* Nitrile seals comes standard on all cylinders.
POWERTEAM.COM 37
ACCESSORIES
Cribbing Blocks Lower Ring
Convert Power Team Shorty cylinders Upper Ring

to mechanical cribbing devices; more
stable and safe than timber or other
awkward, makeshift methods. Ideal for
lifting applications such as structure
moving. Reduces c ribbing time dramat-
ically. In effect, increases the stroke of
CYLINDERS
the cylinder; stacking pads act as cylin-

der extensions:
1. Extend cylinder and insert lower
supporting ring.
2. Retract cylinder, insert a stacking pad.
3.Extend cylinder again; pad increases
cylinder stroke.
4. Repeat process until all rings and pads
are used.
Insertion Handle
No. 45589
Each cribbing block set includes rings, pads and insertion handle. Stacking Pad
No. CB30 Cribbing block set for use with No. RSS302; 30 ton cylinder.
No. 45589 Insertion handle is used for inserting rings and pads.
3. Insert pad. LOAD 4. Lift load

by adding
LOAD LOAD LOAD rings and
1. Extend 2. Insert
cylinder lower ring. pads.
load Retract
cylinder.
FOR USE WITH 30 TON CYLINDER NO. RSS302 50 TON CYLINDER NO. RSS502 100 TON CYLINDER NO. RSS1002
ORDER NUMBER 30 TON SET NO. CB30 50 TON SET NO. CB50 100 TON SET NO. CB100
Lower Upper Stacking Lower Upper Stacking Lower Upper Stacking
Ring Ring Pad Ring Ring Pad Ring Ring Pad
No. included in set 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 3 4

Outside
4 /2
1 41/2 23/4 51/2 51/2 33/8 725/64 725/64 43/4
Diameter (in.)
Inside
213/16 213/16 329/64 329/64 413/16 413/16
Diameter (in.)
Height, each (in.) 29/32 151/64 125/32 27/32 123/32 111/16 21/8 13/4 123/32
Diameter (in.)
41/2 43/16 67/8
rings in Set (in.)
Weight of Set (lbs.) 20 28 64
Each set includes one Insertion Handle No. 45589 - 1/2 Hex. x 18 Long, 4 Bend
38
ACCESSORIES
Cylinder
CYLINDERS
CYLINDER LIFTING HANDLE
No. 420655OR9 Lifting handle for C series, 25 ton cylinders.
No. 4213120R9 Lifting handle for RH302, RH303, RH306 and
RH306D cylinders.
No. 252215 Lifting handle RHA306, 30 ton cylinder.
No. 420496BK2 Lifting handle RA552 and RA554, 55 ton cylinders.
No. 420498BK2 Lifting handle RA1002, 100 ton cylinder.
ALUMINUM CYLINDER BASE
Aluminum Cylinder Base For use when an enlarged cylinder base is needed or advantageous.
Attaches to b
ottom of RA556, RA556L and RA5510 with four 3/816 screws (included). Serrated
base for extra stability.
No. 208406 Aluminum cylinder base, 7 square. For use with RA556, RA556L and RA5510 cylinders.
Quick-Change Inserts
HEAD INSERTS FOR RH SERIES CYLINDERS

For Use Threaded QUICK CHANGE HEAD INSERTS FOR RT SERIES CYLINDERS
With: Insert
Order No.
RH102, RH108 28632
/ 16
3 4
RH203 28612 or Use

F Threaded Plain Switch from a tapped hole to a plain
18 With: Order No.* Order No. hole quickly with these cylinder head
RH302, RH306 38904 RT172 21669 21714 inserts. They are held in place with a
11/47 RT302 21873 21872 socket screw. Plain hole permits use
RH303 28644 RT503 22274 22275 of a speed nut for re-adjusting cylinder
11/47 RT1004 24197 24196 after extension.
RH503 38855
15/851/2
RH603, RH605 34251
RH606 15/851/2 * Provided with cylinder
POWERTEAM.COM 39
PUMPS
HIGH PERFORMANCE HIGH FORCE HYDRAULICS
PUMPS
40
Page Page Page
PUMP BASICS42 PUA, PMA64-67 PE6084-85
Air Operated Pump Electric Hydraulic
Page
Page Page
P SERIES46-48
Hand Pumps
PE1068-69 PQ6086-87
Electric Battery Quiet Electric Hydraulic
Page
RPS SERIES49 Page Page
Cylinder and Pump Sets

PE1770-71 PQ12088-89
PUMPS
Electric Hydraulic Quiet Electric Hydraulic
Page Page
PA650-51 PE1872-73 Page
Air Hydraulic
PE40090-91
Vanguard Jr.
Electric Hydraulic Electric Hydraulic
Page
PA6D52-53 Page Page
Air Hydraulic
PE2174-75 PE-NUT92
Electric Hydraulic Electric Hydraulic
Page
PA954-55 Page Page
Air Hydraulic
PED76-77 PG30/5594-95
Electric Hydraulic Gasoline Driven
Page Page Page

PA6056-57 PE3078-79 PG120-PG40096-97
Air Hydraulic
Vanguard Gasoline Driven
Page Electric Hydraulic
PA5058-59
Page
Air Hydraulic Page INTENSIFIER98
PE4680-81
Page
PA1760-61 Electric Hydraulic Page
X1A1-PT99
Air Hydraulic Page
PE55 V ANGUARD
Page Page
PA46/5562-63 82-83 ASSEMBLE 100
TO ORDER PUMPS
Air Hydraulic Electric Hydraulic
POWERTEAM.COM 41
PUMP SELECTION
Choose the Right Pump
Step1 S
elect the hydraulic cylinder that best suits the application. See
PUMPS
pages 6-8.
Step2 S
elect the series of hydraulic pump with adequate oil output and
reservoir capacity to power cylinder. See page 45. Check speed/
selection chart on page 6.
Step3 S
elect pump within series with the valve option that is best suited to
the cylinder and application. See pages 120-121.
CONSIDERATIONS: cylinders, the reservoir capacity must be sufficient to fully

What maximum system operating pressure (psi) extend the piston of the cylinder.
is required? W
ill the application require large displacement or multiple
What volume of oil delivery is required? (For manual cylinders? Reservoir size and pump output levels will be
pumps, cu. in. of oil per handle stroke; for powered factors to consider.
pumps, cu. in./min. of oil). D
oes the working environment require a pump having a
Is a single or 2-speed pump required? (2-speed pumps low operating noise (dBA) level?
deliver high oil volume at low pressure for rapid cylinder M
ust the pump operate in a spark-free environment?
piston advance, then shift to high pressure, low volume
stage under load). MANUALLY-OPERATED HYDRAULIC
What is the preferred source of power? PUMPS:
a) Manual (hand or foot operated). Provides P12, P23, P55 These single-speed pumps are for use
portability, can be used where electricity or shop with single-acting cylinders. See page 46.
air are not available. P19, P59, P59F, P157, P159, P300, P460 These
b) Air/Hydraulic. Uses shop air or a portable air 2-speed pumps are used with single-acting cylinders. The
compressor. 2-speed feature provides high oil volume for fast cylinder
piston approach to the work; pump automatically shifts to
c) Electric/Hydraulic. What voltage is available? Is a
the high pressure stage. This reduces the number of pump
battery operated pump preferred?
handle strokes required. See pages 47-48.
d) Gasoline Engine/Hydraulic. Powers high-output
P157D, P159D, P300D, P460D These 2-speed pumps
pumps at remote job sites where air or electricity are
are used with double-acting cylinders. See page 48.
unavailable.
Is portability of the pump a factor to consider?
Will the pump be used intermittently, or will it need to
provide high-cycle operation? Does the application re-
quire that the pump be capable of starting under load?
Is fluid heat build-up a factor in your application? High
cycle applications may require a larger capacity oil reser-
voir for cooling. Also, if you are using large displacement
42
PUMPS
AIR/HYDRAULIC PUMPS ELECTRIC/HYDRAULIC PUMPS
Used where air is the preferred energy source or where electric- All of the following pumps are 2-speed models, and can
ity is not available. Ideal for use in petrochemical, mines or other be used to drive single or double-acting cylinders.
flammable or explosive environments. Quarter Horse Series As their name implies, these pumps
PA6 Series These single-speed pumps drive single or feature a 1/4 hp electric motor. A battery-powered version is avail-
double-acting cylinders. See pages 50- 51. able. Having a low noise level and weighing just 20 lbs., they are
PA9 Series These new single-speed pumps drive single-act- ideal for powering portable hydraulic spreaders, nut splitters,
ing cylinders and are ideal for powering portable hydraulic tools. pipe flange spreaders and other tools. See pages 68-69.
See pages 54-55. PE17 Series CSA rated for intermittent duty, these feature a
PA50 Series These single-speed pumps drive single or double- /2 hp, single phase induction motor with a low noise level (67-
1
acting low pressure (3,200 psi) cylinders. See pages 58, 59. 81 dBA). Smaller generators and low amperage circuits can be
used as a power source. See pages 70-71.
PA60 This 2-speed pump is equipped with a manifold to
operate multiple cylinders, and provides a 2-gallon reservoir. See PE46 Series Powered by a 11/2 hp, single phase induction
pages 56-57. motor, operates at a moderate noise level of 77-81 dBA.
CSA rated for intermittent duty. See pages 80-81.
PA64 Similar to PA60, this 2-speed pump drives single or
double-acting cylinders. See pages 56-57. PE18 Series CSA rated for intermittent duty, these feature a
/2 hp, single phase universal motor with a noise level of 85-90
1
PA172 and PA174 These economy 2-speed pumps drive
dBA. Provide high performance at a low price. Has low amperage
single or double-acting cylinders, depending on the model cho-
draw. See pages 72-73.
sen. Provide a low weight-to-output ratio. See pages 60-61.
PE30 Series Equipped with a 1 hp, single phase permanent
PA462 and PA464 Series These 2-speed pumps drive single
magnet motor, have a noise level of only 82-87 dBA. CSA rated
or double-acting cylinders, depending on the model selected.
for intermittent duty, and requires a relatively low voltage; ideal for
They offer high speed cylinder piston advance. See pages 62-63.
use in general construction applications. Roll cage/handle pro-
PA554 This 2-speed pump drives single or double-acting cyl- tects the motor and controls. See pages 78-79.
inders, delivering a high volume of oil. See pages 62-63.
PE55 and PED25 Series The famous Vanguard pumps have
been continually upgraded for 40 years; some of the o riginals are
still in service! Equipped with a 11/8 hp, single phase universal
motor, have a 90-95 dBA noise level. Offer the best weight to
performance ratio of any Power Team electric/hydraulic pump.
CSA rated for intermittent duty. The PED25 versions are dual
flow pumps which deliver the same low and high pressures to
both valves, and have a noise level of 80-85 dBA. They have a
11/2 hp induction motor. See pages 76-77, 82-83.
POWERTEAM.COM 43
PUMP SELECTION
Choose The
Right Pump
PE60 Series These Vanguard Supreme pumps provide trouble-free service in the
PUMPS
most severe working environments. Powered by a 11/8 hp, single phase motor, has a
moderate noise level of 80-85 dBA. Starts under load even at the reduced voltages
encountered on construction sites. High-output pumps, ideal for use with post-ten-
sioning/pre-stressing jacks and other high-pressure hydraulic tools. See pages 84-85.
Custom-Built Pumps Power Team offers you assemble to order electric/hydrau-
lic pumps to suit unique applications. You can choose from pre-engineered, off the-
shelf components to customize your pump. See pages 100-103.
PE21 Series Ideal for heavy-duty, extended-cycle applications. Powered by a 1 hp,
single phase motor, pump operates at a very low noise level of 70 dBA. Pump auto-
matically shuts down in the event of a power failure. CSA rated for intermittent duty.
See pages 86-87.
Quiet Pumps Our PQ60 and PQ120 series operate at a very low noise level of
between 73-78 dBA. The PQ60 has a 2 hp (single phase) motor; the PQ120 has a 3
hp (3-phase) motor. These pumps are designed for heavy-duty, extended cycle opera-
tions. CSA rated for intermittent duty. See page 74.
PE400 Series High-flow units deliver a large volume of high pressure oil for heavy
construction and maintenance operations employing high tonnage cylinders. The
PE400 is powered by a 10 hp, 3-phase motor. Low noise rating of 73-80 dBA. See
pages 90-91.
GASOLINE-DRIVEN HYDRAULIC PUMPS

These two-speed pumps are ideal for use in remote applications, such as construction
sites. May be used with single or double-acting cylinders.
PG30 Series Powered by a 2-cycle, 2 hp Honda engine, these have an integral,
protective roll cage and adequate reservoir capacity for cylinders up to 100 tons
capacity or more. Readily portable; popular in the railroad, rescue and construction
markets. See pages 94-95.
PG55 Series With a 4-cycle, 4 hp Briggs & Stratton engine, this pump is based on
our popular Vanguard Series hydraulic system. It has a generous five gallon reservoir
capacity. See pages 94-95.
PG120 Series Powered by a 4-cycle, 5.5 hp Honda engine. Has a five gallon reservoir;
capable of handling multiple-cylinder lifting tasks. Ideal for the structure moving, pier setting,
bridge lifting and concrete contracting industries. See pages 96-97.
PG4004 Featuring a 4-cycle, 18 hp Honda engine, this unit has a big 20 gallon res-
ervoir. Rugged steel roll cage has a hook on top and swivel casters for ease of mobil-
ity. Popular for concrete stressing applications. See pages 96-97.
HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER
HB Series Turns low pressure hydraulic pumps into high pressure power sources to
operate single or double-acting cylinders and tools such as crimpers, spreaders, cut-
ters, etc. Compact and portable for use inside a utility vehicle aerial bucket or stowing
in a vehicle. See page 98.
44
Two-Speed
(Provides
rapid
advance
Hand to engage
load) P19 P19L P59L P59 P157 P159 P460
Operated (20 (29 (69 (45 (137 (137 (460
Hydraulic cu.in. cu.in. cu.in. cu.in. cu.in. cu.in. cu.in.
Pump Res.) Res.) Res.) Res.) Res.) Res.) Res.)
Single-Speed
(Best for
minimal P12 P23 P55
cylinder travel (9 cu.in. (20 (45
before Res.) cu.in. cu.in.
engaging load.) Res.) Res.)
High Volume
Pump
PA60
(for use PA17 PA46 PA55
(425 cu.in.
where air is (295 cu.in. (590 cu.in. (525 cu.in.
Res.)
PUMPS
the preferred Res.) Res.) Res.)
(6 cu.in./min.)
Air power source) (17 cu.in./min.) (46 cu.in./min.) (55 cu.in./min.)
Two-stage
Powered pump
Hydraulic
Pump
Low Volume
Pump PA9
PA6
(labor saving (33.5 cu.in.
(98 cu.in. Res.)
alternative to Res.)
(6 cu.in./min.) P59F
hand pumps) (9 cu.in./min.)
Tools, small (45 cu. in.
presses & cyl. Tools, small Res.)
presses & cyl.
Foot
Operated
Hydraulic
Pump
Stationary PE21 PQ60 PQ120 PE400
Application: (590 cu. in. (1,250 cu. in. (1,250 cu. in. (3,927 cu. in.
Pump will Res.) Res.) Res.) Res.)
HYDR A ULI C remain in one 60 (cu.in./min.) 120 (cu.in./min.) 420 (cu.in./min.)
21 (cu.in./min.)
location Heavy Duty Heavy Duty Heavy Duty Heavy Duty
P UM P performing
same task
Electric
Powered
O P T I ONS Heavy Duty
Hydraulic PE10 PE18 PE30
Pump (not affected
by frequent (60 cu. in. (104-525 cu. (280-380 cu.
starts and Res.) in. Res.) in. Res.)
Portable stops) 10 (cu.in./min.) (18 cu.in./min.) (30 cu.in./min.)
Application: Tools & Cyl. 5 Tools & Cyl. Tools & Cyl.
Pump may to 25 ton 10 to 25 ton 15 to 100 ton
be moved
frequently to Standard
perform task (see PE55
PE17 PE46
extension (525 cu. in.
(295-375 cu. (590 cu. in.
cord Res.)
in. Res.) Res.)
reference (55cu.in./min.)
(17cu.in./min.) (46cu.in./min.)
chart) Tools & Cyl.
Cyl. 15 to Cyl. 25 to 100
55 to 150 ton
55 ton ton
Gas PE60
Powered (157 cu. in.
Hydraulic PG30 PG55 PG120 PG400 Res.) (60
Pump (375 cu.in. (1,300 cu.in. (1,300 cu.in. (3,927 cu.in. cu.in./min.)
Res.) Res.) Res.) Res.) Tools & Cyl.
(30 (55 (120 (400 cu. 55 to 100 ton
cu.in./min.) cu.in./min.) cu.in./min.) in./min.)
Tools & 5-55 Tools & Multiple High Volume
ton Cyl. 15-100 ton Cylinders
Cyl.
Battery
Powered
PR10
Hydraulic
(60 cu.in.
Pump
Res.)
(10
cu.in./min.)
Tools & 5-25
ton Cyl.
POWERTEAM.COM 45
HAND PUMP
Hydraulic P Series BEST SUITED FOR A PPLICATIONS
12 to 55 cu. in. WHERE THERE IS LITTLE OR NO
FREE TRAVEL.
Single-Speed Single-Acting
All metal construction, wont burn
through in welding environments.
Formed metal handle provides less flex,
and reduces operator fatigue.
Convenient fill port on P23 and P55
allows pumps to be filled in a horizontal
or vertical position.
Fill cap seal acts as safety
valve preventing over-pressurizing P23
of reservoir.
Relief valve inboard of check
valve prevents loads from drifting down.
PUMPS
Large valve knob gives added control for

slowly metering loads down. 10,000 psi
P12
P55
K dia.
H
F G G L
A/B N D
C
E M
Power Team hand pumps,
with the angled fill port, have
a built in relief valve pro-
Pump A B C D E F G H J K L M N P tection system. This s ystem
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (deg.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) is designed to protect
over-pressurization of the
P12 4 13 2 1/16 4 131/2 33/8 2 3/16 111/2 45 3/16 33/8 /8 NPTF
3 11/8 reservoir from sudden back
* P23 6 /4 13 31/2 5 9/16 135/8 41/4 31/4 105/16 38
1 5/16 43/4 /8 NPTF
3 15/8 pressure. This system also
works as a seal to prevent
*The P23 pump maximum pressure is 3000 psi only. oil leaks.
P55 61/2 21 31/2 5 9/16 23 41/4 3 1/4 19 3/4 38 5/16 43/4 3/8 NPTF 15/8
Volume & Pressure Reservoir

For Volume per Maximum Handle Oil Usable Oil Oil Product
Use Order Stroke (cu. in.) Pressure (psi) Effort Capacity Capacity Port Weight
With No. Speed LP HP LP HP (lbs.) (cu.in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (lbs.)
Single P12 1 .069 10,000 75 12 9 3/8 NPTF 5.7

Acting P23 1 .160 3,000 70 23.8 20.3 3/8 NPTF 12
Cylinders* P55 1 .160 10,000 145 55 45 3/8 NPTF 15.8
LP = Low Pressure *Pump includes 2-Way Valve

HP = High Pressure
46
HAND PUMP
Hydraulic P Series
24.4 to 55 cu. in.
Two-Speed Single-Acting
P59L
10,000 psi
PUMP AUTOMATICALLY SHIFTS INTO THE HIGH PRES-

SURE LIFT STAGE UPON CONTACT WITH THE LOAD.
All metal construction wont burn Convenient fill port allows pumps P19L/P59L
PUMPS
through in welding environments. to be filled in a horizontal or vertical More usable oil volume use with
Two-speed reduces handle strokes position. larger or longer stroke cylinders.
so you work faster Relief valve inboard of check valve True unloading valve set for 850 PSI
and easier. prevents loads from drifting down. (59 Bar) provides more efficiency
Formed metal handle provides less Large valve knob gives added con- and lower handle force.
flex, and reduces operator fatigue. trol for slowly metering loads down. Link design reduces handle
effort by 40%.
Durable aluminum reservoir,
manifold, and end cap.
Ergonomic non-slip handle
K dia.
H
grip provides more comfort.
Spring loaded handle lock
F G G L
P19 incorporated into handle.
J
P59F
Replaces hand control with
A/B N D foot control.
C
E M
Foot pump conversion kit
No. FK59 - Foot pump
Pump A B C D E F G H J K L M N
conversion kit for use on P55/ No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (deg.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
P59 pumps. Wt., 6 lbs.
No. FK159B Foot pump P19 5 1/2 145/8 2 7/8 4 9/16 13 11/16 4 3 1/4 111/16 53 5/16 4 3/ NPTF 113/
8 32
conversion kit for use on P19L 5 1/2 13 11/16 41/8 3 1/4 11 /16 40 /16
1 5 3/ NPTF
8
P59 7 21 3 1/2 5 23 41/4 3 1/4 19 3/4 38 5/ 43/4 3/8 NPTF 15/8
P157/P159 and P300/ 16
P59L 7 21 5 3 1/4 19 3/4 50 5/ 3/8 NPTF
P300D pumps. Wt., 6 lbs. 16
P59F 3 1/2 163/4 3 1/2 6 231/4 41/4 3 1/4 201/4 5/
16 41/ 3/ NPTF 111/
2 8 16

With No. Speed LP HP LP HP (lbs.) (cu.in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (lbs.)
3 8
Single P19 2 .305 .076 325 10,000 99 24.4 20 / NPTF 6.6
3 8
Acting P19L 2 .250 .050 850 10,000 78 29 27 / NPTF 5.1
3 8
P59 2 .662 .160 325 10,000 145 55 45 / NPTF 17.2
3 8
Cylinders* P59L 2 .720 .150 850 10,000 104 69 66 / NPTF 8.9
3 8
P59F 2 .550 .130 325 10,000 120 55 45 / NPTF 14
LP = Low Pressure *Pump includes 2-Way Valve

HP = High Pressure
POWERTEAM.COM 47
HAND PUMP BEST SUITED FOR APPLICA- P157/P159
TIONS WHERE THERE IS LITTLE
Hydraulic P Series OR NO FREE TRAVEL.
Rugged all metal construction
152 cu. in. for strength and durability that
Two-Speed Single- wont burn through in welding
environments.
and Double-Acting Heavy-duty, formed metal handle
provides less flex, and less operator
fatigue than round or c omposite handles.
Convenient fill port on P23 and
P55 allows pumps to be filled in
a horizontal or vertical position.
Fill cap seal acts as safety valve
to prevent over-pressurizing of reservoir.
Relief valve inboard of check valve pre-
vents loads from drifting down. P300
Large valve knob gives added control for
slowly metering loads down.
PUMPS
P300 hand pump and 10 ton

cylinders used for a vehicle lift.
P159D
P460
K dia.
H H K
F G G L +
G
FK59
FK159B
J P
M
A/B N D A/B D
C
C Foot pump conversion kit
E M
E
No. FK59 - Foot pump
F conversion kit for use
on P55/P59 pumps. Wt.,
6 lbs.
Pump A B C D E F G H J K L M N P
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (deg.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
No. FK159B Foot pump
conversion kit for use
P157/ on P157/P159 and
P159 7 3/4 201/2 47/8 6 7/8 22 3/4 37/8 3 193/4 39 5/16 3 3/4 3/8 NPTF 21/4 P300/P300D pumps.
/
P300 81/4 21 41/2 6 7/8 22 5/8 8 1/2 71/2 3 20 23/32 39 5/16 3 3/4 3/8 NPTF 2 1/4 Wt., 6 lbs.
P460 111/8 31 6 3/4 113/8 24 29 1/4 11 9 80 91/2 3/8 NPTF 1/4

With No. Speed LP HP LP HP (lbs.) (cu. in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (lbs.)
Single- P157 2 .650 .160 1,400 10,000 140 152 137 3/8 NPTF 26.7
Acting P159 2 2.6 .160 325 10,000 140 152 137 3/8 NPTF 26.2
Cylinders* P300 2 2.6 .160 325 10,000 140 1.5 gal. 310 3/ NPTF
8 55.3
P460 2 7.35 .294 325 10,000 90 2.5 gal. 460 3/ NPTF
8 54.9
Double- P157D 2 .650 .160 1,400 10,000 140 152 137 3/ NPTF
8 28.8
Acting P159D 2 2.6 .160 325 10.000 140 152 137 3/ NPTF
8 27.9
Cylinders** P300D 2 2.6 .160 325 10,000 140 1.5 gal. 310 3/ NPTF
8 57.0
P460D 2 7.35 .294 325 10,000 90 2.5 gal. 460 3/ NPTF
8 57.9
LP = Low Pressure * Pump includes 2-Way Valve

HP = High Pressure ** Pump includes 4-Way Valve
48
PRECISION-MATCHED C YLINDER CYLINDER/PUMP
AND PUMP SET FOR WIDE RANGE
OF APPLICATIONS. RPS Series
Cylinder and pump Set
RPS1006
Four styles of cylinders to
choose from.
Sets feature single or
two-speed hydraulic
RPS55
hand pumps.
Cylinders of various
tonnages with long, medium
or short stroke.
Includes necessary fittings, couplers
and 6 foot hose.
Gauge and gauge mounting adapter
PUMPS
is recommended.
(See pages 110-111)
10,000 psi Optional Storage Box Storage box for

ASMEB30-1 hydraulic cylinder and pump sets. Rug-
ged industrial strength material, strong
as steel, never needs painting, wont
rust, dent or chip. Weatherproof lid is
self sealing and lockable. Molded-in
RPS203H handles, water-tight, one piece bottom
and side construction. Strong enough
to stand on. Note: A ctual product may dif-
fer from photo.
Visit powerteam.com to learn more about our expansive
range of packaged cylinder and hand pump sets.
No. 350722 35L x 14H x 131/2W,
storage box. Wt. 23 lbs.
Handle Strokes
Style Cyl. Retracted Required to Prod.
of Cap. Stroke Order Height Fully Extended Cyl. Pump Hose Coupler Pump Wt.
Cyl. (tons) (in.) No. (in.) Cylinder No. No. No. No. Speed (lbs.)
5 51/4 RPS55 81/2 75 C55C P12 9756 9798 Single 12

10 21/8 RPS102** 43/4 32 C102C P55 9756 9798 Single 26
10 61/8 RPS106** 9 3/4 93 C106C P55 9756 9798 Single 32.1
10 101/8 RPS1010** 13 3/4 154 C1010C P55 9756 9798 Single 35.6
C 15 41/8 RPS154** 7 7/8 81 C154C P55 9756 9798 Single 29
Series 15 61/8 RPS156** 10 11/16 118 C156C P55 9756 9798 Single 34
25 61/4 RPS256** 10 3/4 219 C256C P55 9756 9798 Single 42.7
25 141/4 RPS2514** 18 3/4 285* C2514C P159 9756 9798 Two 62.7
55 6 1/4 RPS556** 111/8 268* C556C P159 9756 9798 Two 82.7
100 6 5/8 RPS1006 13 1/4 428* C1006C P460 9756 9798 Two 128.7
Shorty 30 2 7/16 RPS302** 4 5/8 61* RSS302 P59 9756 9798 Two 40
50 2 3/8 RPS552** 5 89* RSS502 P59 9756 9798 Two 50
100 2 1/4 RPS1002** 5 1/2 172* RSS1002 P59 9756 9798 Two 81
Center-
Hole 20 3 RPS203H** 6 1/16 80 RH203 P55 9756 9798 Single 40.5

Alum. 55 6 1/8 RPS556A** 10 3/4 262* RA556 P159 9756 9798 Two 47
* Base on 50% if the stroke being made at low-pressure and 50% of the ** Add suffix B (example: RPS102B, RPS203HB, etc.) to order set with
strokes at high pressure. optional storage box shown above.
POWERTEAM.COM 49
AIR PUMP
Hydraulic PA6 Series
Single-Acting
Thepower unit of choice for Serviceable pump motor is

major manufacturers of auto not a throw away,providing
body, frame straighteners and other economical repair.
COMPACT, LIGHTWEIGHT AND POR- equipment. Permanently vented reservoir cap.
TABLE. SINGLE-SPEED PUMPS DE- Operate at 40-100 psi shop air Internal relief valve protects
SIGNED TO DRIVE SINGLE-ACTING pressure at the pump. circuit components, air inlet filter
CYLINDERS. dBA 85 at 10,000 psi. protects motor.
PUMPS
PA6
10,000 psi
E G
B
C
G
D
Pump A B C D E G
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
PA6 7 3/4 5 7/8 43/8 9 1/2 5 4x9

PA6A 7 3/4 5 7/8 43/8 9 1/2 5 4x9
PA6AM 7 3/4 5 7/8 43/8 9 1/2 5 4x9
PA6M 7 3/4 5 7/8 43/8 9 1/2 5 4x9
PA6R 7 3/4 5 7/8 43/8 9 1/2 5 4x9
PA6RM 7 3/4 5 7/8 43/8 9 1/2 5 4x9
PA6M-1 7 7/8 6 43/8 12 5/8 73/8
PA6-2 10 1/4 8 7 111/2 91/2 5 1/8 x 7 1/8
PA6M-2 10 7 3/4 63/4 111/2 91/2 8 x 10
50
PA6M-1
PUMPS
PA6-2
Typical Set-up
Hook-up for single-acting cylinders
PUMP
AIR
OIL
OIL
PUMP Air Supply Reservoir

AIR OIL
Order Reqd Cap. Usable Oil Port Prod. Wt.
Description No. (psi) (cu. in.) (cu. in.) (in) (lbs.)
Base model pump with high density polyethylene reservoir. PA6 40-120 105 98 3/8 NPTF 14
PA6 with externally adjustable relief valve. PA6A 40-120 105 98 3/8 NPTF 15
PA6A with metal reservoir. PA6AM 40-120 105 98 3/ NPTF
8 17
PA6, except has metal reservoir. PA6M 40-120 105 98 3/ NPTF
8 18
PA6 with 12 foot remote control. PA6R 40-120 105 98 3/ NPTF
8 20.58
PA6R, except has metal reservoir. PA6RM 40-120 105 98 3/ NPTF
8 21.58
PA6, except has 1 gallon metal reservoir. PA6M-1 40-120 1 gal. 185 3/ NPTF
8 23.7
PA6, except has 2 gallon, high density polyethylene reservoir. PA6-2 40-120 2 gal. 454 3/ NPTF
8 24.5
PA6, except has 21/2 gallon metal reservoir. PA6M-2 40-120 2 1/2 gal. 570 3/ NPTF
8 32.1
POWERTEAM.COM 51
AIR PUMP
Hydraulic PA6D Series
6 cu. in./min.
Operate at 40-100 psi shop air pressure at
Double-Acting the pump.
Internal relief valve protects circuit compo-
nents, air inlet filter protects motor.
Serviceable pump motor is not a throw away,
providing economical repair.
COMPACT, LIGHTWEIGHT Permanently vented reservoir cap.
AND PORTABLE SIN- dBA 85 at 10,000 psi for all PA6 pumps.
GLE-SPEED PUMP FOR
DRIVING DOUBLE-ACTING
CYLINDERS.
PUMPS
10,000 psi
PA6D
E G
C B
G
D
Pump A B C D E G
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
PA6D 10 3/8 5 7/8 4 3/8 9 1/2 5 4x9

PA6DM 10 3/8 5 7/8 4 3/8 9 1/2 5 4x9
PA6DM-1 11 5 3/4 4 3/8 12 5/8 73/8
PA6D2 12 3/4 8 7 115/16 9 1/4 5 1/8 x 7 1/8
PA6DM-2 12 1/2 7 3/4 6 3/4 111/2 9 1/2 8 x 10
52
PA6DM-1
PA6D2
PUMPS
PUMP
AIR
OIL
Typical Set-up
Hook-up for
double-acting
OIL
cylinders
PA6D pump, DG100 digital
PUMP
pressure gauge and 25 ton OIL
AIR
cylinder used in a test fixture.
Air Supply Reservoir

Order Valve Reqd Cap. Usable Oil Port Prod. Wt
Description No. No. (psi) (cu. in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (lbs.)
Base model pump with high density PA6D 9504, 3-way/ 40-120 105 98 /8 NPTF
3 18.4
polyethylene reservoir. 4-way
PA6D, except has metal reservoir. PA6DM 9504, 3-way/ 40-120 105 98 /8 NPTF
3 20.4
4-way
PA6D, except has 1 gallon metal reservoir. PA6DM-1 9504, 3-way/ 40-120 1 gal. 185 /8 NPTF
3 28.1
4-way
PA6D, except has 2 gallon, high density PA6D2 9504, 3-way/ 40-120 2 gal. 454 /8 NPTF
3 28.6
polyethylene reservoir. 4-way
PA6D, except has 21/2 gallon metal reservoir. PA6DM-2 9504, 3-way/ 40-120 2 1/2 gal. 570 /8 NPTF
3 36.2
4-way
POWERTEAM.COM 53
AIR PUMP
Easier to operate than a hand pump,
9 cu. in./min. giving you the speed you need at an
Single-Acting affordable price.
Easy and economical to service; not PA9 Foot Control
a throw away unit.
Unique bladder design for
all-position operation and storage.
Operates on 40-120 psi shop air,
IDEAL FOR POWER- at 20 cfm.
ING S INGLE-ACTING Hard-coat anodized aluminum
C YLINDERS AND PORTA- housing.
BLE H YDRAULIC TOOLS. Oil filler with integral safety
relief minimizes chance of
damage to reservoir bladder if
PUMPS
overfilling occurs.
Turn and hold to release hy-

draulic pressure on PA9H
A
C
B
K D WARNING
WARNING
E
Press and hold to

run motor on PA9H
H
up position
G
J
Relief valve settings: up to 10,000 psi

Mounting holes (standard): 3/8 slots
Pump A B C D E F G H I J K
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
PA9 1615/16 12 213/16 41/4 5 5/16 7 5 5/8 7 11/8

PA9H 16 /16 12 2 /16 4 /4 7
15 13 1 7 11/8 413/16 611/16
54
PUMPS
PA9
Foot Control
PA9H
Hand Control
PA9H Hand Control Pump as used

in a straightening press.
Typical Set-up
Hook-up for single-acting cylin-
ders
PUMP
AIR
OIL
OIL
Air Supply Reservoir Max. Pressure

PUMP
For Use with Order AIRReqd OILCap. Usable Oil Port Output Prod. Wt.
Cyl. Type No. (psi) (cu. in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (psi) (lbs.)
Single-Acting PA9 40-120 35 33.5 /8 NPTF

3 10,000 15
Single-Acting PA9H 40-120 35 33.5 /8 NPTF
3 10,000 15
POWERTEAM.COM 55
AIR PUMP
TWO-SPEED PUMP FOR RAPID OIL
DELIVERY AT LOW PRESSURE QUICKLY
Hydraulic PA60 Series ADVANCES CYLINDER OR TOOL.
6 cu. in./min. Equipped with air pressure regulator,
air filter and lubricator.
Two-Speed
Serviceable air motor for economical repair.
Internal relief valve protects circuit components.
Permanently vented reservoir cap.
PUMPS
The PA60 used in a workholding environ-

ment.
B C
F G
D
PA60/PA64
Max.
Pressure Oil Del. * (cu. in./min. @)
Pump A B C D E F G Output 0 100 1,000 5,000 10,000
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi)
PA60 97/16 8 1/8 14 1/4 95/8 71/8 5 1/8 10,000 390 350 50 12 6
PA64 141/4 8 1/8 14 1/4 95/8 71/8 5 1/8 10,000 390 350 50 12 6
* Typical delivery. Actual flow will vary with field conditions.
56
PA64
PUMPS
10,000 psi
PA60
PA6
PA60/PA64
PA9
Typical Set-up
PA60 In this typical
AIR application an
air/hydraulic pump
is used with a remote
OIL valve to drive a
single-acting cylinder.
9510 subplate
with 9502, 9505
or 9576 valve. Single-acting
cylinder.
OIL

Order Valve Valve Reqd Cap. Usable Oil Port Prod. Wt
Description No. No. Function (psi) (gal.) (cu. in.) (in.) (lbs.)
For use with remote valves. PA60 Manifold 40-120 2 425 /8 NPTF
3 54
For use with single- or double-acting cylinders. PA64 9507, 3-way/ Advance 40-120 2 425 /8 NPTF
3 56
4-way Hold Return
Notes: Air inlet port 1/4 NPTF. Requires 20 cfm at 100 psi shop air pressure at the pump.
POWERTEAM.COM 57
AIR PUMP
28 cu. in./min.
Low Pressure
PA50D
SINGLE-SPEED, LOW PRESSURE

(3,200 PSI) OUTPUT PUMPS.
PUMPS
PA50M
PA50, PA50M, PA50R, PA50RM,

PA50R2
PUMP
AIR
A
OIL
B C
OIL
F G
D
PUMP
AIR OIL
PA60/PA64
Max. Pressure Oil Del. * (cu. in./min. @)
Pump A B C D E F G Output 0 100 1,000 5,000 10,000
PA5O, PA50R
PA50M, PA50RM 73/4 5 7/8 43/8 91/2 5 4 X 9 3,200 128 110 88 28
PA50R2 101/4 8 7 111/2 91/2 5 1/8 X 71/8 3,200 128 110 88 28
PA50D 10 3/8 57/8 43/8 91/2 5 9 4 3,200 128 110 88 28

PA50 Series measured at 3,200 psi.
58
Serviceable air motor for economical repair.
Air inlet filter protects motor. Filter in outlet port
protects against contaminated systems.
Assorted reservoirs to suit your applications
requirements.
PUMPS
Typical Set-up
Hook-up for single-acting cylin-
ders
PUMP
AIR
OIL
OIL
PUMP
AIR OIL
PA50R2

For use with Order Valve Reqd Cap. Usable Oil Port Prod. Wt
Cyl. Type Description No. No. (psi) (cu. in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (lbs.)
Single-Acting Base model pump with high density PA50 40-120 105 98 /8 NPTF
3 14.2
polyethlene reservoir.
Single-Acting PA50, except has metal reservoir. PA50M 40-120 105 98 3/8 NPTF 16.2
Single-Acting PA50, except has 12 foot remote control. PA50R 40-120 105 98 3/8 NPTF 18.5
Single-Acting PA50, except has metal reservoir. PA50RM 40-120 105 98 3/ NPTF
8 20.5
Single-Acting PA50R, except has 2 gallon reservoir. PA50R2 40-120 2 gal. 454 3/ NPTF
8 28.5
Single- and PA50, except designed to operate either PA50D 9504, 40-120 105 98 3/ NPTF
8 18.4
Double-Acting single or double-acting systems. 3-way/
Valve function: Advance / Return. 4-way
Notes: Air inlet port 1/4 NPTF. Requires 20 cfm at 100 psi shop air pressure at the pump.
POWERTEAM.COM 59
AIR PUMP
17 cu. in./min.
Two Speed
ROTARY-STYLE AIR MOTOR. USE

WHERE AIR IS THE PREFERRED
SOURCE OF ENERGY, WHERE
ELECTRICITY IS UNAVAILABLE
OR SPARKS ARE A CONCERN.
Two-speed operation for high speed
cylinder advance. The PA17 used with a flange spreader
Durable two gallon thermoplastic
reservoir. (Metal reservoir conversion
kits are available.)
PUMPS
Features air motor capable of

starting under full load.
A
H
D PA172
E F
B C
Max.
Pump A B C D E F H Output 0 100 1,000 5,000 10,000
PA172 14 1/8 113/8 9 1/4 7 7 1/8 5 1/8 /8 NPTF

3 10,000 290 240 24 23 17
PA174 14 1/8 113/8 9 1/4 7 7 1/8 5 1/8 /8 NPTF
3 10,000 290 240 24 23 17
60
Typical Set-up Typical Set-up
Hook-up for Hook-up for
single-acting double-acting
cylinders cylinders
PUMPS
10,000 psi
PA174

For use with Order Valve Valve Reqd Cap. Usable Prod. Wt
Cyl. Type Description No. No. Function (psi) (gal.) (cu. in.) (lbs.)
Single-Acting Base model pump with 2 gallon PA172 9517, Advance/Return* 40-120 2 295 40
thermoplastic reservoir. 2-way
Single- and PA172, except has 9500 valve PA174 9500, Advance Hold Return* 40-120 2 295 41
Double-Acting for use with single or 4-way
double-acting cylinders.
Note: Requires 20 cfm at 80 psi shop air pressure at the pump. * Holds pressure in advance position when valve motor is shut off or in
dBA 85/90 at 10,000 psi. return position with motor running. Pump will build pressure when motor is
shut off and oil returns to reservoir.
POWERTEAM.COM 61
AIR PUMP
PA46/55 Series
Up to 150 ton ROTARY-STYLE AIR MOTOR.
46-55 cu. in./min. USE WHERE AIR IS THE PRE- 10,000 psi
FERRED SOURCE OF ENERGY.
Two Speed 3 hp motor starting under
full load.
Two-speed operation for rapid
cylinder advance.
Models available with full remote
control over advance and return,
(except PA554).
Tandem center valve holds the
load when pump is shut off.
PUMPS
PA462
A
H
E F PA554 pump and RH2008 Center Hole cylinder used

B C to tension cables.

Max.
Pump A B C D E F H Output 0 100 1,000 5,000 10,000
PA462 15 111/2 9 1/2 7 10 8 3/8 NPTF 10,000 465 450 53 51 46

PA464 15 111/2 9 1/2 7 10 8 3/8 NPTF 10,000 465 450 53 51 46
PA464R 15 111/2 9 1/2 7 10 8 3/ NPTF
8 10,000 465 450 53 51 46
PA464RA 15 111/2 9 1/2 7 10 8 3/ NPTF
8 10,000 465 450 53 51 46
PA554 19 111/2 9 1/2 7 10 8 3/ NPTF
8 10,000 465 450 80 70 55
* Typical flow delivery. Actual flow will vary with field conditions.
Note: Four mounting holes 1/2 - 20
62
PUMPS
PA464R
PA554
Typical Set-up Typical Set-up
Hook-up for Hook-up for
single-acting double-acting
cylinders cylinders

For use with Order Valve Valve Reqd Cap. Usable Prod. Wt
Cyl. Type Description No. No. Function (psi) (gal.) (cu. in.) (lbs.)
Single-Acting Base model pump with 2 1/2 gallon PA462 9584, Advance/ 40-120 2 1/2 590 60
steel reservoir. 2-way Hold/Return
Single and PA462, except has 9500 valve PA464 9500, Advance/ 40-120 2 1/2 590 61
Double-Acting capable of running 2 single-acting 4-way Hold/Return*
cylinders or one double-acting cylinder.
Single and PA462 with air actuated valve for full PA464R 9594, Advance/ 40-120 2 1/2 590 78
Double-Acting remote control over advance and 4-way Hold/Return
return. Includes 12 ft. remote control.
Single and PA464R except, has automatic PA464RA** 9594, Advance/ 40-120 2 1/2 590 79
Double-Acting dump feature. 25 ft. remote control. 4-way Hold/Return*
Single and High performance pump with PA554 9500, Advance/ 40-120 2 1/2 525 72
Double-Acting 2 1/2 gallon steel reservoir. 4-way Hold/Return*
Note: Requires 50 cfm at 80 psi shop air pressure at the pump. dBA 85/90 The PA464RAhas an automatic dump feature. Pressure is not held
at 10,000 psi. when operator releases advance or return button. PA464Rwill hold
only in the advance position with the motor shut off.
* Holds when motor is shut-off and valve is in advance position. ** Not to be used for lifting.
POWERTEAM.COM 63
AIR OPERATED
PUA & PMA Series
35,000 psi
PUMPS
RAM/DIAMETER RAM/DIAMETER
CAT # (mm) (in) A B C D E F CAT # (mm) (in) A B C D E F
in 9.17 4.02 6.61 .87 6.69 2.87 in 7.99 7.01 7.68 .87 1.89
PUA26(B/U) 31.75 1 1/4 PMA130(B/U) 35 1 3/8
mm 233 102 168 22.2 170 73 mm 203 178 195 22 48
in
19 3/4 8.74 4.02 6.61 .87 6.22 2.87 in 7.99 7.01 7.68 .87 1.89
PUA70(B/U) PMA190(B/U) 28.5 1 1/8
mm 222 102 168 22.2 158 73 mm 203 178 195 22 48
in 8.74 4.02 6.61 .87 6.22 2.87 in 7.99 7.01 7.68 .87 1.89
PUA157(B/U) 12.7 1/2 PMA240(B/U) 25.4 1
mm 222 102 168 22.2 158 73 mm 203 178 195 22 48
in 8.74 4.02 6.61 .87 6.22 2.87 in 7.99 7.01 7.01 .87 1.89
PUA275(B/U) 9.53 3/8 PMA370(B/U) 20.6 13/16
mm 222 102 168 22.2 158 73 mm 203 178 178 22 48
in 8.74 4.02 6.61 .87 6.22 2.87 in 7.99 7.01 7.01 .87 1.89
PUA430(B/U) 7.94 5/16 PMA520(B/U) 17.5 11/16
mm 222 102 168 22.2 158 73 mm 203 178 178 22 48
in 8.74 4.02 6.61 .87 6.22 2.87 in 7.99 7.01 7.01 .87 1.89
PUA655(B/U) 6.35 1/4 PMA770(B/U) 14.3 9/16
mm 222 102 168 22.2 158 73 mm 203 178 178 22 48
in 8.74 4.02 6.61 .87 6.22 2.87 in 7.99 7.01 7.01 .87 1.89
PUA982(B/U) 5.13 .202 PMA980(B/U) 12.7 1/2
mm 222 102 168 22.2 158 73 mm 203 178 178 22 48
in 8.66 7.01 9.06 1.5 1.89 in 7.99 7.01 10.08 .87 1.89
PMA27(B/U) 76.2 3 PMA1740(B/U) 9.5 3/8
mm 220 178 230 38 48 mm 203 178 256 22 48
in 8.27 7.01 9.06 1.5 1.89 in 7.99 7.01 10.08 .87 1.89
PMA60(B/U) 50.8 2 PMA2410(B/U) 8 5/16
mm 210 178 230 38 48 mm 203 178 256 22 48
in 8.27 7.01 9.06 1.5 1.89
PMA90(B/U) 41.3 1 5/8
mm 210 178 230 38 48
64
Provides infinitely variable c
apacity and
discharge pressure
Suitable for continuous start/stop applications
Pumps oil, water, and other fluids
Stainless steel pump and check
valves standard
Maintains pressure with minimal power c onsumption
(Non-load holding)
Usable in hazardous areas: per ATEX II, CAT. 2 GDcT5
Quiet operation
Can operate on gases other than air
Simple to install and maintain
Compact, rugged design
Only 15 psi (1 bar) air pressure required to start pump
PUMPS
Requires flooded inlet
Vertical mount
OUTLET OUTPUT MAXIMUM FLOW
BSP NPT RATIO PRESSURE PER CYCLE AT ZERO PRESSURE
FITTINGS FITTINGS 1: (BAR) (PSI) (LITERS) (IN 3 ) (LITRES/MIN) (IN 3 /MIN) INLET OUTLET
PUA26B PUA26U 4.3 26 380 0.028 1.68 14 850 1/2 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PUA70B PUA70U 11.9 70 1,010 0.01 0.607 5 305 1/2 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PUA157B PUA157U 26.7 157 2,280 0.004 0.27 2.4 146 1/2 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PUA655B PUA655U 107 655 9,500 0.0011 0.67 0.6 36 1/2 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PMA27B PMA27U 4 27 390 0.16 9.72 37 2260 1 BSP/NPT 3/4 BSP/NPT
PMA60B PMA60U 9 60 870 0.07 4.32 23 1400 1 BSP/NPT 3/4 BSP/NPT
PMA90B PMA90U 13.6 90 1,300 0.05 2.85 15 915 1 BSP/NPT 3/4 BSP/NPT
PMA130B PMA130U 19 130 1,880 0.034 2.04 11 670 3/4 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PMA190B PMA190U 28.4 190 2,750 0.023 1.37 7.3 455 3/4 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PMA240B PMA240U 36 240 3,480 0.018 1.08 5.8 354 3/4 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PMA370B PMA370U 54.5 370 5,360 0.012 0.71 3.8 230 1/2 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PMA520B PMA520U 76.5 520 7,540 0.008 .51 2.8 170 1/2 BSP/NPT 1/2 BSP/NPT
PMA1740B PMA1740U 256 1,740 25,230 0.0025 0.15 0.84 51 1/2 BSP/NPT 3/8 HP
PMA2410B PMA2410U 368 2,410 35,000 0.0017 0.104 0.58 35 1/2 BSP/NPT 3/8 HP
POWERTEAM.COM 65
AIR OPERATED
PUA & PMA Series
Performance charts
PUMPS
PUA-4:3:1 PUA-11:9:1 PUA-26.7:1
PUA-47.5:1 PUA-68.4:1 PUA-107:1
PUA-163.8:1
66
PMA-4:1 PMA-9:1 PMA-13.6:1
PUMPS
PMA-19:1 PMA-28.4:1 PMA-36:1
PMA-54.5:1 PMA-76.5:1 PMA-113:1
PMA-145:1 PMA-256:1 PMA-368:1
POWERTEAM.COM 67
ELECTRIC/BATTERY
PE10 Series Pump
Up to 25 Ton Quarter Horse
Two Speed
LR19814
HIGH PERFORMANCE IN COMPACT

PACKAGE. ELECTRIC AND BATTERY Optional rechargeable battery pack with
POWERED MODELS FOR POWER- shoulder strap for maximum portability.
ING TOOLS AND CYLINDERS UP TO Pump typically delivers 15 minutes of
PUMPS
25 TON. continuous operation at 10,000 psi on a

Portable power source for hydraulic cylin- single battery.
ders and tools. Pump can be operated in any position.
Permanent magnet motor starts easily 24 volt hand and foot switches available
under load, even with reduced voltage for all AC powered models.
conditions. High-impact housing with flame
Battery-operated models have 8 foot retardant construction.
power cord with alligator clips to c onnect Base mounting holes for fixed installations.
to any 12 volt battery.
Reservoir
Usable
For use with Order Valve Valve Valve Control Cap.
Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function Switch Motor (cu. in.)
Single-Acting Base model pump with PE102 2-Way/ 9561 Advance Return Rocker Type off, 1/ hp, 110/115V
4 60
1/4 hp motor. Bladder Auto. Dump (Auto.)* Momentary on 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
type reservoir, 110 volt
power required.
Single-Acting PE102, except has PE102A Auto. Dump 9562 Advance Rocker Type off, 1/ hp, 110/115V
4 60
automatic dump valve. Return** Momentary on 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting PE102, except PE102-220 2-Way/ 9561 Advance Rocker Type off, 1/ hp, 220/230V
4 60
requires 220 volt. Auto. Dump Return (Auto.)* Momentary on 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting PE102A, except PE102A-220 Auto. 9562 Advance Rocker Type off, 1/ hp, 220/230V
4 60
requires 220 volt. Dump Return** Momentary on 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting PE102, except PR102 2-Way/ 9561 Advance Rocker Type off, 1/ hp, 12V
4 60
requires 12 volt DC. Auto. Dump Return (Auto.)* Momentary on
Single-Acting PE102A, except PR102A Auto. Dump 9562 Advance Rocker Type off, /4 hp, 12V
1 60
requires 12 volt DC. Returnc Momentary on
Single-Acting/ Base model pump PE104 4-Way 9563 Advance Rocker Type off, 1/ hp, 110/115V
4 60
Double-Acting has 4-way valve for Hold Return Momentary on 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
operating double-acting
systems. 110 volt
power required.
Single-Acting/ PE104, except PE104-220 4-Way 9563 Advance Rocker Type off, /4 hp, 220/230V
1 60
Double-Acting requires 220 volt. Hold Return Momentary on 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting/ PE104, except PR104 4-Way 9563 Advance Rocker Type off, 1/ hp, 12V
4
60
Double-Acting requires 12 volt DC. Hold Return Momentary on
*Advance position holds pressure with motor shut off. Return ** Cylinder advances with motor running and automatically returns
position advances cylinder with motor running and returns with motor shut off.
cylinder with motor shut off. Comes with an 8 ft. alligator clip cord for 12 volt DC use.
68
The Quarter Horse pump has a maxi-
mum operating pressure of 10,000 psi,
which handles a wide variety of handheld
PE104 hydraulic tools.
10,000 psi
PUMPS
Accessories
BP212VQ
BC 212
BP212VQ Optional 12 volt battery pack. RB12V Battery only. BC212 Battery charger for U.S.A.
Includes sealed lead acid battery, 115V char- BP12INT Battery with cord and carrying Wt., 6.6 lbs.
ger, 4 ft. cord, carrying case and shoulder case. Wt., 11.1 lbs. BC212EUR Battery charger for Europe.
strap. Wt., 17.7 lbs. RC12V Replacement 4 ft. battery cord Wt., 6.6 lbs.
only. Wt., .5 lbs. 25017 Remote hand control with 10 ft.
cord. Wt., 0.8 lb.
Max. dBa @
Pressure Idle and Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 0-40 10,000 Overall with Oil
No. (psi) ( psi) (psi) (psi) Dimensions (lbs.)
E10 Series 10,000

P 68-74* 120 10 13L x 7 3/4W x 8H 20
R10 Series
P
9560 Pressure regulator. Adjustable from
* Measured at 3 ft. distance, all sides. 1,000 to 10,000 psi. All mounting hardware
included. Wt., 3 lbs.
NOTE: PR10 rechargeable model is equipped with 8 ft. cord with
alligator clips. Order optional battery pack (No. BP212VQ)
or use with any 12 volt battery.
NOTE: Amp draw at 10,000 psi 6 amp at 115 volt, 3 amp at

230 volt, and 35 amp at 12 volt. 251660 Foot switch with 10 ft. cord. Sin-
gle pole, double throw, 15 amp @
125-250 VAC. Wt., 1 lb.
POWERTEAM.COM 69
ELECTRIC PUMP
Hydraulic PE17 Series
Up to 55 Ton
17 cu. in./min. 2 Speed
FOR MAINTENANCE AND

CONSTRUCTION APPLICATIONS.
For use with single or double-acting cylinders
at operating pressures up to 10,000 psi.
For intermittent duty; starts under full load.
Equipped with 12 hp, 3,450 rpm, single-phase,
thermal protected induction motor; 10 ft. remote
control cord (PE172S has 25 ft. cord)
Low amperage draw; small generators and low
PUMPS
amperage circuits can be used as power source.

Extremely quiet noise level (67-81 dBA).
A
PE172 E
B
10,000 psi
D G
C F
LR19814
Max. dBa at Amp Draw

Pressure Idle and 115 V - at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 10,000 0 100 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G with Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE17 10,000 3,450 67/81** 10 290 190 20 16 181/2 7 113/8 7 1/8 147/8 91/4 51/8 45
Series
PE17M 10,000 3,450 67/81** 10 290 190 20 16 181/8 6 5/8 111/2 141/2 91/2 53
Series
PE84* 10,000 1,750 67/81** 10 145 120 12 8 181/2 7 111/8 71/8 153/8 91/4 51/8 47
Series
* PE84 is the same as the PE174, except has continuous duty with 2 gallon thermoplastic reservoir and features 1,750 RPM
** Measured at 3 ft. distance, all sides.
Typical delivery. Actual flow will vary with field conditions.
70
PE172SM
PE174
PUMPS

Reservoir
For use with Order Valve Valve Valve Control Usable
Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function Switch Motor (cu. in)
Single-Acting Base model pump with PE172 2-Way 9517 Advance Return Remote /2 hp, 110/115V*
1 295
1/ hp pump with 2 gal.
2 (Auto) Motor Control 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
thermoplastic reservoir. (10ft.) on/off
Single-Acting PE172, except has 21/2 PE172M 2-Way 9517 Advance Return Remote 1/ hp, 110/115V*
2 375
gal. aluminum reservoir. (Auto) Motor Control 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
(10ft.) on/off
Single-Acting PE172, has solenoid PE172S 3-Way 9579 Advance Hold Remote Motor & 1/ hp, 110/115 VAC
2 295
operated valve. Return Valve (25 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting PE172S, except has. PE172SM 3-Way 9579 Advance Hold Remote Motor & 1/ hp, 110/115 VAC
2 375
aluminum reservoir. Return Valve (25 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting Best suited for crimping, PE172A Auto./Dump 45554 Advance Return Remote 1/ hp, 110/115V*
2 295
punching, pressing. Manifold Motor Control 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Not for lifting. (10ft.) on/off
Thermoplastic reservoir.
Single-Acting PE172A, except has PE172AM Auto./Dump 45554 Advance Return Remote 1/ hp, 110/115V*
2 375
aluminum reservoir. Manifold Motor Control 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
(10ft.) on/off
Single/ PE172, except has 9500 PE174 4-Way 9500 Advance Hold Remote 1/ hp, 110/115V*
2 295
Double-Acting double-acting valve. Return** Motor Control 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
(10ft.) on/off
Single/ Same as PE174, except PE174M 4-Way 9500 Advance Hold Remote 1/ hp, 110/115V*
2 375
Double-Acting has aluminum reservoir. Return** Motor Control 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
(10ft.) on/off
* Available with 220V 50Hz motor (to order, place suffix 50-220 be- NOTE: The remote motor control switch on 220V 50Hz cycle PE17 series
hind pump order number). pumps is 24 volt.
** Advance position holds pressure with motor shut off. NOTE: Usable oil is calculated with the oil fill at the recommended level of
Advance position holds pressure with motor shut off. Return po- 11/2 below reservoir cover plate.
sition advances cylinder with motor running and returns cylinder with Some Power Team pumps are available in special configurations
motor shut off. not listed in this catalog. For your special requirements please
Control switch on PE17 series wired with line voltage. consult your local distributor or the Power Team factory.
Not to be used for lifting.
Contact Factory for special 12V DC version for service vehicles
POWERTEAM.COM 71
ELECTRIC PUMP
Hydraulic PE18 Series
Up to 55 Ton 18 cu. in./min.
Vanguard Jr.Series
PE182
IDEAL FOR USE WITH SMALL

H YDRAULIC POWER TOOLS.
Vanguard Jr. pumps provide two-speed high
performance in a light-weight, compact package.
Gauge port provided on pump. Metal reservoir on
all models.
Equipped with a 12 hp, 115 volt, 60/50 Hz sin-
gle phase motor that starts under load, even at
reduced voltage.
PUMPS
Low amperage draw permits use with smaller gen-

erators and low amperage circuits.
All pumps have a 10 foot remote control (PE183C
has 25 foot remote control).
CSA rated for intermittent duty.
Noise level of 85-90 dBA.
For operating hydraulic crimping, cutting or other tools:

No. PE183C - For crimping or pressing applications. Has special elec-
trical circuitry to pulse/advance, hold at full pressure, build 10,000 psi
A
to a predetermined pressure, release and reset circuit. Features
separate emergency return switch.
LR19814
No. PE184C - Allows operator to alternately operate a spring-re-
turn cutting and/or crimping tool without disconnecting either tool.
Select port connection with manual 4-way valve, start pump with B
remote control hand switch and extend connected tool. When hand
switch is switched to off, pump stops and automatic valve opens, G D
allowing tool to return. In center (neutral) position, manual control F C
valve holds tool in position at time valve is shifted.

Pressure Idle and 115 V at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Order Output 10,000 10,000 0 100 5,000 10,000 A B C D F G with Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE182 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 16 43/4 8 7 1/8 6 51/8 30
PE183 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 16 43/4 8 7 1/8 6 51/8 30
PE183A 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 16 43/4 8 7 1/8 6 51/8 30
PE184 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 16 43/4 8 7 1/8 6 51/8 30
PE183-2* 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 181/2 7 1/4 111/2 10 91/2 8 42
PE184-2* 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 181/2 7 1/4 111/2 10 91/2 8 42
PE183C 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 16 43/4 121/4 7 1/8 7 51/8 30
PE184C 10,000 12,000 85/90** 10.2 Amps 230 190 25 18 16 43/4 8 7 1/8 6 51/8 30
* 21/2 gal. reservoir. Typical delivery. Actual flow will vary with field conditions.
** Measured at 3 ft. distance, all sides. Special application pumps for cutting, crimping or pressing.
72
PUMPS
PE183C
PE183-2
Reservoir
For use with Order Valve Valve Control Usable
Cyl. Type Description No. Type Function Switch Motor (cu. in.)
Single-Acting Base model pump has PE182 2-Way Advance Return Remote 1/ hp, 110/115VAC**
2 104
1/ hp pump with 2-Way
2 Motor Control 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
valve and 1/2 gal. reservoir. (10 ft.) on/off
Single-Acting PE182, except has PE183 3-Way Advance Hold Remote 1/ hp, 110/115VAC**
2 104
3-way valve. Return Motor Control 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
(10 ft.) on/off
Single-Acting PE183, except has PE183-2 3-Way Advance Hold Remote Control 1/ hp, 110/115VAC**
2 525
2 gal. reservoir. Return (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
Single-Acting PE183, except has PE183A Auto./Dump Advance Remote 1/ hp, 110/115VAC**
2 104
dump valve. Pump Return (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
Single-Acting Special crimping pump. PE183C Special, for Advance Hold Remote 1/ hp, 110/115VAC**
2 104
crimping only Return Motor Control 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
(25 ft.) on/off
Single-Acting/ Base model pump has PE184 4-Way Advance Hold Remote /2 hp, 110/115VAC**
1 104
Double-Acting 1/2 hp pump for double-acting Return Motor Control 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
systems with 1/2 gal. reservoir. (10 ft.) on/off
Single-Acting/ PE184, except with PE184-2 4-Way Advance Hold Remote 1/ hp, 110/115VAC**
2 525
Double-Acting 2 gal. reservoir. Return Motor Control 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
(10 ft.) on/off
Single-Acting/ Special crimping pump. PE184C* 4-Way Advance Remote Control 1/ hp, 110/115VAC**
2 104
Double-Acting Return (10 ft.) on/off 50/60 Hz, A.C., Single Phase
* Also for use with special single-acting cylinder applications. Pumps supplied with 2 gal. oil (usable oil is 355 cu. in.), will hold 21/2
** Available with 220 Volt, 60/50 Hz motor (to order, place gal. when filled to within 1 1/2 below reservoir cover plate.
suffix 50-220 behind pump order number). Specify voltage Not to be used for lifting.
when ordering.
Holds when motor is shut off and valve is in advance position.
POWERTEAM.COM 73
ELECTRIC PUMP
PE21 Series
Up to 75 Ton 22 cu. in./min.
Two-Speed
Totally enclosed, fan cooled induction
motor: 1 hp, 1,725 rpm, 60 Hz, single
phase. Thermal overload protection.
Remote control, with 10 foot cord is
standard on pumps with solenoid valves.
Manual valve pumps have Stop, Start
and Run/Off/Pulse switches.
Pump controls are moisture and dust
resistant.
Motor drip cover with carrying handles
and lifting lug.
PUMPS
Low noise level of 70 dBA@10,000 psi.

In the event of electrical interruption,
pump shuts off and will not start up until
operator presses the pump start button.
Units with r emote have a 24V control
circuit that provides additional user/
operator safety.
PE213
PE21 series pump and RD5513 cylinder

used in a special press that produces
pharmaceutical-grade extracts for
herbal medicines.
H J G
E F
B K C
Max. dBa at
Pressure Idle and Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 100 1,000 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G H J K*** w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE21 10,000 1,725 70* 270 29 27 22 213/8 111/2 91/2 6 1/2 10 8 141/8 91/2 31/4 1/220 98
Series UNF
* Measured at a 3 ft. distance, all sides. Shipping weight with manual valve; add 14 lbs. for pump with solenoid
*** For 2 dia. swivel casters, order (4) No. 10494. valve.
74
PUMPS
PE214S
PE214
10,000 psi
LR19814
Max. Amp Draw @ Reservoir

For use with Order Valve Valve Valve 10,000 Usable
Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function (psi) Motor (cu. in.)
Single-Acting 1 hp pump with PE213 3-Way 9520* Advance Hold 115V - 15 amps 1 hp, 115/230 Volt 590
21/2 gal. reservoir Return 230 V - 7.5 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
and manual valve.
Single-Acting PE213, except has PE213S 3-Way 9599 Advance Hold 115V - 15 amps 1 hp, 115/230 Volt 590
solenoid operated Return 230 V - 7.5 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
remote valve.
Double-Acting 1 hp pump with PE214 4-Way 9506* Advance Hold 115V - 15 amps 1 hp, 115/230 Volt 590
21/2 gal. reservoir Return 230 V - 7.5 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
and manual valve.
Double-Acting PE214, except has PE214S 4-Way 9512 Advance Hold 115V - 15 amps 1 hp, 115/230 Volt 590
solenoid operated Return 230 V - 7.5 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
remote valve.
* Manual valve. Pump is equipped with RUN/OFF/PULSE switch for Some Power Team pumps are available in special configurations not
control of motor. listed in this catalog. For your special requirements please consult
Solenoid valve. Pump is equipped with a remote your local distributor or the Power Team Customer Service.
control switch with 10 ft. cord.
Pre-wired at factory for this voltage. PE21 series available in 230V
60Hz or 220V 50Hz. Please specify when ordering. Example: for 60Hz
order PE213-230; for 50Hz order PE213-50-220.
POWERTEAM.COM 75
ELECTRIC PUMP
Hydraulic PED Series
25 cu. in./min. Two-Speed IDEAL FOR RUNNING MULTIPLE TOOLS
OR CYLINDERS FROM ONE POWER
UNIT. RECOMMENDED FOR CYLIN-
DERS UP TO 75 TONS.
Two-speed pumps have the same low

pressure and high pressure flows from
both valves.
Flows and pressures of each pump are
independent.
Delivers 300 cu. in./min. of oil @ 100
psi and 25 cu. in./min. @ 10,000 psi
from each pump.
PUMPS
11/2 hp, 110/115 volt, 60 Hz induction

motor, 10 foot remote control and 5
gallon steel reservoir.
Models available for operating sin-
gle-acting or double-acting cylinders.
Each power unit contains two separate
pumps and two separate valves allow- PED253
ing operator to control multiple pro-
cesses with one power unit.
Both pumps on each power unit are
equipped with an externally adjustable
pressure relief valve.
Not recommended for frequent starting
and stopping.
E F
B C
G H
Max. dBa at (115v)**

Pressure Idle and Amp Draw Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 at 10,000 1 00 700 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G H w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PED 10,000 3,450 87/85* 22 300 40 35 25 20 3/4 18 111/2 81/2 161/2 9 18 13 170
Series
* Noise level reading (dBA) measured at a 3 ft. distance, all sides. ** Amp draw at 10,000 psi, 230 Volts 50/60 Hz is 15 Amps.
76
10,000 psi
PUMPS
PED254
PED254S
Reservoir
Single-Acting 11/2 hp pump with PED253 3-Way 9520 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC 1,000
5 gal. reservoir. Valve has Return 60 Hz, Single Phase
Posi-Check feature.
Double-Acting 11/2 hp pump with PED254 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC 1,000
5 gal. reservoir. Valve has Return 60 Hz, Single Phase
Posi-Check feature.
Double-Acting PED254, except has PED254S 4-Way 9513 Advance Hold Remote Valve 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC 1,000
solenoid operated Return 60 Hz, Single Phase
remote valve.
All remotes are 10 ft. long.
POWERTEAM.COM 77
ELECTRIC PUMP
PE30 Series
IDEAL FOR MAINTENANCE AND High performance-to-weight ratio.
30 cu. in./min. Two-Speed CONSTRUCTION APPLICATIONS sStarts under full load even when voltage
Deliver a powerful punch to operate is reduced to 50% of nominal rating.
Vanguard Series Quiet operation: 82 dBA @ 10,000 psi
single-acting or double-acting cylinders.
Integral roll cage protects pump and 87 dBA @ 0 psi. CSA rated for inter-
from abuse. mittent duty.
1 hp, single phase, permanent Remote controls and/or solenoid valves
magnet motor. feature 24 volt controls.
PUMPS
PE302S
PE30TWP
Torque Wrench
Applications
See page 172 H
W L
Max. dBA at Amp Draw

Pressure Idle & 115V at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Output 10,000 10,000 100 500 1,000 5,000 10,000 Overall With Oil
Pump No. (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) H Dimensions (lbs.)
PE30 Series 10,000 87/82 13 300 200 44 38 30 10L x 9W x 16H 41
w/114 gal. res.
PE30 Series 10,000 87/82 13 300 200 44 38 30 1312L x 912W x 1612H 49
w/134 gal. res. W L
78
10,000 psi
LR19814
PE302
See current price list for shipping weights.
PUMPS
Reservoir
For Use with Order Valve Valve Valve Control Motor Usable
Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function Switch (4,000 rpm) (cu. in.)
Single- Base model 1 hp pump PE302 3-Way, Hold On/Off/ 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting with 114 gal. reservoir & 2 Pos. 9584 Advance Return Pulse Switch 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
2 position valve.
Single- PE302, except has PE302-2 3-Way, Hold On/Off/ 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting 134 gal. reservoir. 2 Pos. 9584 Advance Return Pulse Switch 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 380***
Single- PE302, except has PE302R 3-Way, Hold Remote Motor 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting remote motor control. 2 Pos. 9584 Advance Return Control (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
Single- PE302R, except has PE302R-2 3-Way, Hold Remote Motor 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting 134 gal. reservoir. 2 Pos. 9584 Advance Return Control (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 380***
Single- PE302R, except also PE302S 3-Way, Hold Remote Motor & 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting has solenoid operated 2 Pos. 9579 Advance Return Valve (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
remote valve.
Single- PE302S, except has PE302S-2 3-Way, Hold Remote Motor & 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting 134 gal. reservoir. 2 Pos. 9579 Advance Return Valve (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 380***
Single- PE302, except has PE302A Auto Automatic Pilot Remote Motor 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting Auto Dump valve Dump 9610 Operation Control (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
Single- Base model 1 hp pump PE303 3-Way, Advance Hold On/Off/ 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting with 114 gal. reservoir & 3 Pos. 9520* Return Pulse Switch 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
3 position valve.
Single- PE303, except has PE303-2 3-Way, Advance Hold On/Off/ 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting 134 gal. reservoir. 3 Pos. 9520* Return Pulse Switch 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 380***
Single- PE303, except has PE303R 3-Way, Advance Hold Remote Motor 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting remote motor control. 3 Pos. 9520* Return Control (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
Single- PE303R, except has PE303R-2 3-Way, Advance Hold Remote Motor 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting 134 gal. reservoir. 3 Pos. 9520* Return Control (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 380***
Double- Base model 1 hp pump PE304 4-Way, 3 Pos. 9506* Advance Hold On/Off/ 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting with 114 gal. reservoir Tandem Ctr. Return Pulse Switch 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
& 4-way valve for
double-acting systems
Double- PE304, except has PE304-2 4-Way, 3 Pos. 9506* Advance Hold On/Off/ 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting 134 gal. reservoir. Tandem Ctr. Return Pulse Switch 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 380***
Double- PE304, except has PE304R 4-Way, 3 Pos. 9506* Advance Hold Remote Motor 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting remote motor control. Tandem Ctr. Return Control (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 280**
Double- PE304R, except has PE304R-2 4-Way, 3 Pos. 9506* Advance Hold Remote Motor 1 hp 110/115 VAC,
Acting 134 gal. reservoir. Tandem Ctr. Return Control (10 ft.) 50/60 Hz, Single Phase 380***
* P osi-Checkvalve design, Posi-Check guards against pressure loss Not to be used for lifting applications. Best suited for crimping, press-
when valve is shifted from advance to hold position. ing & punching applications.
** Shipped with 1 gal. of oil (231 cu. in., 210 usable). 115 volt, 60 Hz.
*** Shipped with 2 gal. of oil. For 220/230 volt, 50/60 Hz. add suffix - 220
(example PE302-220).
POWERTEAM.COM 79
ELECTRIC PUMP
PE46 Series
46 cu. in./min.
Two-speed
BEST SUITED FOR UNDER-THE- ROOF
MAINTENANCE AND P RODUCTION
APPLICATIONS.
Two-speed high performance pump.
For use with single or double-acting cylinders
at operating pressures up to 10,000 psi.
Equipped with a 112 hp, 3,450 rpm sin-
gle-phase, 60 Hz thermal protected induc-
tion motor that starts under full load. Noise
level of 77-81 dBA.
PUMPS
All equipped with a 10 foot remote control

except PE462S which has a 25 foot
remote control.
24 volt control circuit on all units
with remote control.
CSA rated for intermittent duty.
PE462A
10,000 psi
LR19814
E A
D G
C F

Pressure Idle and 115 V - at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 10,000 0 100 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
(in.) (lbs.)
PE46 10,000 3,450 77/81* 25** 500 450 51 46 19 5/8 613/16 111/2 10 181/2 9 1/2 8 79
Series
* Measured at 3 ft. distance, all sides.

** Requires 20 amp circuit.
Typical delivery. Actual flow will vary with field conditions.
80
PUMPS
PE464
PE462S
Reservoir
Single-Acting Base model 11/2 hp PE462 3-Way 9584 Advance Remote Motor Control 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC* 590
pump with 2 1/2 gal. Return (10 ft.) on/off 60 Hz, Single Phase
metal reservoir.
Single-Acting PE462, except has PE462S 3-Way 9579 Advance Remote Motor 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC* 590
solenoid valve. Return** Valve (25 ft.) 60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting PE462, except has PE462A Auto/Dump 9610 Advance Remote Motor Control 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC* 590
dump valve 3-Way Return (10 ft.) on/off 60 Hz, Single Phase
Double-Acting/ PE462, except has PE464 4-Way 9500 Advance Hold Remote Motor Control 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC* 590
Multi-Single Acting 9500 double-acting valve. Return (10 ft.) on/off 60 Hz, Single Phase
Double-Acting/ PE462S, except has PE464S 3/4-Way 9592 Advance Remote Motor/Valve 11/2 hp, 115/230 VAC* 590
Multi-Single Acting 9592 double-acting valve. Return** (10 ft.) 60 Hz, Single Phase
* Available with 220V 50 Hz motor (to order, place suffix 50-220 be- Advance position holds pressure with motor shut off. Return posi-
hind pump order number). Specify voltage when ordering. tion returns cylinder.
** Advance position holds pressure with motor shut off. 115 volt, 60 Hz.
*** Usable oil is calculated with the oil fill at the recommended level of The remote motor control switch on PE46 series pumps is 24 volt.
112 below reservoir cover plate. Not to be used for lifting. When pump is shut off, oil returns
to reservoir.
POWERTEAM.COM 81
ELECTRIC PUMP A HEAVY DUTY PUMP FOR MULTI- Light weight and portable. Best
PLE APPLICATIONS: HEAVY CON- weight-to-performance ratio of all Power
PE55 Vanguard STRUCTION, CONCRETE STRESSING Team pumps.
WITH LOW VOLTAGE STARTING Assemble-to-Order System: There are
55 cu. in./min. POTENTIAL. times when a custom pump is required.
Power Teams Assemble to Order
For cylinders up to 200 tons. 11/8 hp, 12,000 rpm, 110/115 volt,
system allows you to choose from a
50/60 Hz universal motor; draws 25
amps at full load, starts at reduced volt- wide range of pre-engineered, off-the-
age. CSA rated for intermittent duty. shelf components to build a customized
10 foot remote motor control (except pump to fit specific requirements. By
PE552S which has a 25 foot remote selecting standard components you get
motor and valve control). a customized pump without custom-
True unloading valve achieves greater ized prices. All pumps come fully as-
pump efficiency, allowing higher flow at sembled, add oil and ready for work. See
maximum pressure. pages 100-103.
Reservoirs available in sizes up to 10
gallons. See accessories page 133.
PUMPS
PE55TWP
Torque
Wrench
Applications
See page 173
PE554W
Weather-resistant model
4 mounting holes 1 220
E F
B C
G
Max. dBa at
Pressure Idle and Amp Draw at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 10,000 psi 0 700 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G H w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (115 V.)** (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE55 10,000 12,000 90/89* 25 704 440 74 56 18 1/4 111/2 9 1/2 7 10 8 14 65

Series
*Noise level reading (dBA) measured at a 3 ft. distance, all sides. ** Amp draw at 10,000 psi, 230 Volts 50/60 Hz is 15 Amps.
82
PE552
PE554PT
PE554S
LR19814
PUMPS
10,000 psi
Reservoir
Cyl. Type Description No.*** Type No. Function Switch Motor (cu. in.)
Single-Acting Base model 11/8 hp pump PE552 3-Way 9582 Advance Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
with 21/2 gal. reservoir, Return** 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
remote motor control
& 3-way valve.
Single-Acting PE552, except also has PE552S 3-Way 9579 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
solenoid operated Return & Valve 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
remote valve.
Single-Acting PE552, except has PE552A Auto/Dump 9610 Advance Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
Auto Dump valve. Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting 11/8 hp pump with 2 1/2 gal. PE553 3-Way 9520 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
reservoir. Valve has Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Posi-check feature.
Double-Acting Base model 11/8 hp pump PE554 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
with 2 1/2 gal. res. and 4-way Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
valve for double-acting systems.
Double-Acting Weather-resistant model 11/8 hp PE554W 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
pump with 2 /2 gal. res. and
1 Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
4-way valve for double-acting systems.
Double-Acting PE554, except has PE554T 4-Way 9500 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
9500 tandem center valve. Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Double-Acting For use with single-acting PE554P 4-Way 9500 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
Spring Seat, Stressing Jack Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
or double-acting cylinder.
Double-Acting For use with single-acting or PE554PT 4-Way 9628 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
double-acting Power Seat, Sequenced Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Stressing Jacks ONLY.
Double-Acting Pump suitable to run PE554C 4-Way 9511 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
multiple spring return tools. Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Double-Acting Pump equipped with PE554S 3/4-Way 9592 Advance Hold Remote Motor 11/8 hp*, 110/115 VAC 525
3/4-way solenoid valve. Return** & Valve 50/60 Hz, Single Phase

* Pumps available with 230 volt, 60/50 Hz motors. Specify voltage when All remotes are 10 ft. long except for PE552S which is 25 ft. long.
ordering. See Assemble to Order pump options on pp 100-103. Valving allows alternate and independent operation of two different
** Holds with motor shut off. spring return tools. Valve holds pressure only while valve is in A or B
*** To order PE55 series pumps with CSA approval, add C to the port position with pump motor shut off.
Order No. Not to be used for lifting applications.
Valves have Posi-Check feature.
83
POWERTEAM.COM
ELECTRIC PUMP
PE60 Series
COMPACT, LIGHT WEIGHT PUMP.
Post Tensioning EXCELLENT CHOICE FOR RUGGED
56 cu. in./min. Two-Speed APPLICATIONS AND LOW VOLTAGE
STARTING.
Long, trouble free life in the most demand-
ing work environments. For operating s ingle
or double-acting cylinders, or stressing
jacks.
Powered by 118 hp, 115 volt, 50/60 Hz sin-
gle phase motor. Starts under load, even at
reduced voltages at construction sites.
Optional fan-driven external oil cooler in-
cludes rollover guard.
Insulated carrying handle.
PUMPS
Integral 4 dia. fluid-filled pressure gauge

with steel bezel complies with ASME B40.1
Grade A. 0 to 10,000 psi pressure range in
100 psi increments.
Sealed 34 gallon (usable) reservoir. Reservoir
drain port is standard.
Standard oil level sight gauge for accurate
oil level monitoring.
External spin-on filter removes contam-
inants from circulating oil to maximize
pump, valve and cylinder/tool life.
E F
A
G C
D
B

Pressure Idle and at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 10,000 100 700 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE604T 10,000 12,000 80/85* 25 704 440 74 56 9 5/16 111/2 181/4 6 15 4 3/8 50
NPTF
PE604PT 10,000 12,000 80/85* 25 704 440 74 56 9 5/16 111/2 181/4 6 15 4 3/8 51
NPTF
NOTE: Unloading pressure is 1,000 psi. For 220/230 volt, 50/60 Hz, single-phase models, add -220 suffix.
Consult factory for PE60 pump models with other control and valve options.
84
PE604T
PUMPS
10,000 psi
LR19814
The PE60 used for pre-stressing.

Reservoir
Single-Acting, 11/8 hp pump with 3/4 gal. PE604T 4-Way 9500HD Advance Hold On/Off/Pulse 11/8 hp, 115 VAC 157
Spring Seat, reservoir & valve for 3-position Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Stressing Jack double-acting systems.
or
Double-Acting
Single-Acting PE604T, except has PE604PT 4-Way 9628 Advance Hold On/Off/Pulse 11/8 hp, 115 VAC 157
or special valve for post 3-position Model C Sequenced Return 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Double-Acting tensioning application only.
Power Seat,
Stressing Jacks Only
OPTIONAL
252511: Oil cooler kit for PE604T or PE604PT, 115V AC. Weight 5 lbs. 252512: Oil cooler kit for PE604T or PE604PT, 220V AC. Weight 5 lbs.
POWERTEAM.COM 85
ELECTRIC PUMP
Hydraulic PQ60 Series
Up to 200 ton
60 cu. in./min.
PUMP DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY

FOR HEAVY DUTY, EXTENDED
CYCLE OPERATION.
For operating single or double-acting
cylinders.
Metal shroud keeps dirt and moisture out
PUMPS
of motor and electrical components.

Electrical shut-down feature prevents un-
intentional restarting of motor following
an electrical service interruption.
Internal relief valve limits pressure to
10,000 psi. External relief valve is adjust-
able from 1,000 to 10,000 psi.
Pumps operate below maximum OSHA
noise limitation (74-76 dBA).
Start and operate under full load, even
with voltage reduced by 10%.
PQ603
Hydraulic Machine Press Operation.
H J G
E F
B K C
Max. dBa at
Pressure Idle and Amp Draw at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 10,000 psi 100 1,000 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G H J K w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (115 V.)** (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PQ60 10,000 1,725 74/76* See Chart 730 70 65 60 251/8 141/4 151/2 71/4 121/8 135/16 1411/16 95/16 413/16 1/220 169**
Series (following page) UNF
* Measured at a 3 ft. distance, all sides.

** Total weight with oil and 3-way solenoid valve. Subtract 10 lbs. to
obtain weight of pump with manual valve.
*** For 2 dia. swivel casters, order (4) No. 10494.
86
PQ604
PUMPS
PQ604S

Single-Acting 2 hp pump with 5.7 gal. PQ603 3-Way 9520* Advance Hold 115V - 22 amps 2 hp, 230 Volt 1,250
reservoir and manual valve, Return 230V - 11 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
Single-Acting PQ603, except has solenoid PQ603S 3-Way 9599 Advance Hold 115V - 22 amps 2 hp, 230 Volt 1,250
operated remote valve. Return 230V - 11 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
Double-Acting 2 hp pump with 5.7 gal. PQ604 4-Way 9506* Advance Hold 115V - 22 amps 2 hp, 230 Volt 1,250
reservoir and manual valve. Return 230V - 11 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
Double-Acting PQ604, except has solenoid PQ604S 4-Way 9512 Advance Hold 115V - 22 amps 2 hp, 230 Volt 1,250
operated remote valve. Return 230V - 11 amps 60 Hz, Single Phase
control of motor. listed in this catalog. For your special requirements please consult your
Solenoid valve. Pump is equipped with a remote local distributor or the Power Team factory.
PQ60 series also available in 115V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz. Please
specify when ordering. Example: for 60Hz order
PQ603-115; for 50 Hz order PQ603-50-220.
POWERTEAM.COM 87
ELECTRIC PUMP
PQ120 Series
Up to 400 Ton
120 cu. in./min.
Start and operate under full load, even
with voltage reduced by 10%.
Electrical shut-down feature prevents
unintentional restarting of motor following
an electrical service interruption.
Internal relief valve limits pressure
to 10,000 psi. External relief valve is
adjustable from 1,000 to 10,000 psi.
Pump prewired at factory with a 3 hp,
460 volt, 60 Hz, 3 Phase motor. Other
PUMPS
electrical configurations are available. See

ordering information on the
following page.
24 volt control circuits on units with
remote controls for added
user/operator safety.
3 hp (3 phase) motor with thermal overload
protection. Motor starter and heater ele-
ment supplied as standard equipment: no
hidden charges! PQ1203
Metal shroud keeps dirt and moisture out
of motor and electrical components.
Pumps operate below maximum OSHA noise
limitation.
H J G
E F
B K C

Pressure Idle and at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 10,000 100 1,000 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F G H J K w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PQ120 10,000 1,725 73/78 See Chart 730 160 130 120 251/8 141/4 151/2 71/4 121/8 135/16 1411/16 9 5/16 413/16 1/220 164
Series On page 89 UNF
* Measured at a 3 ft. distance, all sides.

** Total weight with oil and 3-way solenoid valve. Subtract 10 lbs. to ob-
tain weight of pump with manual valve.
*** For 2 dia. swivel casters, order (4) No. 10494.
88
PUMPS
PQ1204
10,000 psi PQ1204S
LR19814
PQ- series pump used to drive piers to

lift and stabilize building foundation.

Single-Acting 3 hp pump with 5.7 gal. PQ1203 3-Way 9520* Advance Hold 230V - 10.5 amps 3 hp, 460 Volt 1,250
reservoir and manual valve. Return 460V - 5.3 amps 60 Hz, 3 Phase
Single-Acting PQ1203, except has solenoid PQ1203S 3-Way 9599 Advance Hold 230V - 10.5 amps 3 hp, 460 Volt 1,250
operated remote valve. Return 460V - 5.3 amps 60 Hz, 3 Phase
Double-Acting 3 hp pump with 5.7 gal. PQ1204 4-Way 9506* Advance Hold 230V - 10.5 amps 3 hp, 460 Volt 1,250
reservoir and manual valve. Return 460V - 5.3 amps 60 Hz, 3 Phase
Double-Acting PQ1204, except has solenoid PQ1204S 4-Way 9512 Advance Hold 230V - 10.5 amps 3 hp, 460 Volt 1,250
operated remote valve. Return 460V - 5.3 amps 60 Hz, 3 Phase
control of motor. listed in this catalog. For your special requirements please consult your
Solenoid valve. Pump is equipped with a remote local distributor or the Power Team factory.
PQ120 series also available in 230V 60 Hz or 220/380V
50 Hz. Please specify when ordering. Example: for 60 Hz
order PQ1204S-230; for 50 Hz. order PQ1204S-50-220 or
PQ1204S-50-380.
PQ120 Series also available in 575V 60 Hz. Consult the factory.
POWERTEAM.COM 89
ELECTRIC PUMP
PE400 Series
Up to 1,000 Ton HIGH TONNAGE DOUBLE-ACTING External pressure relief valve is
CYLINDERS SINGLE OR MULTIPLE adjustable from 1,500 to 10,000 psi.
420 cu. in./min. CYLINDER A
PPLICATIONS. UP TO Heavy duty 4 dia. casters assure
1,000 TONS easy maneuvering.
Two-speed high output pump delivers up 20 gallon (3,927 cu. in. usable) reservoir
to 5 gpm of oil. has a low oil level sight gauge.
Low noise level of 73-80 dBA. Powered by a dual voltage 10 hp, 3
Integral electrical shut-down feature phase, 1,725 rpm motor.
prevents unintentional restarting of 3 phase motor has all the electrical
motor following an electrical service in- components necessary to operate the
terruption. Over-current protection pump. The customer has no hidden
prevents damage to motor as a result charges when making a purchase.
of overheating. Deliver 1,200 cu. in./min. of oil @ 200
psi, 420 cu. in./min. of oil @ 10,000 psi.
PPUUMMPPSS
Stop and Start control buttons are

24 volt. PE4004 has a 4-way/3-posi-
tion manual valve. The PE4004S has a
4-way/3-position solenoid valve with a
24 volt remote hand switch.
E F
B C

Pressure Idle and at Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) E F Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 10,000 10,000 200 1,200 5,000 10,000 A* B C D Caster Mfg. Caster Mfg. w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE4004 10,000 1,725 73/80 34 @230 V. 1,200 1,050 450 420 36 3/8 25 24 211/4 151/2 211/2 492
PE4004S 10,000 1,725 73/80 17 @460 V. 1,200 1,050 450 420 36 3/8 25 24 211/4 151/2 211/2 506
* Add 5 and 8 lbs. when casters are mounted. (Units are supplied with four 4 dia. swivel casters.)
90
PE4004S pump and RD3006 cylinder used in
a special press which repairs damaged chain
links for the shipping industry.
PUMPS
PE4004S
10,000 psi
Reservoir
For use with Order Valve Valve Valve Usable
Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function Motor (cu. in.)
Double-Acting 10 hp pump with 20 gal. PE4004 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold 10 hp, 208/230/460 volt* 3,927
reservoir and manual valve. Return 60 Hz, 3 Phase
Double-Acting PE4004, except has PE4004S 4-Way 9512** Advance Hold 10 hp, 208/230/460 volt* 3,927
solenoid operated remote valve. Return 60 Hz, 3 Phase
* Factory wired for this voltage. For 230V, 60Hz order PE4004S-230.
** Solenoid valve with remote control.
Usable oil is calculated with oil fill at recommended level at 2 1/4
below cover plate.
NOTE: Valves for spring return cylinders are available upon request. Consult the factory.
POWERTEAM.COM 91
CRIMPING PUMP
Electric PE-Nut
EXTREMELY DURABLE YET LIGHT- Designed for use with spring-returned
30 cu. in./min Two-Speed WEIGHT AND OPERATE UNDER remote tools.
LOW-LINE VOLTAGE C
ONDITIONS. High-pressure safety relief valve.
Remote hand control with 10-foot cord.
Carrying handle.
PE-NUT PUMP 115V Factory filled oil reservoir.
5/8 hp universal electric motor Pressure matched quick-coupler s upplied.
(50/60 Hz cycle). Optional carrying case.
Two-stage pump for rapid ram advance. Unique, intermittent duty pump.
Operational under low-line Piston-type high-pressure pump super-
voltage conditions. charged by a low-pressure pump.
Optional operating pressures available;
consult Power Team for details.
U PMSP S
P UPM
CAUTION: DESIGNED FOR CRIMPING

APPLICATIONS ONLY! This system should
not be used for lifting.
Order Oil Oil Usable Overall Overall Overall Pump

No. Deliver Reservoir Oil Width Length Depth Weight w/Oil
(cu. in./min.) (cu. in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE-NUT
(
160 in3 @ 100 psi
PE-NUTC* 30 in3 @ 10,000 psi ) 93 in3 43 in3 6.5 14.38 8.25 28
*Includes Case Electrical Data

Electric Motor Electrical Control
5/8 hp, 10,000 rpm Remote control with 10-foot cord
115V AC, 50/60 Hz
11 amp current draw
(115V @ 10,000 PSI)
92
CRIMPING PUMP
Gas Hydraulic PG120
Crimping Pump
130 cu. in./min Two-Speed
TWO-STAGE PUMP FOR PG1203/4S-CP
RAPID ADVANCE GASOLINE
5.5 hp Honda OHV-type engine.
POWER PUMPS
Remote hand control with 10 cord.
PG1203-CP Two-stage pump for rapid advance.
High-pressure safety relief valve.
6 hp Briggs & Stratton engine.
Protective roll cage.
Manual control valve.
For use with either single or double-
High-pressure safety relief valve.
acting tools.
Protective roll cage.
For use with single acting tools.
PUMPS
CAUTION: DESIGNED FOR CRIMPING
APPLICATIONS ONLY! This system
should not be used for lifting.
Order Oil Oil Usable Overall Overall Overall Pump

No. Delivery Reservoir Oil Width Length Height Weight w/Oil
(cu. in./min.) (gal.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PG1203-CP
PG1203/4S-CP
( 480 in3 @ 100 psi
130 in3 @ 10,000 psi
) 3 700 19.75 21.75 24.5 154
POWERTEAM.COM 93
GASOLINE PUMP
PG30/55 Series
30-55 cu. in./min.
Gasoline driven
A logical choice at work sites where electricity or com-

pressed air are unavailable. For single or double-acting cylin-
ders at operating pressures up to 10,000 psi.
All gasoline engine/hydraulic pumps feature Posi-Check
valve to guard against pressure loss when valve is shifted
from advance to hold.
PG303 and PG304

PUMPS
Powered by a 4-cycle, 2 hp Honda engine giving it the lowest

weight to horsepower ratio of all gasoline driven pumps. Has
an aluminum reservoir with 375 cu. in. of usable oil.
Same basic pump as PE30 series electric operated pumps.
PG30 series pumps are equipped with roll cages to protect GASOLINE POWER SUPPLY IDEAL
pump from d amage. FOR REMOTE LOCATIONS.
PG30 series pumps weighs only 35 lbs with oil.
PG303 is for single-acting cylinders, has a 9520 valve with
P
G30 SERIES: FOR UP TO 75 TON
separate internal r eturn line which allows oil from running
CYLINDERS.
pump to return to reservoir, independently of cylinder return P
G55 SERIES: FOR UP TO 150 TON
oil, when valve is in return position. CYLINDERS.
PG304 is for double-acting cylinders, has a 9506 4-way
(tandem center) valve.
PG553, PG554 Series

PG303, PG304 Series D
E F
B C
PG553 and PG554
PG303 and PG304

A
C
B
E
F D
Max.
Pressure Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 100 1,000 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PG303, PG304 10,000 8,000 275* 30 33 28 14 7/8 10 3/8 111/2 16 51/8 13 1/2 32
PG553, PG554 10,000 3,600 480 75 70 55 22 18 121/2 8 5/8 165/8 201/4 120
* First stage oil delivery from 0-400 psi @ 230 cu. in. per minute minimum.
94
PG554
PG553 and PG554

6 hp Intek Diamond Edge 4-cycle, by
Briggs & Stratton. 5 gallon reservoir.
Same basic pump as PE55 series
electrical Vanguard pumps.
PG553 has a 9520 3-way valve for
single-acting cylinders.
PG554 has a 9506 4-way valve for
double-acting cylinders.
PUMPS
10,000 psi
Gasoline Powered Hydraulic Pumps

like this PG303 help provide hydrau-
lic force at remote locations.

Reservoir
Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function (cu. in.) Horsepower Cycle
Single-Acting 2 hp pump with 2 gal. reservoir PG303 3-Way 9520 Advance Hold 375 2 2
and single-acting valve. Return
Single-Acting 6 hp pump with 5.7 gal. reservoir PG553 3-Way 9520 Advance Hold 1,300** 6 4
and single-acting valve. Return
Double-Acting PG303, except has PG304 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold 375 2 2
double-acting valve. Return
Double-Acting PG553, except has PG554 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold 1,300** 6 4
double-acting valve. Return
** Usable oil is calculated with oil fill at recommended level at 1/2 below cover plate
POWERTEAM.COM 95
GASOLINE PUMP
PG120-PG420 Series
10,000 psi
130-420 cu. in./min.
Two-speed high performance pumps
Maximum Output ideal for construction, structure m oving
Gas-Powered Pumps. and rigging applications.
A logical choice at work sites where
electricity or compressed air are
unavailable. For single or double- a cting
cylinders at operating pressures to
10,000 psi.
All gasoline engine/hydraulic pumps
feature Posi-Check valve to guard PG4204S
against pressure loss when valve is
shifted from advance to hold. Heavy duty roll cage provides pick-up
PUMPS
PG1200 Series pumps powered by a points for lifting. Horizontal bars on

Honda 4-cycle, 5.5 hp engine with au- PG1203, PG1204 and PG1204S
tomatic decompression and electronic protect unit, provide hand holds for car-
ignition. Deliver over 12 gallon (130 cu. rying.
in.) of oil per minute at 10,000 psi. Rubber anti-skid insulation on bot-
A 5 gallon reservoir means adequate tom of reservoir resists skidding and
capacity for multi-cylinder applications. dampens vibration. PG1200M-4 and
Dual element air cleaner protects en- PG1200M-4D include a pump cart with
gine from dusty environments. 12 wheels.
Adjustable external pressure regulator.
A
A
B D
A
A
E
E F
E F B
B C C F C B
PG120HM D PG1203, PG1204, PG1204S PG1200M-4 and PG1200M-4D PG4204 and PG4204S
Max.
Pressure Oil Del. (cu. in./min. @) Prod. Wt.
Pump Output 100 1,000 5,000 10,000 A B C D E F w/Oil
No. (psi) rpm (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PG120HM 10,000 3,600 480 175 150 130 23 151/2 141/4 19 13 5/16 12 1/8 150
PG1203 10,000 3,600 480 175 150 130 277/8 201/4 141/4 26 1/4 13 1/2 18 1/4 154
PG1204 10,000 3,600 480 175 150 130 277/8 201/4 141/4 26 1/4 13 1/2 18 1/4 154
PG1204S 10,000 3,600 480 175 150 130 277/8 201/4 141/4 26 1/4 13 1/2 18 1/4 161
PG1200M-4 10,000 3,600 480 175 150 130 421/8 18 25 42 1/2 26 1/4 7 1/4 260
PG1200M-4D 10,000 3,600 480 175 150 130 421/8 18 25 42 1/2 26 1/4 7 1/4 280
PG4204 10,000 3,600 1,240 1,120 475 420 501/4 52 52 435
PG4204S 10,000 3,600 1,240 1,120 475 420 501/4 52 52 440
96
PG1204S
PG1200M-4
PG1200M-4D
For single-acting cylinders. Has 9520
3-way/3-position (tandem center)
valve, 9596 load lowering valve and
9644 4-port manifold with individual
needle valves at each port.
Has a 9796 coupler and 9797 dust (tandem center) valve, and second
4-port manifold without needle
PUMPS
cap at each port. Valving permits pre-
cise individual control of up to four valves mounted beneath 9644
cylinders. manifold for operating double-acting
A 9052 heavy duty, fluid filled cylinders.
pressure gauge (0-10,000 psi) is in-
PG420 Series Maximum output
cluded.
Hydraulic Power Package
PG1200M-4D Ideal for single or multiple cylinder Delivers 400 cu. in. of oil at maxi-
For single or double-acting cylinders applications. Has a 4-cycle, 20 hp mum operating pressure.
with precise individual control of up to Honda engine and 20 gallon h ydraulic Has a 9506 4-way valve. On/off
four cylinders possible. reservoir (17 gallons usable) with low switch and speed control are pro-
Equipped same as PG1200M-4, ex- oil level sight gauge. tected by a panel. Sturdy molded
cept has 9506 4-way/3-position Steel roll cage protects pump, has case protects b
attery (not included).
a lifting hook; 4 dia. swivel casters USA EPA Clean Air Act EVAP Certified
provide mobility. Product.

Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function (cu. in.) Horsepower Cycle
Single-Acting Base model 51/2 hp gasoline pump PG1203 3-Way 9520 Advance Hold 1,300 5.5 4
with 5.7 gal. reservoir. Return
Single-Acting PG1203 with cart, rollcage, PG1200M-4 3-Way 9520 Advance Hold 1,300 5.5 4
load lowering valve, 4 port Manifold 9644 Return**
manifold & gauge.
Single-Acting/ PG1200M-4D, except without PG120HM 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold 1,300 5.5 4
Double-Acting Roll Cage and cart. Ideal for Manifold 9642 Return**
house moving industry.
Double-Acting Base model 51/2 hp gasoline pump, PG1204 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold 1,300 5.5 4
with 5.7 gal. reservoir, roll cage and Return
double-acting valve.
Double-Acting PG1204, except has roll cage, PG1204S 4-Way 9516 Advance Hold 1,300 5.5 4
solenoid valve and 25 ft. cord. Solenoid*** Return
Double-Acting PG1200M-4, except for PG1200M-4D 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold 1,300 5.5 4
double-acting systems. Manifold 9644 Return**
Double-Acting Base model 20 hp pump PG4204 4-Way 9506 Advance Hold 3,927 20 4
with 20 gal. reservoir. Return
Double-Acting PG4204, except has solenoid PG4204S 4-Way 9516 Advance Hold 3,927 20 4
operated remote valve. Solenoid*** Return
* Usable oil is calculated with oil fill at recommended level at 21/4 below ** Control up to 4 cylinders independently.
cover plate. *** Has 25 ft. remote control cord.
POWERTEAM.COM 97
INTENSIFIER
H y d r a u l i c HB443
Pressure Ratio 5:1
CONVERTS LOW-PRESSURE PORTA-

BLE HYDRAULIC PUMPS OR ON-BOARD
H YDRAULIC SYSTEMS, INTO HIGH PRES-
SURE POWER SOURCES. 10,000 psi
Applications include utilities, May be used to operate two sepa- Compact and rugged for use inside
PUMPS
railroads, construction, riggers rate, single-acting tools (with inte- a utility vehicle aerial bucket or
and others. gral valves) independently, without stowing in a vehicle.
Operates single or double-acting need for additional manifold. No reservoir level to maintain; uses
cylinders, jacks, and tools such Control valve included. Other Power low pressure system as oil supply.
as crimpers, spreaders, cable Team valves available as an option Has 38 NPTF ports; compatible with
cutters, or tire tools. Version for use to suit your specific application, if standard fittings for low and high
with double-acting torque wrenches needed; consult factory. pressure systems.
available.
C A
WARNING
E
D
Output
Flow @ Prod.
Pump 10,000 A B C D E F Wt.
No. (psi) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
HB44 44 cu. in./min. 8 5/8 141/2 61/8 2 3/4 41/2 101/2 16

Series
Output Flow Input Flow Input Flow Output Flow

For use with Order Valve Valve Valve Range Pressure Range
Cyl. Type Description No. Type No. Function (gpm) (psi) (gpm)
Single-Acting Hydraulic intensifier for HB443 3-Way 9520* Advance Hold 0 -10 300 - 2,000 0 - 2.5
single-acting systems 3-Position Return
Single-Acting/ Hydraulic intensifier for HB444 4-Way 9506* Advance Hold 0 -10 300 - 2,000 0 - 2.5
Double-Acting double-acting systems 3-Position Return
Double-Acting Hydraulic intensifier for HB445-RR 4-Way Advance Hold 0 -10 300 - 2,000 0 - 2.5
double-acting torque 3-Position Return
wrench tools
For maximum efficiency, recommended input flow is 5 gpm at a maximum * Posi-Check valve design, Posi-Check guards against
pressure of 2,000 psi. Higher flows and/or pressures must be compensated pressure loss when valve is shifted from advance position
for at the system pump (e.g., relief valve, variable flow devices, etc.) to hold position.
98
TORQUE WRENCH
PUMPS
Hydraulic
700 Bar
CAUTION: This system should not be

used for lifting applications.
PUMPS
For Torque Wrench Pumps,
see page 170-174
POWERTEAM.COM 99
ASSEMBLE TO 2
1 PE55C
ORDER PUMPS PE55A

PE55B
PE55D
PE55F
PE90C
PE90A PE90D
Custom Built PE90B PE90F
Hydraulic Pump
CHOOSE YOUR BASIC PUMP,

S ELECT YOUR ACCESSORIES, AND
WE WILL ASSEMBLE, TEST AND
SHIP YOUR PUMP.
4 5
3 PA55A
PG55A
PUMPS
PE120M PA90A
10,000 psi
ORDER A CUSTOM BUILT HYDRAULIC PUMP 3 3 HP JET MOTOR, THREE-PHASE

Assemble to Order means you can choose a basic pump Gives low noise level and long life due to its moderate
with gas, air or electric motor. Then select the proper operating speed. Ideal for fixed installations. Consists of
valve, gauge, pressure control, motor control and reservoir. basic 10,000 psi pump, jet pump motor: 3 hp, 3,450 rpm,
You get a two-stage pump that gives high oil volume for 230/460 volt, 60 or 50 cycle (specify). AC three-phase,
fast cylinder approach (and return with double-acting cyl- with thermal overload switch. Equipped with internal and
inders) in the first stage and high pressure in the second external relief valve. Will start under load.
stage.
4 3 HP AIR MOTOR
1 1 18 HP UNIVERSAL MOTOR This pump is ideal for use where electricity is unavail-
These motors start under full load and are suitable for able or cannot be used. The 5,000 or 10,000 psi pump
operation up to 5,000 or 10,000 psi. The motor is 118 hp, has a 3 hp air driven motor at 3,000 rpm (optimum per-
12,000 rpm, 115 or 230 volt (specify), 50/60 cycle AC sin- formance based on 80 psi air pressure and 50 cfm at the
gle phase (25 amp draw at 115V). With proper valve they pump). You can drive single or double- acting cylinders
can be used with single or double-acting cylinders. with the correct valve.
Remote control available. NOTE: 80 psi air supply required to start under full load.
2 1 12 HP JET MOTOR, SINGLE & THREE-PHASE 5 GASOLINE ENGINE

Feature low noise level, moderate speed for long ser- This version is perfect when electricity and air are
vice and are ideal for fixed applications. Motor is 112 hp, navailable. It is capable of continuous operation at
u
3,450 rpm, 115 or 230 volt, 50 or 60 cycle (specify), AC full pressure. Consists of basic 10,000 psi pump,
single phase with thermal overload switch. Can be used 4-cycle Briggs & Stratton Diamond Edge gasoline e ngine,
with single or double-acting cylinders and equipped with developing 6 hp. As with all these pumps, this unit can be
remote control. Also available in 230/460 volt, three- valved for use with either single or double-acting cylinders.
phase (specify).
NOTE: These do not start under full load unless valve is in
neutral (requires open or tandem center valve) and are not
recommended for frequent starting and stopping.
100
2 3
4 5
PUMPS
ASSEMBLE TO ORDER PUMP
HOW TO ORDER YOUR CUSTOM HYDRAULIC PUMP. . .
You can choose from pre-engineered, off-the-shelf com- 102-103. Complete instructions guide you so you can
ponents to customize your pump. All the components are determine what is needed to complete a pump assembly.
listed in table form, with key letters or numbers on pages Shown below is an example of a custom-built pump.
1 2-3 4-5 6-7 8 9-12
Basic Valve & Gauge &Gauge Acces- Pressure Control Motor Reservoir, Level/Temp
Pump Valve Control sories &Switch Control Gauge, Casters, Oil
PE55A VVZ GA AA A DBBC2F

Pump No. PE55AVVZGAAAADBBC2F is a 10,000 psi gauge accessories, standard pressure control, standard
two-speed pump with a 115 volt, 50-60Hz, single phase, 118 On-Off-Pulse motor control, 40063OR9 2-gallon reservoir,
hp, 12,000 rpmmotor; a 9512 4-way solenoid valve with a a 350431 oil level/temperature gauge, 10494 casters,
202778 remote hand control, a 9041 pressure gauge, no and 2 gallons of standard hydraulic oil.
See next two pages for pump components
POWERTEAM.COM 101
ASSEMBLE TO TO BUILD YOUR PUMP, FILL IN KEY LETTERS FROM CHARTS
Select Select
ORDER PUMPS Basic Select
1 Pump 2 Valve 3
Valve
4
Select Gauge Pressure
5 6
Control Gauge Accessories Control
Component
Specification Chart Pressure Motor Level/Temp Choose Select
7 8 9 10 11 12
Switch Control Reservoir Gauge Casters Oil
Use the charts numbered from 1-12 below to select the pump, valve, gauge and other
accessories to suit your needs. For the pump, fill in the basic number plus key letter
in block 1 above and the key letter only in the blocks 2-12 above for any of the other
items. Refer to the appropriate pages in this catalog for more specific information on
the products you need.
1 BASIC PUMP (See pages 82-95)
BASIC PUMP NUMBERS SPECIFICATIONS
PUMPS
PE55 PE90 PE120 PA55 PA90 PG55 NOTE: Customer must specify voltage required.
(10,000 psi) (5,000 psi) (10,000 psi) (10,000 psi) (5,000 psi) (10,000 psi) Power Source rpm hp
A or AC* A or AC* 115V-60 Hz, 1 12,000 118

110V-50 Hz, 1 12,000 118
B or BC* B or BC* 230V-60 Hz, 1 12,000 118
220V-50 Hz, 1 12,000 118
C or CC* C or CC* 115V-60 Hz, 1 3,450 112
C50 C50 110V-50 Hz, 1 2,850 112
D or DC* D or DC* 230V-60 Hz, 1 3,450 112
D50 D50 220V-50 Hz, 1 2,850 112
F60 ** F60** 208, 230/460V-60 Hz, 3 3,450 112
F50 ** F50** 220/380V-50 Hz, 3 2,850 112
M60 ** 208, 230/460V-60 Hz, 3 3,450 3
M50 ** 220/380V-50 Hz, 3 2,850 3
A A Air Motor 3,000 3
A Gas Engine 3,600 6
*Suffixes AC, BC, CC & DC indicate pumps for Canadian orders only. These pumps do not start under full load unless valve is in neutral
NOTE: All electric units have 24 volt secondary circuit. position (requires open or tandem center valve) and
**Voltage Specificatin Required. are not recommended for frequent starting and stopping.
2 VALVE (See pages 122-129)
Manifold/Manual/Air Operated Directional Valves Function Manifold/Manual/Air Operated Directional Valves Function
AB 9628 manual, tandem center 4-way, 3 pos. O 9609 manual, pressure compensated flow control 3-way, 4 pos.
AC 9632 manual twin tandem and open center valves R 9506 manual, tandem center Posi-Check
A None RR 9511 manual, open center 4-way,
B 9626 manifold Manifold S 9500 manual, tandem center 3 pos.
C 9584 manual 3-way, T 9507 manual, closed center Posi-Check valves
D 9582 manual 2 pos. U 9501 manual, closed center
E 9610 automatic, pilot operated valves Solenoid Operated Directional Valves Function
G 9504 manual 3/4-way, FF 9569 solenoid operated - 24 volt 3-way, 2 pos.
JJ 9594 air operated 2 pos. valves HH 9572 solenoid operated - 24 volt 3/4-way, 2 pos.
L 9502 manual, closed center non-interflow 3-way, PP 9599 solenoid operated - 24 volt 3-way, 3 pos.
M 9520 manual, tandem center Posi-Check 3 pos. VV 9512 solenoid operated - 24 volt 4-way,
N 9576 manual, metering tandem center valves WW 9615 solenoid operated - 24 volt 3 pos. valves

3 VALVE CONTROL (See page 130)
Valve Remote Control Use with Valve Valve Remote Control Use with Valve
A None Z 202778 remote hand control, 10 ft. 9512 or 9615

X 304718 remote hand control, 10 ft. 9572 ZF 309653 remote foot control, 10 ft. 9512, 9615,
XF 309652 remote foot control, 10 ft. 9572 9569 or 9599
Y 202777 remote hand control, 10 ft. 9569 or 9599 ZZ 209593 remote hand control, 12 ft. 9594
102
4 GAUGE (See page 110-111) 5 GAUGE ACCESSORY (See page 111)
Pressure Gauges Gauge Accessories

A None A None
B Other Specify N 9049 pulsation dampener All dry gauges
G 9041 0-10,000 psi 0-689 Bar (212 dia.)
H 9040 0-10,000 psi 0-689 Bar (Liquid)(212 dia.)
J 9051 0-10,000 psi 0-689 Bar (4 dia.) 7 PRESSURE SWITCH (See page 131)
M 9052 0-10,000 psi 0-689 Bar (Liquid)(4 dia.)
Pressure Switch
6 PRESSURE CONTROL (See page 119) A None

9625 electric pressure switch (500-10,000 psi)
Pressure Controls B NOTE: Pressure switch is factory pre-set at 10,000 psi
unless otherwise specified.
A With standard external pressure regulator C 9641 pilot operated air control valve N.C.
C Other specify D 9643 pilot operated air control valve N.O.
D 350199 premium external pressure regulator.
See Power Team Catalog product No. 9633 for details.
PUMPS
NOTE: Pressure controls are factory pre-set at 10,000 psi unless other- 9 RESERVOIR (See page 133)
wise specified.
Reservoirs Capacity
8 MOTOR CONTROL (See page 130) A None

B Other Specify
Electric Motor Controls D 40063OR9 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55
and PA90 series 212 gal.
Standard On/Off/Pulse control (does not include remote E 61165 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55
A switch) for A, B, C, D, F and M electric pumps. Also and PA90 series 2 gal.
used for remote controlled solenoid valves. (Oil temperatures in excess of 150F. may cause
B None permanent failure of the thermoplastic reservoir)
C 25017 remote motor hand switch, 10 ft. F RP22 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55
D 203225 remote motor hand switch, 10 ft. (heavy duty) and PA90 series 212 gal.
E 10461 remote motor foot switch, 10 ft. H 61799OR9
Air Motor Controls Same as D except with drain port 212 gal.
AA Other J RP50 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55
B None and PA90 series 5 gal.
P 27876 hand motor control (for PA55 &PA90 series) K 40137OR9 PG55 series 5 gal.
Q 27877 foot motor control (for PA55 &PA90 series) P 209124 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55
and PA90 series 7 gal.
V RP100 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55
10 OIL LEVEL/TEMP. GAUGE (SEE PAGE 132) and PA90 series 10 gal.
W RP101 PG55 series 10 gal.
Oil Level/Temperature Gauge NOTE: Includes cover adapter and misc. accessories when applicable.
High density polyethylene.
A None
Aluminum.
BB 350431 oil level/temperature gauge
12 OIL (See page 112)

11 CASTERS (See page 132) Oil
Casters E Ship pump without oil

F 9637 1 gal. standard hydraulic oil
A None G 9638 212 gal. standard hydraulic oil
C 10494 caster for use with 40063OR9 reservoir Q 9639 1 gal. Flame-Out hydraulic oil
(Specify quantity of four) R 9640 212 gal. Flame-Out hydraulic oil
U 9645 1 gal. biodegradable hydraulic oil
V 9646 212 gal. biodegradable hydraulic oil
NOTE: Select type of hydraulic oil and specify quantity.
POWERTEAM.COM 103
HYDRAULIC
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
104
Page
HOSES106
Rubber
Urethane
Non-Conducting

Page
COUPLERS108
Quick Connect
Flush Face
Page
GAUGES110-111
Heavy Duty Hydraulic Pressure Gauges
Digital and Analog
Page
FLUIDS112
ACCESSORIES
Standard Oil Quart, Gallon,
2 1/2 Gallon, 55 Gallon
Flame Out Gallon, 2 1/2,Gallon
Bio Degradable Gallon, 2 1/2,Gallon
Low Temperature Gallon

Page
MANIFOLDS113
Standard Blocks
Blocks with Valves

Page
10,000 PSI F ITTINGS114
Connectors
Couplings
Crosses
Elbows
Tees
Swivels
Special Adapters

Page
VALVES115-129
In-Line
Remote
Page
PUMP ACCESSORIES 130-133
Motor Controls
Oil Cooler Kits
Carts/Roll Cages
105
HOSES Non-conductive hose Polyurethane hose
For applications requiring electrical isolation by Made up of nylon core tube with polyester fiber
the hose, non-conductive hose has a leakage reinforcement which will withstand the minimum
Polyurethane Rubber factor of less than 50 microamperes, consid- SAE bend radius without shortening service life.
ered a safe level of conductivity by SAE stan- These hoses last up to seven times longer than
Non-Conductive dards. The covering is polyurethane and colored rubber hose, and are suitable for continuous
orange for easy identification as non-conductive service at temperatures from -40 to 150 F.
hose. The covering is not perforated, preventing
moisture from entering the hose and affecting its Hydraulic hose assembly
overall conductivity. All non-conductive hoses No. 9764 Hose assembly consisting of 9767
have a minimum burst pressure of 40,000 psi. (6 hose), 1/4 I.D. polyurethane with 9798 hose
half coupler and 9800 dust cap assembly.
All have plastic hose guards except Rubber hose No. 9754 Hose assembly consisting of 9756
for the 1/4 I.D. polyurethane hoses 2-ply rated hose reinforced with two braids of (6 hose), 1/4 I.D. rubber with 9798 hose half
which have spring guards. high tensile steel wire. The rubber covering coupler and 9800 dust cap assembly.
3/8 NPTF fittings on both ends. is oil and weather resistant. These hoses are
Operating pressure is 10,000 psi. All MSHA approved.
comply with MHI standard IJ100.
BE SAFE! A
INSPECT BEFORE AND AFTER EACH USE.
C A = 3/8 I.D. Polyurethane
REPLACE IF ANY SIGNS OF DEGRADATION
B = 1/4 I.D. Polyurethane
OR WEAR THAT MAY AFFECT SAFETY B C = 1/4 & 3/8 I.D. Rubber
OR PERFORMANCE. D D = 1/4 I.D. Non-Conductive
KEEP THE PRODUCT CLEAN.
ACCESSORIES
STORE PROPERLY.
CYLINDER RETURN TIME
No. 9769 No. 9781

10 Ft. Hose 10 Ft. Hose
Cylinder 1
/4 I.D. 3
/8 I.D.
2514C
C 51 sec. 14 sec.
C556C 1 min., 30 sec. 24 sec.
C5513C 4 min., 12 sec. 59 sec.
C10010C 6 min., 56 sec. 1 min., 3 sec.
The figures show the relative effect two styles of hose ORDERING INFORMATION
can have on return time. Actual times may vary.
Hose Burst Order Hose Burst Order

Hose Type Hose I.D. Length Rating No. Hose Type Hose I.D. Length Rating No.
Polyurethane 1/4 2 ft. 20,000 psi 9765 Rubber, Wire-braid 1
/4 8 ft. 20,000 psi 9757
/4 10 ft. 20,000 psi 9758
/4 12 ft. 20,000 psi 9759
Polyurethane 1/4 6 ft. 20,000 psi 9764* Rubber, Wire-braid 1
/4 20 ft. 20,000 psi 9760
/4 30 ft. 20,000 psi 9761
/4 50 ft. 20,000 psi 9762
/8 High Flow 3 ft. 20,000 psi 9733
/8 High Flow 6 ft. 20,000 psi 9776
/8 High Flow 10 ft. 20,000 psi 9777
/8 High Flow 15 ft. 20,000 psi 9734
/8 High Flow 20 ft. 20,000 psi 9778
Polyurethane 3
/8 High Flow 6 ft. 30,000 psi 9780 Rubber, Wire-braid 3
/8 High Flow 30 ft. 20,000 psi 9735
Polyurethane 3
/8 High Flow 40 ft. 20,000 psi 9736
Polyurethane 3
/8 High Flow 50 ft. 20,000 psi 9779
Polyurethane 3
/8 High Flow 50 ft. 30,000 psi 9783 Non-Conductive 1
/4 6 ft. 40,000 psi 9773
Rubber, Wire-braid 1
/4 3 ft. 20,000 psi 9755 Non-Conductive 1
/4 10 ft. 40,000 psi 9774
/4 6 ft. 20,000 psi 9756 Non-Conductive 1
/4 20 ft. 40,000 psi 9775
/4 6 ft. 20,000 psi 9754*
For torque wrench tools refer to page 166-169
NOTE: Polyurethane hoses not recommended for use where heat or weld splatter conditions exist. *Furnished with 9798 hose half coupler and 9800 dust cap.
106
HOSE
Non-Conductive
1/4 In I. D.
NON-CONDUCTIVE HOSES
10,000 PSI
For applications requiring
electrical isolation.
3/8 NPTF fittings on both ends
Leakage factor of less than
50 microampere.
Orange polyurethane for
easy identification.
Covering is not perforated,
preventing moisture from
entering the hose and affecting
BE SAFE!
INSPECT BEFORE AND AFTER EACH USE.
its overall conductivity. REPLACE IF ANY SIGNS OF DEGRADATION
Hoses feature a minimum 40,000 TWH
OR WEAR THAT MAY AFFECT SAFETY
psi burst pressure. OR PERFORMANCE.
STORE PROPERLY.
HOSES DUAL LINE
ACCESSORIES
TWH15 15, 1/4 I.D. non-conductive
Hose No. Couplers/ Inner Diameter Length

Fitting in. ft.
9773 3/8 fitting NPTF 1/4 6
9774 3/8 fitting NPTF 1/4 10
9775 3/8 fitting NPTF 1/4 20
2000351 3/8 fitting NPTF 1/4 15
2000350 3/8 fitting NPTF 1/4 25
3-3944* Male/Male Couplers 1/4 6
3-3956* Male/Female Couplers 1/4 6
* Hoses are prefilled with hydraulic fluid.

Dust caps are included with coupler.
POWERTEAM.COM 107
COUPLERS
Standard And
Flush-Face
9795 Cylinder and
Hose Couplers
9794 No-Spill
Hose Couplers Set
9796
9798
9793
ACCESSORIES
9792
9797 9800
9799
CYLINDER AND HOSE COUPLERS No. 9796-E Same as 9796, but with
Designed for use up to 10,000 psi EPR seals. No. 9792 Female (cylinder) half quick cou-
with hydraulic jacks, cylinders, etc. No. 9799 Optional metal dust cap pler only. Wt., 0.3 lb.
They are the threaded union type for inter- (hose half). No. 9793 Male (hose) half quick coupler
changing cylinders in seconds. Each half is No. 9797 Optional metal dust cap only. Wt., 0.3 lb.
valved with a precision ball for a tight shutoff (cylinder half). No. 9794 Complete quick coupler (male
when disconnected. These couplers also per- NO-SPILL, PUSH-TO-CONNECT and female). Dust caps not included.
mit the separation of cylinders or hose from HYDRAULIC HOSE COUPLERS Wt., 0.5 lb.
pump when at 0 psi with minimal oil loss. Designed to permit high oil flow, the no-spill, HYDRAULIC COUPLER DUST CAP
No. 9795 Complete quick coupler, 3/8 NPTF. push-to-connect couplers with locking collar Dust cap fits either male or female
(Includes two 9800 dust caps). and flush face design are for high pressure ap- half couplers.
No. 9798 Male (hose) half coupler 3/8 plications. The flush-face concept makes it easy No. 9800 Dust cap. For male or female 3/8
NPTF. to clean both coupler ends before connecting. NPTF half couplers. Wt., 0.3 lb.
No. 9796 Female (cylinder) Our unique push-to-connect, dry-break de-
half coupler with No. 9800 dust sign eliminates oil spillage. The locking collar
cap, 3/8 NPTF. makes accidental disconnects a thing of the
No. 9796-V Same as 9796, but with past. For 10,000 psi operation.
Viton seals.
108
HAND PUMP
System With
C o n n e c t i o n s
Hand pump system hook-up

(T-adapter necessary for P12, P19, P23, P59
& P59F pumps. All other hand pumps have a Gauge
gauge mounting port. see pg. 110
Optional
Hose can thread

T-adapter directly into pump body Male coupler
9670 9798
ACCESSORIES
Single-acting air pump system Gauge
see pg. 110
hook-up Optional
Hose can thread

Male coupler
directly into pump body
9798
T-adapter
9670
Air, Electric & Gas Pumps

with valve system hook-up
Hose threads directly
into valve body.
Gauge threads into

Male coupler
valve body.
9798
45 fitting needed
9678
POWERTEAM.COM 109
6
GAUGES
Analog And Digital 4
21/2
ASME B40.1
GRADE B
9040
9052 9089
21/2
ACCESSORIES
DG100
9042DG
Heavy-duty Hydraulic DG100 Digital Pressure Gauges 9042DG Digital Pressure Gauge
Pressure Gauges (cont.) Digital gauge is easier to read
Gauges feature an easily Peak hold feature with reset and offers better accuracy than
readable and highly visible, red toggle switch and Peak On a conventional analog gauge.
Day-glo needle. indicator; Hi/Low set point The laser welded stainless steel
High strength steel bourdon feature with relay outputs for sensor & socket and the IP67
tube ensures high cycle life. Hi/Low alarms and/or control weatherproof rating make this
Stainless steel cases and lens signals. product suitable for use in the
locking rings. A slow flashing display indicates most demanding of applications.
4 and 6 dry gauges can be pressure below the low limit; Five pre-programmed engi-
filled with silicone (Kit #9046). fast blinking display alerts if limit neering units allow technicians
Have 1/4 NPT connections. is exceeded. to read pressure in the unit of
Calibratible gauge High and low limit relays are measure most applicable to the
rated to 5 amps at 115 volts. process.
Operating temperature of The gauge also features a bar
0-140F for the electronic dis- graph display for enhanced vis-
DG100 Digital Pressure Gauges play and -20 to 180F for the ibility.
Accurate to within 1%. transducer. Gauge housings are Includes automatic off-battery
Long-life pressure transducer. extruded aluminum conservation, pressure tare,
Male 1/4 NPTF threads for the 1
/8 DIN enclosures (NEMA1 minimum pressure memory and
pressure connection. rating). maximum pressure.
6-foot input signal cable con- When power cable is connected Vibration & shock tested to MIL-
nects to back of display unit. to gauge, display will scroll all STD-202G.
Pressure values are displayed characters, performing a self-
on large red LEDs in 10 psi or diagnostic routine.
bar increments.
110
Digital Pressure Gauge
No. 9042DG - Digital pressure gauge, pressure
range 0-10,000 psi (0/700 bar). 1/4 NPTF
male thread. Wt., .53 lbs.
No. DG100 Digital pressure gauge, pressure
range 0-10,000 psi. Note: Serviced only at fac-
tory. Wt., 2.3 lbs.
No. DG100B Digital pressure gauge, pressure
range 0-700 bar. Note: Serviced only at factory.
Wt., 2.3 lbs.
Digital Pressure Gauge Accessories 420778
No. 420778 Gauge stand for DG100. Has an-
gled base mounting to hold gauge at a conve-
nient viewing angle. Wt., 1.2 lbs. 9046
No. 37045 Auxiliary power cord for use with any
12 or 24V battery. Wt., 0.2 lb. Caution: For use
on negative ground systems only.
Standard Pressure Gauge Accessories 37045
No. 9046 Silicone fill kit. 7.5 fl. oz. Requires
9049
one bottle to fill 4 gauge; four bottles to fill 6
ACCESSORIES
gauge.
No. 9049 High performance pulsation damp-
ener. 1/4 NPTF male x 1/4 NPTF female.
STANDARD PRESSURE GAUGE ORDERING INFORMATION

Face Major Minor Silicone Use With Gauge
Dia. psi/Bar Tons Graduations Graduations Filled Cylinder Series No.
21/2 0-10,000/0-690 2500 psi, 100 Bar 500 psi, 20 Bar No All 9041
21/2 0-10,000/0-690 2500 psi, 100 Bar 500 psi, 20 Bar Yes All 9040
4 0-10,000/0-690 1000 psi, 100 Bar 200 psi, 10 Bar No* All 9051
4 0-10,000/0-690 1000 psi, 100 Bar 200 psi, 10 Bar Yes All 9052
0-17.5, 200 psi, .5 Ton on
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-30 and 2000 psi, 5 Ton 30, 50 Ton Scales; .2 No* RT172, RT302, RT503 9059
0-50 Ton on 17.5 Ton Scale
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-5 2000 psi, 1 Ton 200 psi, .1 Ton No C & RLS 9053
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-10 2000 psi, 1 Ton 200 psi, .1 Ton No* C, RD, RH, RLS & RSS 9055
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-25 2000 psi, 5 Ton 200 psi, .5 Ton No* C & RD 9063
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-30 2000 psi, 5 Ton 200 psi, .5 Ton No* RH, RLS & RSS 9065
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-50 2000 psi, 5 Ton 200 psi, .5 Ton No* RH, RLS & RSS 9067
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-55 2000 psi, 5 Ton 200 psi, .5 Ton No* C, R, RA & RD 9069
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-60 2000 psi, 5 Ton 200 psi, 1 Ton No* RH 9071
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-100 2000 psi, 10 Ton 200 psi, 1 Ton No* C, R, RA, RD, RH, 9075
RLS, RSS & RT1004
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-150 2000 psi, Initial 200 psi, 2 Ton No* C, R, RD &RLS 9077
10 Then 20 Ton
4 0-10,000/0-690 0-200 2000 psi, 20 Ton 200 psi, 2 Ton No* R, RD &RH 9079
10 Then 20 Ton
6 0-10,000/0-690 1000 psi, 100 Bar 100 psi, 10 Bar No* All 9089
* Shipped dry. User can convert to wet using liquid silicone No. 9046.
T
he tonnage scale on the gauge may vary slightly among different series cylinders due to different effective area.
POWERTEAM.COM 111
Hydraulic Fluids
Standard, Flame Out,

Biodegradable And Low Temp.
Oil Order
Description Qty. No.
Standard Oil 1 qt. (57 cu. in.) 9636
Standard Oil 1 gal. (231 cu. in.) 9637
Standard Oil 21/2 gal. (577 cu. in.) 9638
Standard Oil 55 gal. 9616
Flame-Out 1 gal. (231 cu. in.) 9639
Flame-Out 21/2 gal. (577 cu. in.) 9640
Biodegradable 1 gal. (231 cu. in.) 9645
Biodegradable 21/2 gal. (577 cu. in.) 9646
Low Temp. 1 gal. (231 cu. in.) 9647
SPECIFICATIONS
ACCESSORIES
Specific Viscosity Foam

Grade Gravity Color Flash Fire Pour SUS@ SUS@ Viscosity Test
Description (ASTM) @ 60F (16C) (ASTM) Point Point Point 100F (38C) 210F (99C) Index (ASTM)
Standard Oil 215 .88 2.0 400F 430F -30F 215 48 100 Pass
(204C) (221C) (-34C) min.
Flame-Out 220 .91 Light Amber 500F 550F -15F 220 55 140 Pass
(260C) (288C) (-26C) min.
Biodegradable .92 2.0 432F NA* -22F 183 53 213 Pass
(224C) (-30C) min.
Low Temp. .87 6.5 356F 399F -48F 183 52 190 Pass
(Red) (180C) (204C) (-45C) min.
Standard Hydraulic Oil Biodegradable Hydraulic Fluid disposal options may be a vailable, includ-
For dependable performance of all your Biodegradable, non-toxic fluid with- ing land farming or processing through
hydraulic pumps and cylinders. stands moderate to severe operating sewage treatment facilities, if n ecessary
Contains foam suppressant additives conditions; provides excellent protection approvals are obtained from a ppropriate
and has a high viscosity index. against rust. regulatory a uthorities. This fluid has been
Flame-Out 220 fire resistant Offers superior anti-wear properties, has tested against EPA 560/6-82-003 and
hydraulic fluid* excellent multi-metal compatibility. OECD 301 for biodegradability, and
Contains anti-rust, anti-foam and an- toxicity has been tested against EPA
ti-sludge additives. Developed to meet stringent performance 560/6-82-002 and OECD 203: 1-12. Not
Provides fire resistant protection. requirements and satisfy growing environ- recommended for operation in tempera-
(Note: Will burn if heat source is extreme mental needs for hydraulic fluids which are tures below 20F
enough. Will not, however, propagate the readily biodegradable and non-toxic. Can (-7C) or above 160F (71C).
flame and is self-extinguishing when there be used with all Power Team pumps, cyl- Recommended storage temperatures not
is no ignition source.) inders, valves and other accessories using below -10F (-23C) or above 170F(77C).
Provides maximum lubrication and standard seals. Depending on the contam- For additional technical information or
heat transfer. ination or degradation levels which might to order a MATERIAL SAFETY DATA
Offers a wider operating be present in used fluid, small amounts SHEET call 1-800-477-8326 or go to www.
temperature range. of this substance, if spilled, will not affect powerteam.com.
No need to change seals in your ground water or the environment. Accept-
able methods of disposal include use as Low Temperature Oil
Power Team equipment. Just drain the Provides smooth, reliable operation in the
standard oil and replace it with a fuel supplement. Since this fluid will not
typically be hazardous waste, additional coldest climate conditions.
Flame-Out 220.
112
9626
MANIFOLDS
3
/8 NPTF
Ports
3
/8 NPTF Remote And
Ports
Pump-Mounted
9691
9617
3
/8 NPTF
Ports
3
/8 NPTF
2 Square Ports
11/2 Thick 9634
3 9648
/8 NPTF
Ports
9642
21/2 Hex x
9635 11/2 Thick
B
A
B
B
C 9627
3
/8 NPTF
3
/8 NPTF Port 9644
ACCESSORIES
Ports (not shown)
Manifold A B C
No. (In.) (In.) (In.)
9627 16 41/2 11/2
9648 7 11/2 11/2
9644
9642
No. 9691 Y Manifold No. 9627 Manifold block 9642 AND 9644 MANIFOLD BLOCKS
Extremely useful when connecting two This 16 long manifold block allows WITH NEEDLE VALVES
hydraulic cylinders to a single line. Has you to mount the 9575 or 9596 valves For independent multiple-cylinder
three 3/8 NPTF ports. Wt. 1 lb. without interference. Has seven 3/8 operation, feature needle valves for
No. 9634 Manifold block NPTF ports and two 1/4 mounting precise manual control. D esigned for
This manifold is for multiple-cylinder holes. Wt. 6 lbs. remote-mounted a pplications. Can
installations, has four 3/8 NPTF ports and No. 9626 Pump mounted be used with all Power Team pumps.
two 1/4 mounting holes. Wt. 1.5 lbs. manifold block No. 9642 Manifold with two needle
No. 9635 Manifold block Converts pumps with pump mounted valves for control of two cylinders. Has
This hex-shaped manifold offers extra valves for use with remote mounted four 3/8 NPTF ports. Wt. 8.2 lbs.
versatility with six 3/8 NPTF ports and valves. This manifold block is subplate No. 9644 Manifold with four needle
two 1/4 mounting holes. Wt. 2 lbs. mounted on the pump cover plate and valves for control of four cylinders. Has
No. 9617 Manifold block provides 3/8 NPTF pressure and return six 3/8 NPTF ports. Wt. 16.2 lbs.
When a multiple-cylinder installation is ports. Maximum recommended flow
required, this manifold is invaluable. rate is 5 gpm. Note: If used on PE30 or
Has six 3/8 NPTF ports to handle larger PG30 series pump, 1/2 longer mounting
multiple-cylinder systems. Wt. 3 lbs. screws are required. Order four (4) No.
No. 9648 Manifold block 11956 screws separately.
This 7 long manifold block has seven
3
/8 NPTF ports and two 1/4 mounting
holes. Wt. 2.7 lbs.
POWERTEAM.COM 113
FITTINGS
9683 Male connector. 21/4 long,
3
/8 NPTF male ends. Wt. 0.2 lb.
10,000 PSI
Hydraulic Fittings: 9684 Male connector. 21/4 long,
1
/4 NPTF male ends. Wt. 0.2 lb
All Applications.
9685 Coupling. 1/4 NPTF female and 3/8
NPTF female. Wt. 0.2 lb.
9686 90 elbow. 3/8 NPTF female ends.

Wt. 0.4 lb.
9687 Pipe plug. Heat-treated, 3/8 NPTF.

9190 Hyd. tubing. 3/8 O.D. x .065 wall, Wt. 0.1 lb.
50 ft. (10 pieces 5 feet long.)
Wt. 12 lbs. 9688 Pipe plug. Heat-treated, 1/4 NPTF.
9670 Tee adapter. For installing gauge Wt. 0.1 lb.
between pump and hose coupling.
Has 1/4 and 3/8 NPTF female and 9689 Connector. 1/4 NPTF male and
3
/8 NPTF male ports. Wt. 0.5 lb. 3
/8 NPTF female. Wt. 0.2 lb.
9671 Double tee adapter. Permits use of 9690 Male connector. 111/16 long,
more than one cylinder in series with 1
/4 NPTF male ends. Wt. 0.1 lb.
one pump. Three 3/8 NPTF female
ACCESSORIES
ports. Wt. 1 lb. 9692 Straight connector. 3/8 tube x 3/8

9672 Service tee. Two 3/8 NPTF female male NPTF. Wt. 0.2 lb.
internal, one 3/8 NPTF male external. 9674, 9682, 9690
Wt. 0.6 lb. 9693 90 elbow. 3/8 tube x 3/8 male NPTF.
Wt. 0.2 lb.
9673* Swivel connector. 3/8 NPSM male,
1
/4 NPSM female. 9694 45 elbow. 3/8 tube x 1/4 male NPTF.
Wt. 0.2 lb.
Wt. 0.2 lb.
9674 Male connector. 111/16 long,
1
/4 x 3/8 NPTF. Wt. 0.2 lb.
9695 Tee. 3/8 tube. Wt. 0.3 lb.
9675* Swivel connector. 3/8 NPTF male,
3
/8 NPSM female. Wt. 0.2 lb.
9674, 9682, 9690 9696 Male run tee. 3/8 tube x 1/4 male
9676* Swivel connector. 1/4 NPTF male, NPTF. Wt. 0.3 lb.
3
/8 NPSM female. Wt. 0.2 lb.
9697 Male branch tee. 3/8 tube x 1/4 male
9677* 45 swivel connector. /8 NPTF 3 NPTF. Wt. 0.3 lb.
male, 3/8 NPSM female. Wt. 0.3 lb.
9698 Cross. 3/8 tube. Wt. 0.4 lb.
9678 45 fitting. Used when mounting
gauge at an angle on connection
such as 9670. Male and female 1/4
NPTF ends. Wt. 0.3 lb. 9699 45 gauge fitting. 3/8 NPTF male and
9679 Connector. 1/4 NPTF female and female, and 1/4 NPTF female
3
/8 NPTF male. Wt. 0.1 lb. at 45. Wt. 0.6 lb.
9680 Coupling. Both ends 3/8 NPTF fe- 9705 Fitting, swivel. 3/8 NPTF male to 3/8
male. Wt. 0.2 lb. NPTF female. 90 fitting with internal
370 micron screen. May be rotated
9681 Street elbow. Male and female 360 about male thread axis.
3
/8 NPTF ends. Wt. 0.3 lb.
NOTE: Power Team hydraulic fittings are intended for use with our high
9682 Male connector. 111/16 long, pressure hydraulic products and are suitable for use at max. working
3
/8 NPTF male ends. Wt. 0.1 lb. pressures of 10,000 psi unless otherwise noted.
* CAUTION: On part numbers 9673, 9675, 9676 and 9677 the female swivel end of these adapters is a straight pipe thread (NPSM) with a 30
seat. All male pipe fittings that are used with these female swivel adapters must have an internal 30 seat in order to effect a proper seal. All
9674, 9682, 9690
Power Team male fittings are manufactured with a 30 seat except 9687 and 9688.
114
VALVES
Remote/In-Line
Remote Mounted Valves Valve Selection Chart
Advance/ Posi-
Order Page *Cylinder Advance/ Hold Check
No. No. Application Operation Valve Type Volt Return Return Feature
9508 117 S.A & D.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Closed Center no yes yes
9509 117 S.A. & D.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center no yes yes
9514 117 D.A. Solenoid 4-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center 115 no yes yes
9524 116 S.A. & D.A. Solenoid 3/4-way, 2 Pos. 230 no yes no
9526 117 S.A. Solenoid 3-way, 2 Pos. 230 no yes no
ACCESSORIES
9595 116 S.A. & D.A. Air 3/4-way, 2 Pos. no yes no
In-Line Valves
Advance/
Order Page *Cylinder Advance/ Hold Posi-Check
9575 119 S.A. Manual Shut-0ff Valve

9580 119 S.A. Automatic One-way Check Valve
9581 119 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Pilot Op. Check Valve
9596 118 S.A. Manual Load Lowering Valve
9597 118 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Sequence Valve
9608 118 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Pressure Reducing Valve
9623 119 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Pressure Relief Valve
9631 119 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Metering Valve
9633 119 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Pressure Regulator Valve
9720 118 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Counter Balance Valve special
9721 118 S.A. & D.A. Automatic Counter Balance Valve special
RV21278 119 Automatic Relief Value
S.A. represents single-acting cylinders, D.A. represents double-acting cylinders.

For pump-mounted valves, see pages 122129.
POWERTEAM.COM 115
VALVES
Remote Mounted
9593 9595
10,000 PSI, 9524
9554
1/4 Ports 5 GPM Max Flow
Pressure Port
Pressure
Port
Port
B
Port B Port A Port A
3/4-WAY/2-POSITION SOLENOID
AND AIR ACTUATED VALVES
31/8
2 31/8
2
Four Mtg. Holes for
ACCESSORIES
1
/4 Cap Screws.
Four Mtg. Holes for
1
/4 Cap Screws.
Application: Single or double-acting Operation with double-acting cylinder: No. 9524 Same as 9593 except with 230
cylinders. Port A is connected to advance port volt, 50/60 Hz.
Actuation: 9593, 9524 and 9554 are sole- of cylinder, oil port B connects to cyl- No. 9554 Same as 9593 except with 24
noid operated, 9595 is air operated. inder return port. Solenoid is energized volt, 50/60 Hz.
Operation with single-acting cylinder: to position A, oil port A becomes No. 9595 Same as 9593 except is air
Either oil port A or B must be plugged on pressurized to extend cylinder piston. The operated (minimum of 50 psi air pressure
valve. With port B plugged, solenoid is en- opposite happens when solenoid B is en- required). Wt., 11.4 lbs.
ergized to position A, oil port A becomes ergized. Valve does not hold in NOTE: Valves above are shipped without
pressurized. When solenoid is energized to retract position. controls. The 9524, 9554 and 9593 can be
position B, oil port A becomes the return NOTE: When using more than one valve on used with the 304718 remote hand control
port. a pump, the tank port may require a check (see page 130). The 9595 can be used with
Operation with multiple single-acting valve to permit inadvertent, momentary ex- the 209593 remote hand control (see page
cylinders: A pressure line from one bank tension of a retracted cylinder. 130).
can be connected to oil port A and the
NOTE: If pump is equipped with an internal NOTE: Valves have 1/4 NPTF ports. 3/8 to
other to oil port B on the valve. Sequence:
outlet check, a hold position can be main- /4 adapters are included.
1
When energized to position A, oil port A
tained with the pump shut off. NOTE:Maximum tank line pressure for
becomes pressurized and clamps the fixture
No. 9593 3/4-way 2-position, remote remote mounted valves is 500 psi.
connected to oil port A; oil port B be-
mounted solenoid valve, 115 volt, 50/60
comes a return port for cylinder connected
Hz. Wt., 15.4 lbs.
to oil port B, and retracts it. The opposite
happens when solenoid B is energized.
OIL
OIL OIL PORT OIL OIL PORT
PORT A X X
PORT A B PORT A B
SOL. A SOL. B SOL. A SOL. B
SOL. A SOL. B
P T P T
P T
1. To actuate one single-acting cylinder. 2. To actuate two single-acting cylinders. 3. To actuate one double-acting cylinder.
NOTE: Valves above are shipped without control switch. Use 202777 remote hand switch (see page 130).
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is being lowered, use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve
or No. 9720 Counter Balance Valve (see page118) in conjunction with the directional valve used in your application.
116
VALVES
9559 Pressure
9526 Port
9556 Remote Mounted
10,000 PSI,
Return
Port 3/8 Ports 5 GPM Max Flow
9508
9509
Port A
Return
Port Port B Pressure Port
Port A 9514
9525
9555
Port A
9508 Port B
9508
B
31/8 3-WAY 2-POSITION SOLENOID
ACCESSORIES
9509 VALVE
9509 Return Port
2 Application: Single-acting cylinders. Pressure Port
Actuation: Solenoid operated, 31/8
1
115/230/24 volt, 50/60 Hz.
Four Mtg. Holes for /4 Cap 2
Screws.
Function: Advances cylinder piston
when solenoid is de-energized, and
pump is running. When solenoid is ener- Four Mtg. Holes for
4-way 3-position (closed center)
gized, oil is directed back through valve 1
/4 Cap Screws.
and (tandem center) manual valves
return port and cylinder piston returns.
with Posi-Check
To place cylinder in hold position,
Application: Single or double-
pump must be stopped or its flow held
acting cylinders. When used with
at the valve pressure port with the so-
single-acting cylinders, one port must
lenoid de-energized. 4-way 3-position (tandem center)
be plugged. For double-acting cylinders,
NOTE: Valve is equipped with a 9631 solenoid valve with Posi-CHeck
either port can be used to advance
snubber valve in port A. The line from Application: Double-acting cylinders.
or return.
the return port of the valve must be Actuation: Solenoid operated,
Actuation: Lever-operated, detent
unrestricted (100 psi back pressure max- 115/230/24 volt, 50/60 Hz.
positioned.
imum) back to the reservoir. Functions: Push button control of
Functions: The 9508 provides ad-
IMPORTANT: A 9580 in-line check valve advance, hold and return. The
vance, hold and return positions
(see page 119) must be installed in the Posi-Check feature guards against
with all ports blocked (closed center) in
pressure port if the supply pump is not pressure loss when shifting from
the hold position. The 9509 has ad-
equipped with an outlet check valve. advance to hold. With valve in hold
vance, hold and return with tandem
center (cylinder ports are blocked, pump No. 9559 3-way 2-position solenoid position, cylinder ports are blocked and
remains running). Both valves have valve, 115 volt 50/60 Hz. Includes a oil is directed from pump to reservoir.
Posi-Check feature to guard against remotemounting subplate. Wt., 9.7 lbs. NOTE: Do not allow return tank pressure
pressure loss when shifting from No. 9526 Same as 9559 except for to exceed 500 psi at the valve.
advance to hold. 230 volt, 50/60 Hz. No. 9514 4-way 3-position (tandem
No. 9508 4-way 3-position (closed No. 9556 Same as 9559 except for center) solenoid valve, 115 volt, 50/60
center) manual valve, including subplate 24 volt, 50/60 Hz. Hz. Remote hand control included.
for remote mounting. Wt., 6.3 lbs. NOTE: Valves above are shipped with- Wt., 10.1 lbs.
No. 9509 Same as 9508, except is out control switch. Use 202777 re- No. 9525 Same as 9514 except for
tandem center. mote hand switch (see page 130). 230 volt, 50/60 Hz.
No. 9555 Same as 9514 except for
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is 24 volt, 50/60 Hz.
being lowered, use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No. 9720 NOTE: Consult factory before installing a
Counter Balance Valve (see page118) in conjunction with the direc- pressure switch on any of these valves.
tional valve used in your application.
CAUTION: The Posi-Check feature will not hold the load when shifted
directly A to B-B to A or from hold to A or B.
NOTE:Maximum tank line pressure for remote mounted valves is 500 psi.
POWERTEAM.COM 117
VALVES LOAD LOWERING VALVE
Application: Precision metering for controlled
HYDRAULIC IN-LINE cylinder piston return.
Operation: Permits free flow when extending
Port A Port B
10,000 PSI cylinder, built-in pressure relief and Posi-
Check locks and holds load in raised
5 GPM Max Flow Rate position until operator opens valve. May be
pre-set to provide consistent metered return,
9596 or operator may select rate of return with each
actuation. Has 3/8 NPTF ports.
NOTE: Pressure relief valve setting is 12,000 psi.
Operating pressure is 10,000 psi and max. flow
rate is 5 gpm.
No. 9596 Load lowering valve. Wt., 2.1 lbs.
Cyl. No. 1 SEQUENCE VALVE

Primary
Port A Primary
9597
Circuit
38 NPTF Application: Used when one cylinder in a multi-cylinder
Cyl. No. 2 application must advance before any other.
Secondary
Circuit Operation: Pump is connected to port P and separate
cylinders to ports A and B. When pressure is applied to
Port P
port P, cylinder A advances. Cylinder B will not advance
Pressure
38 NPTF until a predetermined pressure setting is reached in cylinder
A. Pressure setting is adjustable from 500 to 8,000 psi with
ACCESSORIES
Sequence
Optional
Valve
Circuit for adjustment screw; factory preset at 1,000 psi. Has
Double-
Port B Secondary Acting
3/8 NPTF ports.
38 NPTF Rams No. 9597 Pressure control sequencing valve. Wt., 5.6 lbs.
Adjusting Screw
9608 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
Reduced
Application: Provides complete, independent pressure
Pressure
Control
control to two or more clamping systems operated by a
Port A Port B single power source.
Over
Operation: Can be used to provide different pressures
Pressure
Control in various stages of a single system. Virtually zero leakage
Port T across valve means each system can be operated by a single
continuous pressure source. Adjustable from 1,000 to 5,000
psi at outlet port B (secondary). Has 1/4 NPTF ports.
C
AUTION: Over Pressure control must be set at a higher value No. 9608 Pressure reducing valve. Wt., 5.8 lbs.
than operating pressure.
9720 COUNTER BALANCE VALVE to operate with pumps having a high

9721 pressure flow rate of up to 120 cu. in./
Application: Double-acting cylinders. min. and cylinder ratios of 3 to 1.
Provides positive holding and controlled,
chatter-free lowering of a load. No. 9720 Counter balance valve,
Operation: Load is raised at flow including two pairs of fittings (male and
rate of pump, and held when pump is female), hydraulic hoses, and dust caps.
shut off. When the pump is shifted to Wt., 10 lbs.
retract, the counter balance valve will
continue to hold the load until system No. 9721 Same as 9720, but does
pressure exceeds pressure caused by not include couplers, hoses, fittings and
load. The load can then be lowered dust caps. Wt., 9.2 lbs.
smoothly to the flow rate of the pump.
The counter balance valve is designed
CAUTION: The 9720 patented counter balance valve has a pilot pressure as high as 3,000 psi. Because this pressure is applied to the
rod end of the cylinder while it is already under load, the system should not be sized for loads greater than 80% of cylinder rated capacity.
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is being lowered, use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No. 9720 Counter
Balance Valve in conjunction with the directional valve used in your application. See above, this page.
118
Shut-off valve
Application: This needle valve permits fine metering of hydraulic oil.
Operation: Can be used for controlling multiple single-acting cylinders. 9575
No. 9575 Shut off valve with 3/8 NPTF ports. Wt., 1.4 lbs.
Check valve 9580

Application: Permits flow of hydraulic oil in one direction only.
Operation: Installs right in hydraulic line.
No. 9580 Check valve with 3/8 NPTF male ends. Wt., .4 lb.
Pilot operated check valve 9581

Application: For use with open or tandem center valves. Permits free flow
of fluid in one direction.
Operation: Flow is blocked in opposite direction until pilot oil pressure is applied. This
prevents the loss of pressure if the valve is inadvertently shifted or the pump line is broken.
Minimum cracking pressure is 60 psi. Required pilot pressure is approximately 16% of
checked system pressure.
No. 9581 Pilot operated check valve with 3/8 NPTF ports. Wt., 3.8 lbs.
In-line pressure relief valve 9623

Application: Single or double-acting cylinders. For remote locations in a hydraulic circuit
ACCESSORIES
where maximum pressure requirements are less than basic overload valve setting in pump.
Operation: Adjustable from 1,000 to 10,000 psi. Valve is spring-loaded and direct-acting.
No. 9623 Pressure relief valve with 3/8 NPTF ports. Wt., 2 lbs.
Metering valve 9631

Application: For systems using large cylinders or extended lengths of hydraulic hose.
Operation: Controls surges by restricting flow if it exceeds 7 gpm. When flow subsides,
valve reopens automatically. Has 3/8 NPTF male end to thread into return port of system
control valve, and a 3/8 NPTF female end, permitting return hose to be directly connected.
No. 9631 Metering valve. Wt., 0.2 lb.
In-line pressure regulator valve
Application: Single or double-acting cylinders. Permits adjusting operating pressures at various 9633
values below relief valve setting of pump.
Operation: Regulator valve is easily adjusted to maintain pressures between 300 and 10,000 psi.
Maintains a given pressure setting within 3% over repeated cycles. Flow range is 17 cu. in./minute
to 6 gpm.
No. 9633 In-line pressure regulator valve with two 3/8 NPTF inlet ports, one 1/8 NPTF tank
port and 3 foot drain line kit. Wt., 1.9 lbs.
Simply turn the handle clockwise to increase the pressure setting, counter-clockwise to reduce pressure.
Note: 3 Drain Line Kit is included.
No. 9500 No. 9506

Valve Valve
No. 9625 Double-acting Valve Pressure Valve Pressure
Pressure Switch Adj. Screw Cylinder
No. 9581 Tee Order No. Setting (psi) Order No. Setting (psi)
Pilot Op. Check Valve
Gauge
RV21278 10,100 / 10,700 RV21278-50 5,100 / 5,700
RV21278-6 600 /640 RV21278-52 5,300 / 5,900
RV21278-10 900 / 1,000 RV21278-55 5,600 / 6,200
No. 9623
Pressure
RV21278-15 1,500 / 1,700 RV21278-57 5,800 / 6,400
RV21278-17 RV21278-60
Double-acting Cylinder Relief Valve
1,600 / 1,800 6,100 / 6,700
Provide an economical means of protecting an 18 NPT RV21278-20 1,900 / 2,200 RV21278-65 6,600 / 7,200
hydraulic circuit against over pressurization. RV21278-25 2,300 / 2,700 RV21278-70 7,100 / 7,700
Operation: These factory preset valves are RV21278-27 2,600 / 2,800 RV21278-75 7,600 / 8,200
designed for maximum flow rate of 5 gpm. RV21278-28 2,700 / 3,000 RV21278-80 8,100 / 8,700
Furnished with 1/8 NPTF male port. All RV21278-30 3,000 / 3,400 RV21278-83 8,400 / 9,000
valves weigh 0.2 lb. See chart to the RV21278-32 3,100 / 3,300 RV21278-86 8,700 / 9,300
RV21278-35 3,500 / 3,800 RV21278-88 8,900 / 9,600
right for ordering information. RV21278 Series
RV21278-38 3,750 / 3,950 RV21278-90 9,100 / 9,700
RV21278-40 4,100 / 4,500 RV21278-114 11,500 / 12,100
RV21278-43 4,400 / 4,800 RV21278-6280 6,380 / 6,900
NOTE: Care should be exercised to protect workers from hot, pressurized RV21278-48 4,900 / 5,300 Preset Non-Serviceable
hydraulic oil. Install these valves only in an enclosed or shielded area.
POWERTEAM.COM 119
VALVE SELECTION Step1 - elect the hydraulic cylinder that best suits the application. See
S
pages 6-8.
Choosing The Step2 - Select the series of hydraulic pump with adequate oil output and
reservoir capacity to power cylinder. See pages 42-45. Check
Right Valve speed chart on page 6.
Step3 - Select pump within series with the valve option that best matches
cylinder, pump and application. See pages 122-127.
CONSIDERATIONS: Will the valve be manually operated or is Basic valve types include m anually operated,
Will the valve be used with single or remote control preferred? air or s olenoid o
perated and pilot operated.
double-acting cylinders? Is independent control of multiple cylinders, Special application valves for pre-stress-
or hydraulic tools preferred? ing and post-tensioning are also o ffered.
Will the valve be mounted on the pump, Consult s election chart on page 50 for list-
away from the pump or directly into the W
hat directional control and pressure
ings of all Power Team valves.
hydraulic lines? control valve functions are needed
for the application?
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
2-WAY, 2-POSITION
(FOR CONTROL OF SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS):
ACCESSORIES
POSITION 1 CENTER POSITION POSITION 2

Oil goes from pump to None Oil goes from cylinder to
cylinder; pressure is held pump; pressure is released
from valve to cylinder to reservoir when motor is
when pump is shut off. turned off.
3-WAY, 2-POSITION
(FOR CONTROL OF SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS)

Oil goes from pump to None Cylinder retracts, oil
cylinder and holds when returns to reservoir.
pump is shut off. Return line
to reservoir is blocked.
3-WAY, 3-POSITION
(FOR CONTROL OF SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS)
Oil goes from pump to Cylinder pressure is held; All oil is open to reservoir
cylinder and holds when pump can remain running through return line.
pump is shut off. Return line and oil returns to reservoir.
to reservoir is blocked.
120
IN-LINE HYDRAULIC VALVES Pressure Relief Valve Used at remote locations in a
Load Lowering Valve Provides precision metering for hydraulic circuit where maximum pressure requirements are
controlled return of the cylinder piston. less than the setting of the basic overload valve in
the pump. Protects a hydraulic system against
Sequence Valve Used when a cylinder in a multiple cylin- over pressurization.
der application must advance before any other.
Metering Valve Restricts surges by restricting flow to a
Pressure Reducing Valve Permits independent pressure certain level; when flow subsides, valve reopens automati-
control to two or more clamping systems operated by a sin- cally. For systems using large cylinders or extended lengths
gle power source. of hose.
Shut-off Valve For fine metering of hydraulic oil. Several Pressure Regulator Valve Permits external adjustment of
may be used to control multiple single-acting cylinders. operating pressures at various values below the internal relief
Check Valve Permits flow of hydraulic oil in one direction valve setting of the pump.
only.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
4-WAY, 2-POSITION
(FOR CONTROL OF SINGLE OR DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDERS):
ACCESSORIES
Oil goes to the extend side None Oil goes to the retract
of the cylinder. The oil from side of the cylinder, oil from
the retract side returns the extend side returns to
to reservoir. Cylinder holds reservoir.
with pump shut off.
4-WAY, 3-POSITION
(FOR CONTROL OF DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDERS)

Oil goes to the extend side Holds pressure even if Oil goes to retract side of
of the cylinder, oil from the pump is running. Oil from cylinder. Oil from extend
retract side returns to res- pump goes through valve, side returns to the reservoir.
ervoir. Cylinder holds with back to reservoir.
pump shut off.
TYPICAL CENTERS
TANDEM CENTER CLOSED CENTER OPEN CENTER

Cylinder ports are blocked, Generally used when Open Center used when
oil from pump goes to res- running multiple valves in holding is not a requirement,
ervoir. Used when pump B
series from one pump. as when running two sepa-
remains running. E
xample:
rate hydraulic tools such as
gasoline-driven pumps.
cutters and crimpers.
POWERTEAM.COM 121
VALVES
Selection Information
Pump Mounted Valves
PUMP MOUNTED VALVES
Advance/ Posi
Order Page *Cylinder Advance/ Hold Check
9500 125 S.A & D.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center no yes no
9501 125 S.A. & D.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Closed Center no yes no
9502 124 S.A. Manual 3-way, 3 Pos. Closed Ctr. no yes yes
ACCESSORIES
9504 123 S.A. & D.A. Manual 3/4-way, 2 Pos. yes yes no
9506 125 D.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center no yes yes
9507 125 D.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Closed Center no yes yes
9511 125 S.A. & D.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Open Center yes yes no
9516 128 D.A. Solenoid 4-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center 12DC no yes yes
9517 123 S.A. Manual 2-way, 2 Pos. no yes no
9520 124 S.A. Manual 4-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center no yes yes
9522 128 D.A. Solenoid 4-way, 3 Pos. Open Center 230 yes no no
9523 128 S.A. Pilot Operated Solenoid 3-way, 2 Pos. 230 yes no no
9552 127 S.A. & D.A. Solenoid 3/4-way, 2 Pos. 230 yes no no
9576 124 S.A. Manual 3-way, 3 Pos. Metering Tandem Ctr. no yes no
9594 127 S.A. & D.A. Air 3/4-way, 2 Pos. no yes yes
9599 126 S.A. Pilot Operated Solenoid 3-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center 24 no yes yes
9605 126 S.A. Pilot Operated Solenoid 3-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center 115 no yes yes
9609 126 S.A. Manual 3-way, 3 Pos. Tandem Center no yes no
9610 123 S.A. Auto Pilot Operated 3-way, 2 Pos. yes no no
9610A 123 S.A. Manual 2/3-way, 2 Pos. no yes no
9628 129 S.A. & D.A. Manual Post Tensioning special no no
9632 129 S.A. & D.A. Manual Post Tensioning special no no
* S.A. represents single-acting cylinders, D.A. represents double-acting cylinders
122
3-WAY/2-POSITION MANUAL VALVES VALVES
Applications Single-acting cylinders.
Actuation Lever operated. Hydraulic
Functions Cylinder piston advance, hold and return.
Used on these pumps P460, PE17, PE21, PE30, PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, and Pump Mounted
PE120 series.
No. 9582 3-way/2-position manual valve. Wt., 2.5 lbs.
No. 9584 Same as 9582, but has flipper control. Wt., 1.8 lbs.
3-WAY/2-POSITION, PILOT OPERATED AUTOMATIC VALVE

Application Single-acting cylinders.
Actuation Pilot oil.
Functions When pump is started, pilot oil automatically closes valve and directs
oil to cylinder; when pump is stopped, valve automatically opens and oil returns
to reservoir. 9582
Used on these pumps Furnished with pilot lines and adapters for PA55, PA90,
PE30, PE55, PE90 and PE120 series. A
No. 9610 3-way/2-position pilot operated automatic valve. Wt., 4.2 lbs.
P T
9584
2/3-WAY/2-POSITION MANUAL/PILOT OPERATED
AUTOMATIC VALVE
Application Manual operation for load lifting and holding with single-acting
cylinders; automatic dump for operating hydraulic tools.
Actuation Flipper lever/pilot oil. A
9610
Functions With lever in closed position, valve will hold the load. When lever
ACCESSORIES
is open, valve functions as a true automatic dump valve. P T
Used on these pumps Furnished with pilot lines and adapters for PA55, PA90,
PE30, PE55, PE90 and PE120 series. For application on other pumps, consult factory.
No. 9610A 2/3-way/2-position manual/pilot operated automatic valve.
Wt., 4.4 lbs.
2-WAY/2-POSITION MANUAL VALVE

Application Single-acting cylinders. A
9610A
Actuation Flipper lever operated.
P T
Functions Cylinder piston advance, hold and retract.
Used on these pumps PE172, PA172 and PE84 series. P T
No. 9517 2-way/2-position manual valve. Wt., 3.2 lbs.
3/4-WAY/2-POSITION MANUAL VALVE

Application Single or double-acting cylinders.
Actuation Lever operated, detent positioned.
9517
Functions Pos. 1 Oil is directed to advance side of cylinder, oil from retract
side goes to reservoir; cylinder holds with pump shut off. Pos. 2 Oil goes to
retract side of cylinder; cylinder holds with pump shut off. When using as a 3-way
valve for single-acting cylinders, port A or B is plugged. See note on page 124
regarding plugging of ports and resulting heat build-up.
Used on these pumps P460, PA6D, PA17, PA46, PA55, PA60, PE17, PE21,
PE30, PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PE200, PE400, PQ60 and PQ120 series.
No. 9504 3/4-way/2-position manual valve. Wt., 4.2 lbs.
NOTE: 9504 can be remote mounted with a 9510 subplate (see page 131). A X X 9504
P T 3 WAY
A B
P T 4 WAY
POS. B
NOTE: A pressure switch and/or gauge may be attached to any valve on this page POS. A
(refer to pages 131, 110-111). A X X

Port B
Port A
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is being lowered, use a
P T 3 WAY
No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No. 9720 Counter Balance Valve (see page118) in conjunc- A B
tion with the directional valve used in your application.

IMPORTANT: Conversion kit 251528 must be used when mounting any of the valves on this P T 4 WAY
POS. B
page on PA17 or PE17 pumps.
IMPORTANT: When ordering any valve for a PE30 or PG30 series pump, 1/2 longer mounting POS. A
screws are required. For valves 9504, 9584, 9610 and 9610A, order four 12001 cap screws. For
valve 9582, order two 12001 and two 10856 cap screws.
POWERTEAM.COM 123
VALVES ADVANCE
Pump Mounted HOLD

RETRACT
9520
3 Way/3 Position ADVANCE A
Manual P T
HOLD
RETRACT
3-WAY/3-POSITION (TANDEM CENTER) MANUAL P T
VALVE WITH POSI-CHECKVALVE

Functions Advance, hold and return. When shifted to
10,000 PSI., 3/8 PORTS, 5 return position, pump and cylinder return oil through their own
GPM MAX FLOW RATE. separate return lines, allowing faster retraction of piston. The
Posi-Check feature guards against pressure loss when shifting
from advance to hold position.
ADVANCE
HOLD
Used on these pumps P460, PA17, PA46, PA55, PE17,
RETRACT PE21, PE30, PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PQ60, PQ120,
ADVANCE
A
PE200, PE400, PG30, PG55, PG120 and PG400 series.
P T No. 9520 3-way/3-position (tandem center) manual valve.
HOLD
RETRACT
Wt., 5.1 lbs.
A
ACCESSORIES
3-WAY/3-POSITION (TANDEM CENTER) METERING POS. B
3-WAY/3-POSITION (CLOSED CENTER) P T

POS. C
NON-INTERFLOW MANUAL VALVE WITH PO- 9576 POS. A

POS. B
SI-CHECK POS. C
A
Application Single-acting cylinders. POS. A

P T
Actuation Lever operated, detent positioned. A
Functions Pos. 1 Oil is directed from pump to

cylinder and holds with pump shut off; line to reservoir P T
is blocked. Pos. 2 All oil is open to reservoir through VALVE

tank line.
Center pos. Cylinder pressure is held; pump should Application Single-acting cylinders.
be shut off. Actuation Lever operated.
Used on these pumps P460, PA17, PA46, PA55, Functions Cylinder piston metered advance, hold
PA60, PE17, PE21, PE30, PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, and metered return.
PE120, PE200, PE400, PQ60 and PQ120 series. Used on these pumps PA17, PA46, PA55, PE17, PE21,
NOTE: A pressure switch and/or gauge may be at- PE30, PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PQ60, PQ120,
tached if desired (see pages 110-111, 131). Also, the PE200, PE400, PG30, PG55, PG120 and PG400 series.
9502 can be remote mounted if a 9510 subplate is NOTE: A pressure switch and/or gauge may be attached if
used (see page 131). desired (see pages 110-111, 131). Also, the 9576 can be
No. 9502 3-way/3-position (closed center) manual remote mounted with a 9510 subplate (see page 131).
valve. Wt., 4.2 lbs. No. 9576 3-way/3-position (tandem center) metering valve.
Wt., 8.5 lbs.
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is being lowered, use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No.
9720 Counter Balance Valve (see page118) in conjunction with the directional valve used in your application.
NOTE: Valves 9501, 9502, 9504 and 9507 can have a port blocked or have a closed center position. When a port is blocked and the
valve is shifted to the blocked port, the pump will generate excessive heat. An electric or rotary air pump can either be turned off manually
or with a pressure switch. Reciprocating air pumps may be adjusted to stall out and stop.
NOTE: Gauge ports monitor pump pressure only, not pressure to the hydraulic cylinder(s).
IMPORTANT: Conversion kit 251528 must be used when mounting any of the valves on this page on PA17 or PE17 pumps.
IMPORTANT: When ordering any valve for a PE30 or PG30 series pump, 1/2 longer mounting screws are required. For valves 9502
and 9520, order four 12001 cap screws. For valve 9576, order four 17428 cap screws.
124
VALVES
Pump Mounted
4-WAY/3-POSITION (TANDEM CENTER) VALVE
WITH POSI-CHECK
4 Way/3 Position Manual
Functions Advance, hold and return. The Posi-Check feature guards against
pressure loss when shifting from advance to hold position.
Used on these pumps P460, PA6D, PA17, PA46, PA55, PE17, PE21, PE30,
PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PE200, PE400, PED, PG30, PG55, PG120,
PG400, PQ60 and PQ120 series. 10,000 PSI., 3/8 PORTS, 5
No. 9506 4-way/3-position (tandem center) manual valve. Wt., 5.1 lbs. GPM MAX FLOW RATE.
A B
4-WAY/3-POSITION (TANDEM CENTER) AND (OPEN-CENTER)

P T
MANUAL VALVES POS. B

9506
Application Single or double-acting cylinders. POS. C

POS. A
Actuation Lever operated, detent positioned. A B
Functions The 9500 provides advance, hold and return. The 9511 (open P T
center) valve can be used if holding is not a requirement, as when running two POS. B
separate hydraulic tools. Provides advance and return only. Port A

POS. C
Port B
Used on these pumps P460, PA17, PA46, PA55, PE17*, PE21, PE30, PE46, A BPOS. A
PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PE200, PE400, PG30, PG55, PG120, PG400, PQ60 P T
ACCESSORIES
POS. B
and PQ120 series. *Does not mount without 251528 9500
No. 9500 4-way/3-position (tandem center) manual valve. Wt., 4.2 lbs. POS. C
POS. A
No. 9511 Same as 9500, except has an open center. A B
P T
4-WAY/3-POSITION (CLOSED CENTER) MANUAL VALVE WITH A B
POSI-CHECK P T
Port A
POS. B
Application Single or double-acting cylinders. A B Port B
Actuation Lever operated, detent positioned. POS. C

POS. B
P T
POS. A
9511
Functions Similar to 9506, but is a closed center valve with Posi-Check. Generally A B
used to operate multiple cylinders with a single pump. Provides advance, hold and POS. C
P T POS. A
return. The Posi-Check feature guards against pressure loss when shifting from the A B
advance to hold position. See note on page 124 regarding plugging of ports and P T
resulting heat build-up. POS. B
Used on these pumps P460, PA17, PA46, PA55, PA60, PA6D, PE17, PE21, Port A
POS. C
PE30, PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PE200, PE400, PQ60 and PQ120 se- A B
POS. A Port B
ries.
No. 9507 4-way/3-position (closed center) manual valve. Wt., 5 lbs. POS. B
P T
9507
4-WAY/3-POSITION (CLOSED CENTER) MANUAL VALVE POS. C

POS. A
A B

Actuation Lever operated, detent positioned. POS. B
P T
Functions Advance, hold and return. Closed center design makes valve
Port A
suitable for operating multiple cylinders from a single pump. See note on page 124 POS. C
POS. A
B
Port B
regarding plugging of ports and resulting heat build-up.
A B
Used on these pumps P460, PA17, PA46, PA55, PA60, PE17, PE21, PE30, POS. B
P T
9501
PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PE200, PE400, PQ60 and P120 series. 9501
No. 9501 4-way/3-position (closed center) valve. Wt., 4.2 lbs.
POS. C
POS. A
A B
P T
POS. B
Port A
POS. C
POS. A
B Port B
NOTE: A pressure switch and/or gauge may be attached to valves 9500, 9501, 9506, 9511
if desired (see pages 110-111, 131). Also, all valves on this page may be remote mounted
with a 9510 subplate (see page 131).
POWERTEAM.COM 125
VALVES
Pump Mounted
Manual and Pilot Operated
10,000 PSI., 3/8 PORTS, 5

GPM MAX FLOW RATE. A
9609 RET.
HOLD 6 5
1 4 ADV. CON. ADV. HOLD RET.
2 3
9605, 9599 CONTR. FULL

ADV. ADV.
P T
3-WAY/4-POSITION MANUAL PRESSURE COM-

P T
PENSATED VALVE
Application Single-acting cylinders. Primarily for use in
3-WAY/3-POSITION (TANDEM CENTER) testing soil, rock, concrete, asphalt and related engineering
SOLENOID VALVES WITH POSI-CHECK materials.
ACCESSORIES
Application Single-acting cylinders. Actuation Lever and adjustable, pressure compensated flow
Actuation Solenoid operated: 9605 is 115 volt, 50/60 control valve.
Hz; 9599 is 24 volt, 50/60 Hz. Functions Cylinder piston return, hold, controlled
Functions Advance, hold and return positions. advance (pressure compensated) and advance (full flow).
When in advance, solenoid B is energized and oil goes Will deliver a relatively constant flow regardless of pressure
from pump to cylinder through pressure port. In return between 1,000 and 10,000 psi.
position, solenoid A is energized and oil is directed Used on these pumps PA17, PA46, PA55, PE17, PE21,
from cylinder and pump to reservoir. With both solenoids PE30*, PE46, PE55, PE90, PE200, PE400, PG30*, PG55,
de-energized, in hold position, oil from pump is directed PG120, PG400, PQ60 and PQ120 series. * NOTE: Adapter
back to reservoir while oil is checked in cylinder. The kit 252161 is required for mounting this valve to a PE30 or
Posi-Check feature holds load when shifting from PG30 series pump.
advance to hold position. NOTE: This valve can be remote mounted with a 9510
Used on these pumps Furnished with pilot lines and subplate (see page 131).
adapters for PE55, PE30 (carrying handles must be No. 9609 3-way/4-position manual pressure compensated
removed) and PE120 series. For application on other valve. Wt., 8.7 lbs.
models, consult factory. CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is
No. 9605 3-way/3-position (tandem center) solenoid being lowered, use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No. 9720 Counter
valve, 115 volt, 50/60 Hz. Wt., 14.0 lbs. Balance Valve (see page118) in conjunction with the directional valve used in
No. 9599 Same as 9605 except for 24 volt, 50/60 Hz your application.
circuits. Wt. 14.0 lbs. IMPORTANT: Conversion kit 251528 must be used when mounting the
NOTE: Valves above are shipped without controls. Use 9609 valve on PA17 or PE17 pumps.
202777 remote hand control (see page 130). Consult fac- IMPORTANT: When ordering any valve for a PE30 or PG30 series
tory for field installation. pump, 1/2 longer mounting screws are required. For valves 9500, 9501 and
9511, order four 12001 cap screws. For valve 9552, 9506, and 9507, order
four 11956 cap screws. For valves 9599 and 9605, order four 251078 cap
screws. For valve 9609, order four 10855 cap screws.
Full Flow Position

Test Setting: 35 psi / Sec.
Max. Setting:
770 psi / Sec.
(Meets Concrete Std. ASTM C-39) FLOW
10,000
Full flow position - 5 gpm (Ref.)
8,000
Metered advance position
PRESSURE (psi)
6,000 65 cu. in./min. (Max.)

Min. Setting:
4,000 6.24 psi / Sec.
2,000
Unit not recommended PRESSURE
for use under 1,000. psi
1,000
0 Min. working pressure - 1,000 psi.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
TIME (MIN.)
Max. working pressure- -10,000 psi.
Metered and Pressure Compensated Position Max. valve case pressure - 500 psi.
126
VALVES
Pump Mounted
Solenoid or Air Operated
3-WAY/2-POSITION SOLENOID VALVE

Actuation Solenoid operated,
115 volt, 50/60 Hz.
Functions Cylinder piston advances when solenoid is de-energized and pump
is running. When solenoid is energized, oil is directed to reservoir, and piston 10,000 PSI., 3/8 PORTS, 5
returns. For hold position, pump is stopped with solenoid de-energized. GPM MAX FLOW RATE.
Used on these pumps PE17, PE21, PE30, PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90,
PE120, PE200, PE400, PQ60 and PQ120 series.
No. 9579 3-way/2-position solenoid valve, 115 volt, 50/60 Hz. Wt., 9.6 lbs.
No. 9569 Same as 9579, except with 24 volt, 50/60 Hz solenoid. A
9579, 9569, 9570
No. 9570 Same as 9579 except with 230 volt, 50/60 Hz solenoid.
NOTES: Valves above are shipped without control switch. Use 202777 remote
P T
hand switch (see page 130). When this valve is mounted, the pump must be
equipped with an outlet check valve.
3/4-WAY/2-POSITION SOLENOID VALVES
ACCESSORIES
Application Single or double-acting cylinders. When used with single-acting
cylinders, one port should be plugged.
Actuation Solenoid operated.
Functions Oil is directed to extend side of cylinder, oil from retract side
9592, 9552, 9572
goes to reservoir; cylinder holds with pump shut off. Oil is directed to retract
side of cylinder; oil from extend side goes to reservoir.
NOTE: Cylinder will not hold in the return position with motor running or
shut off.
Used on these pumps 9552, 9572 and 9592 are used with PE17, PE30
(with carrying handles removed), PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE200, PE400,
PQ60 and PQ120 series.
No. 9592 3/4-way/2-position solenoid valve, 115 volt, 50/60 Hz. Wt., 14.6 lbs.
No. 9552 Same as 9592, except with 230 volt, 50/60 Hz solenoid.
No. 9572 Same as 9592, except with 24 volt, 50/60 Hz solenoid.
NOTE: Valves above are shipped without controls. The 9552, 9572 and 9592 A B 9594 (for air actuation)
can be used with the 304718 remote hand control (see page 130).
NOTE: Ports are 1/4 NPTF. P T
AIR ACTUATED VALVE

Application Single or double-acting cylinders. When used with single-acting
cylinders, one port should be plugged.
Actuation Air operated.
Functions Oil is directed to extend side of cylinder, oil from retract side
goes to reservoir; cylinder holds with pump shut off. Oil is directed to retract
side of cylinder; oil from extend side goes to reservoir.
NOTE: Cylinder will not hold in the return position with motor running or shut
off.
Used on these pumps PA17, PA46 and PA55 series.
No. 9594 3/4-way/2-position solenoid valve, air operated (minimum of 50 psi
air pressure required). Wt., 11 lbs.
NOTES: Valve above is shipped without controls. 9594 can be used with
the 209593 remote hand control (see page 130). See page 118 for remote
mounted models of this valve.
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is being lowered, use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No. 9720
Counter Balance Valve (see page118 ) in conjunction with the directional valve used in your application.
IMPORTANT: When ordering any valve for a PE30 or PG30 series pump, 1/2 longer mounting screws are required. For valves 9569, 9570
and 9579, order four 10856 cap screws. For valves 9552, 9572 and 9592, order four 12001 cap screws.
POWERTEAM.COM 127
VALVES
9513, 9512, 9516, 9519
Pump Mounted
9589, 9523, 9553
Solenoid or Air Operated
Port B
9590, 9522, 9615

Port A
A B
P T
Port A 4-WAY/3-POSITION A
ACCESSORIES
(TANDEM CENTER) PILOT OPER-

Port B ATED SOLENOID VALVE
Application Double-acting cylinders. P T
Actuation Solenoid operated, 115
volt, 50/60 Hz. 3-WAY/2-POSITION (PILOT OP-
A B
Functions Advance, hold and ERATED, NORMALLY OPEN) SO-
return. The Posi-Check feature
P T LENOID VALVE
holds the load when shifting from the
advance to the hold position. Application: Single-acting cylinders.
4-WAY/3-POSITION (OPEN CEN- Used on these pumps PE17, PE21, Actuation: Solenoid operated, 115 volt,
PE30 (with carrying handles removed), 50/60 Hz.
TER) SOLENOID VALVE
PE46, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, Function: Advance and return.
Application Double-acting cylinders. Used on these pumps: Furnished with
PE200, PE400, PQ60 and PQ120
Actuation Solenoid operated, 115 volt,
series. NOTE: A gauge may be attached pilot lines and adapters for PE30 (with
50/60 Hz. carrying handles removed), PE55, PE90
if desired (see pages 110-111).
Functions Advance, open center and and PE120 series. For other pump models,
No. 9513 4-way/3-position (tandem
return positions. Cylinder ports and pump consult factory. NOTE: A pressure switch
center) solenoid valve, 115 volt, 50/60
port are open to reservoir in neutral. and/or gauge may be attached if desired
Hz. Wt., 18.1 lbs.
Used on these pumps Furnished with (see pages 110-111, 131).
pilot lines and adapters for PE30 (with car- No. 9589 3-way/2-position (pilot oper-
24 volt, 50/60 Hz circuits.
rying handles removed), PE55, PE90 and ated) solenoid valve, 115 volt, 50/60 Hz.
PE120 series. For other pump models, con- Wt., 8.2 lbs.
12 volt DC. For use on the PG1204S
sult factory. NOTE: A pressure switch and/ No. 9523 Same as 9589 except for 230
and PG400 series pumps only.
or gauge may be attached if desired (see volt, 50/60 Hz.
pages 110-111, 131). No. 9553 Same as 9589 except for 24
230 volt, 50/60 Hz circuits. Consult
No. 9590 4-way/3-position (open center) volt, 50/60 Hz.
factory for field installation.
solenoid valve, 115 volt, 50/60 Hz.
Wt., 15.5 lbs.
No. 9522 Same as 9590 except for 230
NOTE: Valves above are shipped without control switch.
volt, 50/60 Hz.
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is being lowered,
No. 9615 Same as 9590 except for 24
use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No. 9720 Counter Balance Valve (see page118) in
volt, 50/60 Hz.
conjunction with the directional valve used in your application.
IMPORTANT: Conversion kit 251528 must be used when mounting the 9609 valve on
PA17 or PE17 pumps.
IMPORTANT: When ordering any valve for a PE30 or PG30 series pump, 1/2 longer
mounting screws are required. For valves 9513 and 9519, order four 11956 cap screws.
For valves 9523, 9553 and 9589, order four 10855 cap screws. For valves 9522, 9590
and 9615, order four 10854 cap screws.
128
VALVES
(STRESS PORT) A B (RETURN PORT)
9628 Pump Mounted
Designed for use with
POS. B
Manual
X 5,800
6,400 RETURN PORT B
Power Team air, gasoline

psi
CENTER
STRESS PORT A
and electric powered
hydraulic pumps.
POS. A
P T
Port B Port A
4-WAY/3-POSITION (TANDEM can only be released by building pres- Used on these pumps: PA17*,
CENTER) MANUAL VALVE sure in B position). PA46*, PA55, PE17*, PE21*, PE30,
3. Valve is placed in B position, which PE46*, PE55, PE60, PE84, PE120,
Application Single strand, double-
is pressure controlled and will not PE200, PE400, PG30*, PG55, PG120,
acting stressing jacks with Power
exceed 6,400 psi. Return p ortion of PG400, PQ60 and PQ120 series.
Wedge seater.
stressing tool is pressurized and will *T
hese pumps may have reduced
Actuation Lever operated, detent po-
release A first flow stage characteristics due
sitioned.
port when pressure reaches to internal valve restrictions.
Operation
approximately one-half the A port No. 9628 Post tensioning valve for
1. With valve in center position, pump is
pressure. A port remains open 10,000 psi (max.) single-acting/Power
started.
as long as this pressure differential is Wedge seater.
2. Cable is inserted into stressing tool,
maintained. Wt., 5.4 lbs.
valve is placed in A position. Pull
4. Pump is stopped, valve is placed
portion of stressing tool is pressurized
in A position, releasing B port
ACCESSORIES
to specified level for proper cable ten-
pressure.
sioning (A port is checked internally,
TWIN 4-WAY/3-POSITION (TAN- trolled by Seat relief valve (factory set valve restrictions.
DEM CENTER) MANUAL VALVE to 3,900 psi). No. 9632 Post tensioning valve for
4. Valve B is shifted to Return position, 10,000 psi (max.) double-acting s ystems.
Application Multi-strand, double-acting
which is pressure controlled and will not Wt., 13.6 lbs.
stressing jacks with an auxiliary seating
exceed 2,200 psi. Return portion of
cylinder.
stressing tool should be pressurized and
Actuation Dual lever operated, detent
will release Stress port when pressure
positioned.
reaches 15% of Stress port pressure.
Operation
5. Stress port will remain open and
1. With valves A and B in center posi- 9632
cylinder will return as long as pressure
tion, pump is started; cable is inserted
differential is maintained. Stress and
CENTER
into stressing tool. SEAT RETURN
Seat ports are open to reservoir.

2. Valve A is placed in Stress posi-
6. When cylinder has fully returned, both VALVE B VALVE B
tion; cylinder extends to tension cable.

valves are shifted to Center position Stress
CENTER
Pump pressure controls force exerted VALVE A
and oil will be directed to reservoir. Maxi-

by tensioning cylinder in this position.
STRESS
Return
mum pressure setting for the Seat relief Seat
Stress port is checked internally, and STRESS RETURN SEAT
valve is 6,000 psi. 1,900 3,800
can only be released by 2,000
psi
4,000
psi
Used on these pumps: PA17*, PA46*,

building pressure in the valve B r eturn
PA55, PE17*, PE21*, PE30, PE46*, VALVE B
position.
PE55, PE84, PE120, PE200, PE400,
3. When desired cable tension is
PG30*, PG55, PG120, PG400, PQ60
achieved, valve A is placed in valve
and PQ120 series.*
B position and valve B in Seat VALVE A
* These pumps may have reduced first P T

position. Seating portion of cylinder will
flow stage characteristics due to internal Pump mounted, 6-position detented
be pressurized to seating pressure con- 5-way manual dual valve. Rated pres-
sure to valve A is 10,000 psi and
valve B is 6,000 psi. Case pressure
is 500 psi max.
CAUTION: To prevent sudden, uncontrolled descent of a load as it is being lowered, use a No. 9596 Load Lowering Valve or No. 9720
Counter Balance Valve (see page118) in conjunction with the directional valve used in your application.
IMPORTANT: When ordering any valve for a PE30 or PG30 series pump, 1/2 longer mounting screws are required. For valves 9569, 9570
and 9579, order four 10856 cap screws. For valves 9552, 9572 and 9592, order four 12001 cap screws.
POWERTEAM.COM 129
HYDRAULIC PUMP ON/OFF MOTOR CONTROL
The following remote control switches will give you momentary ON control
Accessories of your hydraulic pump. These switches are deadman type, spring loaded
to the OFF position. They can be used with any Power Team electric
hydraulic pump.
No. 25017 Remote hand control. Has a push button switch, with a 10
foot cord. Wt., 0.8 lb.
No. 203225 Remote hand control. Heavy-duty with single push button
switch in a neoprene housing with 10 foot cord. Housing seals out dust,
lint and liquids (unit is not submersible). Wt., 0.8 lb.
No. 10461 Remote foot control, with 10 foot cord. Wt., 3 lbs.
No. 251660 Remote foot control, with 10 foot cord. For use with the
PE10 style pumps. Wt., 1 lb.
SOLENOID & MOTOR CONTROL

25017 For use on solenoid valves that are used on single-acting cylinders:
202777 No. 202777 Remote hand control. Has rocker-style switch that is
202778 momentary advance, spring center hold and detented retract. It comes
304718 with a 10 foot cord, for use with 3-way/2 or 3-position valves. Wt., 0.9 lb.
203225 For use on solenoid valves that are used on double-acting cylinders:
No. 202778 Remote hand control. Has rocker-style switch that is

ACCESSORIES
momentary advance, spring center hold and momentary retract. It comes

with a 10 foot cord, for use with 4-way/3-position valves. Wt., 0.9 lb.
No. 309653 Remote foot control. Can be used in place of either of the
10461 above hand controls to control the same type of valves. The switch is
momentary on, both advance and retract position, and is spring c entered
to the hold position. This foot switch comes with 10 foot cord. Wt., 4 lbs.
No. 17627 Remote foot control. Same as the No. 309653 but without a
cord. Wt., 2 lbs.
No. 304718 Remote hand control. Has a rocker style switch that is
momentary advance, spring center hold and momentary retract. The switch
is wired to start and stop the motor when the valve is energized. It comes
251660 with a 10 foot cord. To be used with 4-way/2-position valves. Wt., 0.9 lb.
No. 309652 Remote foot control. Has same functions as No. 304718.
Supplied with a 10 foot cord. To be used with 4-way/2-position valves.
Wt., 4 lbs.
No. 216209 Remote foot control. Same as the No. 309652, but without
309652 a cord. Wt., 2 lbs.
309653 NOTE: See valves listing to determine which remote to use. Page 122-129.
REMOTE AIR MOTOR CONTROLS

This remote hand control has two momentary push buttons, one for advance
and one for retract with spring offset to hold. To be used with 4-way/2-
position air pilot valves.
No. 209593 Remote hand control with 12 foot cord. Wt., 2 lbs.
17627
209593 216209
130
SUBPLATES
For remote mounting of control valves. Subplates convert pump 9510
mounted valves to remote mounted valves quickly and easily. 9515
No. 9510 Subplate for remote mounting the following valves;
9500, 9501, 9502, 9504, 9506, 9507, 9511, 9552, 9572, 9575,
9576, 9592, 9594 and 9609. Wt., 1.5 lbs. 9510 and 9620
No. 9620 For use with 9500, 9501, 9502, 9552, 9572, 9592 attach to the
bottom of valve
and 9594. Same as No. 9510 but has integral pressure regulating for remote 9620
valve. Wt., 3.8 lbs. mounting. The
9515 and 9521
PUMP-MOUNTED SUBPLATES mount between
the pump cover
No. 9515 Subplate, Wt., 1.3 lbs. plate and valve.
When fitted between pump cover plate valve mounting flange
and control valve, provides a separate 3/8 NPTF female port,
open to return regardless of position of valve. Also provides a
separate 3/8 NPTF female pressure port. This subplate can be 9521
useful when you desire to use one pump with a deck-mounted
control valve, plus a separate remote-mounted valve to control
another function.
For use with the following valves: 9500, 9501, 9502, 9504,
9506, 9507, 9511, 9520, 9552, 9572, 9575, 9576,
9592, 9594, and 9609.
ACCESSORIES
No. 9521 Subplate for use under most pump mounted valves to provide adjustable
pressure control on units not equipped with an external pressure regulator. 9531
Wt., 3.8 lbs.
AIR FILTER/REGULATOR/LUBRICATOR
Recommended for use with single-speed air/hydraulic pumps found
on pages 49-67.
No. 9531 Filter/regulator. 1/4 NPTF inlet and outlet. Wt., 0.8 lb.
PRESSURE SWITCH
9625
Application: Used in a hydraulic circuit where system pressure must be held.
Automatically (electrically) turns off pump motor when predetermined system
pressure is reached.
Attaches directly to control valve manifold or can be mounted in-line to read
system pressure. Has a 1/4 NPTF male thread, and a 1/4 NPTF fitting for gauge
mounting if required. Adjustable from 1,000 to 10,000 psi. Can also be used to
actuate other electrical devices in the system. Wired normally open and held
closed by spring pressure.
IMPORTANT: Electrical rating of switch is 5 amps at 250 volts max. To prevent permanent Black
damage to switch, a control relay must be installed to handle currents or voltage exceed-
ing these limits. Pressure switch should never be used to directly actuate the electrical White
motor. Wiring Schematic
N.O. Held Closed
No. 9625 In-line pressure switch with 1/4 NPTF gauge port. Wt., 1.1 lbs. Air In
PILOT OPERATED AIR CONTROL VALVES

Application: For use when an air pilot signal is required at a set hydraulic pressure.
Can be used to shift valves, and start or stop pneumatic pumps.
Attaches directly to control manifold or can be mounted in-line to read system hy-
Air Out
draulic pressure. Automatically turns on an air pilot signal when a predetermined sys-
tem pressure is reached. Has 1/4 NPTF male thread and 1/4 NPTF fitting for gauge
9641
mounting if required. Adjustable from 500-10,000 psi. Maximum rating of 25 scfm at
9643
100 psi.
No. 9641 Pilot operated control valve, normally closed, with 1/4 NPTF
male thread. Wt., 1 lb.
No. 9643 Same as 9641 except normally open. Wt., 1 lb.
POWERTEAM.COM 131
HYDRAULIC PUMP OIL COOLER KITS
No. 252511 Oil cooler kit designed for use with PE604T or PE604PT
Accessories pumps with 115 VAC. Wt., 5 lbs.
No. 252512 Oil cooler kit designed for use with PE604T or PE604PT
pumps with 220 VAC. Wt., 5 lbs.
RESERVOIR BREATHER KITS

No. 206767 Reservoir breather kit designed for use on PA17, PA55,
PE17, PE55, PE84, PE90, PE120, PG55, PG120, PQ60 and PQ120
series pumps. Wt., 1.3 lbs.
No. 250175 Reservoir breather kit designed for use on PE21 and
PE46 series pumps. These kits replace the reservoir filler cap when
the pump is used in dusty and dirty environments. Wt., 1.3 lbs.
CASTERS
252511 2 diameter casters attach to the bottom of large reservoir for portability.
252512
Sold individually; order the amount you need.
No. 10494 Single caster wheel. Wt., 0.3 lb.
FLUID LEVEL/TEMPERATURE GAUGE

Displays fluid level and temperature of hydraulic oil in reservoir.
ACCESSORIES
32-212F, 0-100C. 11/4 wide and 63/8 high.

No. 350431 Fluid level/temperature gauge.
206767
250175
FOOT CONTROL GUARD
Guard for use with 10461 and 251660 foot controls.
No. 16339 Wt., 4.5 lbs.
350431 MAGNETIC STRIP
Magnetic strip with adhesive back can be added to No. 25017,
202777, 202778 and 304718 hand controls. Provides 6 lbs. of
207762 holding force.
10494 No. 207762 Wt., 0.1 lb.
VITON* SEAL KITS

(SEE PAGE 33)
Order Use
Number With Model
P12 All
300507
16339
300472 P23, P55 All
P59 All
300510

300508 P157, P159, P300 A

300690 P157, P159 B
P300 B
300696

300508 P157D, P159D, P300D A

300693 P157D, P159D B
Viton* seal kits P300D B
300699
VITON* SEAL KITS Can be used in all C and RH series cylinders (see pages
14-15 and 20-21), as well as the P12, P55, P59, P157/P159, P157D/P159D and
P300/P300D series of hand pumps. These seals are required when fire resistant hy-
draulic fluids are used. Not required with Flame-Out fluid.
* Viton is an E.I. duPont De Nemours & Co., Inc., trade name.
132
UNIVERSAL PUMP CART
Mobilize your hydraulic pumps with the PC200. The rugged tubular frame
can easily handle pumps weighing up to 200 lbs. With 12 wheels, the cart
rolls easily. Just load the pump onto the cart and wheel it right to the job.
The universal mounting hole pattern lets you handle a wide variety of Power
Team pumps.
No. PC200 Universal pump cart with 12 wheels. Cart can be used with
the following pumps: PA60, PA64 and PA554 air/hydraulic pumps; PE55
series, PE183-2 and PE184-2 electric/hydraulic pumps; PE21, PQ60 and
PQ120 seriesQuiet pumps; PG55 series gas engine/hydraulic pumps;
and pumps with optional 5- and 10-gallon reservoirs; Nos. RP50, RP51,
RP101 and RP103. Wt., 27 (Shown with pump, pump not included)
PROTECTIVE PUMP ROLL CAGE

Safeguards pump, gas engine and valves on the job site. Horizontal bars
provide convenient hand holds for carrying pump, a pick-up point permits
lifting unit with an overhead crane or other device. Standard equipment on
PG1203 and PG1204. Can be ordered as an option with any other gas,
air, or electrically driven hydraulic pump equipped with a 5-gallon reservoir.
Note: Refer to PG1203/PG1204 specification chart (pp 96-97) for
dimensions of roll cage.
No. PC200RC Roll cage for use with PC200. (Cannot be used on
pumps with 10 gallon reservoirs.) Wt., 36 lbs.
No. RC2GAL Roll cage. for use with PA46, PA55, PE46, PE55 pumps C
ACCESSORIES
with 21/2-gallon reservoirs.
No. RC5 Roll cage. Wt., 19.5 lbs for PG55 & PG120. For use with
PG120 and PG 55 series pumps
B A
LARGE CAPACITY RESERVOIRS
Usable
Capacity Order Oil Use Size (in.)
(gal.) Number (cu. in.) With A B C
2 RP20** 442 PA6, PA50 series (models A-E) 111/2 91/2 61/2
2 RP20-F** 442 PA6 series (model F), PA 50 series (model F & G) 111/2 91/2 61/2
21/2 RP20M* 450 PA6, PA50 series (models A-E) 111/2 91/2 61/2
21/2 RP20M-F* 450 PA6 series (model F), PA50 series (model F & G) 111/2 91/2 61/2
21/2 RP21* 450 PE18 series 111/2 91/2 61/2
21/2 RP22 442 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55 111/2 91/2 61/2
5 RP50 1150 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55 18 121/2 81/2
5 RP51 1150 PA46, PE46, PE21 18 121/2 81/2
10 RP100 2194 PE55, PE90, PE120, PA55 18 121/2 141/2
10 RP101 2194 PG55, PG120 18 121/2 141/2
10 RP103* 2310 PQ60, PQ120 157/16 141/4 125/16
10 RP104 2194 PA46, PE46, PE21 18 121/2 14
* F our mounting holes: 1/2-20, for 2 diameter swivel Reservoirs are equipped with drain plugs and all necessary conversion items.
casters (No. 10494) Hydraulic oil is not included with reservoir kits. Please order separately. See page 112.
** High density polyethylene reservoir. Aluminum reservoir.
METAL RESERVOIR CONVERSION KITS FOR PUMPS *INCLUDES GASKETS AND FASTENERS.
Metal Metal Metal

Reservoir Metal Reservoir Reservoir Metal Reservoir Reservoir Metal Reservoir
Pump Order Reservoir Weight Pump Order Reservoir Weight Pump Order Reservoir Weight
Number Number Capacity (lbs.) Number Number Capacity (lbs.) Number Number Capacity (lbs.)
PA6 213896 105 cu. in. 3 PA50 213896 105 cu. in. 3 PA174 213895 578 cu. in. 9
PA6A 213896 105 cu. in. 3 PA50R 213896 105 cu. in. 3 PE172 213895 578 cu. in. 9
PA6D 213896 105 cu. in. 3 PA6R 213896 105 cu. in. 3 PE172A 213895 578 cu. in. 9
PA6-2 213895 578 cu. in. 9 PA50R2 213895 578 cu. in. 9 PE172S 213895 578 cu. in. 9
PA6D2 213895 578 cu. in. 9 PA172 213895 578 cu. in. 9 PE174 213895 578 cu. in. 9
POWERTEAM.COM 133
SHOP EQUIPMENT
1
2 9
3
10
Open-End-
Access 11
4
12
5
8
SHOP EQUIPMENT
THE UNIQUE BENEFITS OF THE POWER TEAM PRESS
1 2 TO 1 SAFETY FACTOR 3 LARGER WORK AREA outside for C-frame pumps except PE10 and
on hydraulic cylinders and than most competitors advantage. PE17 series.
they meet ASME B30.1 models. 7 FRAMES CAN BE USED 24 volt hand switch for remote
standards. Cylinders are 4 ALIGNMENT LEVER for HORIZONTALLY for pressing control on pumps equipped
easily removed for other simple pin replacement after jobs on extra-long shafts (see with solenoid valves.
applications. Single or raising or lowering the bed. photo on next page). 9 ONE-MAN OPERATION
5 CLOSE MANUFACTUR- 8 ELECTRIC, AIR OR HAND for bed adjustment. Winch
double-acting cylinders are
available; built-in relief valve ING TOLERANCE allows even HYDRAULIC PUMPS are unit quickly raises or lowers
on double-acting cylinders. load distribution over four available. All are standard bed to desired height.
2 FULL RATED CAPACITY alloy steel pins; not two, like Power Team pumps. Self-locking winch
across width of upper frame, some competitors. (Heavy- CSA approved electric pumps are mechanism prevents bed
even with workhead moved duty presses only). standard on all presses. from dropping when handle
to one side. (Heavy-duty 6 OPEN-END-ACCESS Externally adjustable relief is released.
presses only). FEATURE on 25 ton press valve for precise operator
provides additional work area control of working pressure
by mounting cylinder on is standard on all electric
134
Page
C FRAME 136

Page
H FRAME 137139
25-55 TON

Page
H FRAME 140141
100-200 TON
Horizontal pressing capabilities

Page
H FRAME 142143
80-200 TON
ROLL BED
Page
SHOP EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES 144145
10 3/8 I.D. HOSE on spring

return cylinders on heavy-duty NOTE: Certain press applications may require guarding.
Because of the multitude of possible press uses, it is Page
presses provides up to six
times faster cylinder return than impossible to design a guard that will meet every customer FLOOR CRANES 146
standard 1/4 I.D. hose. need. The end-user must provide their own guarding
11 FAST CYLINDER where the situations dictate.
APPROACH to work provided

by 2-speed hand, air or electric
pumps. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION:
12 RUGGED UPRIGHTS, 50
percent stronger than channel Power Team has protective blankets available
which may afford protection from injury to users
iron. Four post design means and others should part breakage occur. Power Page
open side for easy loading of Team recommends the use of these blankets for
long material. all pushing, pulling, pressing, and lifting applica- SPREAD-TILTER147
NOTE: Certain features do not tions. See page 213 for additional information.
apply to Power Team 10 ton,
Roll-Bed, or economy presses.
POWERTEAM.COM 135
SHOP PRESS
C Frame
25 Tons Press
Can be bench mounted or on optional
pedestal base.
Bench mount requires less than 1.5 sq.
ft. of space; on optional pedestal, only
4 sq. ft. of floor space is needed.
Open-End-Access design makes
loading and unloading of work easy.
Cylinder head adjusts to three conve-
SPM256C
nient working positions, providing up to
201/4 of daylight.
Hydraulic cylinder delivers a 61/4
stroke and is driven by a P59 two
-speed hand pump.
Pedestal Base No. 60846 Provides a

stable base for SPM256C. Includes a
bracket for mounting the pump on the
side of pedestal press. Wt., 76 lbs.
60846
,QWHUQDO *
7KUHDG * &\OLQGHU
/ 6WURNH
$ '
-
+
SHOP EQUIPMENT
. 0
R
)

P 1
'LD
+ROHV
Lower (
Bolster
& %
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H (Cyl. Retracted J K L M N P R Floor Space
(in (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in).
775/8 241/2 24 415/8 36 6 5 101/4, 151/4, 201/4 61/2 121/2 11/2 16 8 43 2 7 24 x 241/2
ORDERING INFORMATION
Capacity Type Cyl. Order Speed** Type Pump Prod.Wt.
(tons) Cyl. Used Stroke Model No. Advance Pressing Pump Model (lbs).
25 Single- 61/4 C256C SPM256C* .129 .03 Hand P59 240
Acting in./stroke in./stroke
25 Single- 61/4 C256C SPX256C* .129 .03 ___ ___ 240
Acting in./stroke in./stroke
* SPM256C and SPX256C does not include No. 60846 pedestal base.
** Typical performance based on pump specifications. Actual speeds may vary with operating conditions.
136
SHOP PRESS
H Frame
10 Tons Bench/Floor Press
Ideal for small pressing jobs: repairing small
motors, armatures, removing and installing
gears, bearings, other press-fit parts.
Bench press has 153/8 x 18 work area: floor
press bed height is adjustable from 5 to 41
with horizontal daylight of 21.
Choices of power sources: single-speed
hand pump, electric/hydraulic or
air/hydraulic.
Hydraulic gauges, hoses and fittings included.
PUMP ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SP1010A SPM1010
PE10 Series 1/4 hp, 115 volt, 60 cycle, single
phase. Also available in 230 volt, 50 cycle
(add suffix -220 to order number).
H
E
J
B
B A
SHOP EQUIPMENT
H J
E F M
A
K K
L
G D G D
C C
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K L Bench Space Floor Space
Frame (in (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in).). (in). (in). (in). (in).
Bench 241/2 331/8 251/4 73/16 153/8 22 11 4 19/16 4 73/16 x 251/4
Floor 59 675/8 251/4 28 5- 41 6 22 21/2-181/2* 4 19/16 4 28 x 281/4
*Lateral head movement
Cap. Type of Cylinder Order Speed (in./min). Type Pump Prod. Wt.
Frame (tons) Cyl. Used Stroke Model No. Advance Pressing Pump Model (lbs).
222481 Bench 10 Single-Acting 101/8 C1010C SPM1010 .06 in./stroke Hand P55 91
222480 Floor 10 Single-Acting 101/8 C1010C SPH1010 .06 in./stroke Hand P55 171
222480 Floor 10 Single-Acting 101/8 C1010C SPE1010 0.2 2.2 Elec. PE102 175
222480 Floor 10 Single-Acting 101/8 C1010C SP1010A 0.3 3.7 Air PA9H 162
222480 Floor 10 Double-Acting 10 RD1010 SPE1010D 0.2 2.2 Elec. PE104 192
Optional air/hydraulic pumps available on request.
Advance position holds pressure with motor shut off. Return position advances cylinder with motor running and returns cylinder with motor shut off.
Typical performance based on 100 psi and 10,000 psi pump specifications. Actual speeds may vary with operating conditions.
POWERTEAM.COM 137
PRESS OPEN-END-ACCESS PRESSES
Design permits use as both H frame and C
H Frame frame press; cylinder can be mounted on
frame extension to handle jobs which wont
Open-End-Access Movable
fit b
etween uprights.
Open-End- Open-end-Access press models are also available
& Economy Press Access
with remote control to enable the operator to view work
from all sides with fingertip control of cylinder
25 Ton Presses piston travel.
Off-center pressing loads of full capacity can be
applied across entire width of frame.
ECONOMY PRESSES
SPE2514
Rugged, yet reasonably priced. Handles many
Economy big press tasks, and perfect for many of the
in-between jobs you see almost daily.
Hydraulic gauge and (Note: Stroke length limited to 61/4 on
SPE256 hydraulic fittings economy models).
are included with FEATURES OF BOTH OPEN-END-ACESS
presses. AND
ECONOMY PRESSES
Press bed height easily adjustable with winch.
Bed will not drop when handle is released.
Open-end-Ac- Choice of power sources for rapid cylinder advance:
D H
cess feature
E
J
two-speed hydraulic hand pump, electric/hydraulic
K
enables cylinder or air/hydraulic.
to be mounted M Pump electricaL specifications
on outside of
PE17 Series 1/2 hp, 115 volt, 60 cycle, single phase.
F A
press frame for
PE21 Series 1 hp, 115 volt, 60 cycle, single phase.
L
Both pumps available in 230 volt, 50 cycle, add suffix
fast bearing re- Lower Bolster
-220 to order no.
SHOP EQUIPMENT
moval and more. G

B C
DIMENSIONS
A B C D* E F G H J K L M Floor Space
(in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in).
68 43 28 3 - 29 67/8 - 433/8 41/2 32 51/2 61/2 7 21/2 8 43 x 28
Cap. Type of Cylinder Order
Speed (in./min). Type Valve Pump Prod.Wt.
(tons) Cylinder Used Stroke Model No. Advance Pressing Pump Type Model (lbs).
Open-end-Access presses
25 Single-Acting 141/4 C2514C SPA2514 9.8 1.2 Air 2-Way Foot PA6 683
25 Single-Acting 141/4 C2514C SPM2514 .49 .03 Hand Load- P159 693
in./stroke in./stroke Release
25 Single-Acting 141/4 C2514C SPE2514 46.6 3.3 Elec. 2-Way PE172 665
25 Single-Acting 141/4 C2514C SPE2514S 52 4.0 Elec. 3-Way PE213S 759
25 Double-Acting 141/4 RD2514 SPE2514DS 52 4.0 Elec. 4-Way PE214S 787
Economy presses
25 Single-Acting 61/4 C256C SPA256 9.8 1.2 Air 2-Way Foot PA6 578
Solenoid valve with 24 volt remote control hand switch.

Holds pressure with motor shut off. Also has an automatic dump setting. Furnished with a 10 remote motor control.
Typical performance based on 100 psi and 10,000 psi pump specifications. Actual speeds may vary under operating conditions.
Pump standard with press. Other Power Team pumps can be substituted. dBA at idle and 10,000 psi: PE17267/81 dBA; PE21
70 dBA measured at 3 foot distance, all sides.
138
Full off-center pressing at full rated capacity PRESS
across width of upper frame without buckling
or bending.
Maximum daylight is 42 x 36, making
H Frame
positioning of even bulky work pieces easy. 55 Ton Presses
Height of press bed is easily adjusted with
winch; friction brake prevents bed from drop-
Movable
ping and handle from spinning upon release.
Presses with single-acting cylinder offer SPE5513DS
choice of 2-speed hand operated, electric/
hydraulic, or air/hydraulic pump. Models
with double-acting cylinder have an electric/
hydraulic pump. Hydraulic gauge and hydraulic
Press models equipped with remote control fittings are included with presses.
enable operator to view work from all sides
with fingertip control of cylinder piston travel.
Press can be used horizontally for special SF50
applications with user-supplied support legs.
PE17 Series 1/2 hp, 115 volt, 60 cycle, single
phase. Also available in 230 volt, 50 cycle.
PE21 Series 1 hp, 115 volt, 60 cycle, single
phase. Also available in 230 volt, 50 cycle. No. SF50 Straightening
PQ60 Series 2 hp, 230 volt, 60 cycle, single D
fixtures for use with
H
phase. Also available in 230 volt, 50 cycle. E J 55-ton shop or 80-ton
To order presses with 230 volt, 50 cycle pumps, Roll-Bed presses
add suffix -220 to order no. M M (2 ea).. Wt., 104 lbs.
Not part of press, order
L F A separately.
Lower Bolster
SHOP EQUIPMENT
G
C
DIMENSIONS B
A B C D* E F G H J L M Floor Space
(in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in).
72 48 1/2 36 31/4- 323/4 6 - 42 6 36 63/4 8 3 12 481/2 x 36
Cap. Type of Cylinder Speed (in./min). Type Valve
Order Pump Prod.Wt.
55 Single-Acting 61/4 C556C SPA556 4.5 .5 Air 2-Way Foot PA6 804
55 Single-Acting 131/4 C5513C SPM5513 .665 .026 Hand 2-Way P460 960
in./stroke in./stroke
55 Single-Acting 131/4 C5513C SPE5513S 24.4 1.9 Elec. 3-Way PE213S 1,056
55 Double-Acting 131/8 RD5513 SPE5513D 21.7 1.5 Elec. 4-Way PE174 993
55 Double-Acting 131/8 RD5513 SPE5513DS 66.1 5.4 Elec. 4-Way PQ604S 1,114
* Frame is shipped assembled.
Solenoid valve with 24 volt remote control hand switch.
Holds pressure with motor shut off. Also has an automatic dump setting. Furnished with a 10 remote motor control.
Typical performance based on 100 psi and 10,000 psi pump specifications. Actual speeds may vary with operating conditions.
Pump standard with press. Other Power Team pumps can be substituted. dBA at idle and 10,000 psi: PE17267/81; PE21
Series70; PQ6074/76; measured at 3 foot distance, all sides.
POWERTEAM.COM 139
H FRAME Cylinder workhead glides across
upper frame on rollers, locks in place
PRESSES for off-center pressing jobs. May
be used horizontally for special Movable
pressing applications with user-
100 Ton Presses supplied supports.
Press bed is raised and lowered
by winch which locks in place for
insertion of bed retaining pins.
Upper bolster can be lowered 8
for convenient positioning on
repetitive jobs.
Generous daylight of 42 x 50
accommodates bulky work pieces, SPE10013DS
uprights are placed for easy side
entry of bars or shafts for straighten-
SF150 ing or bending.
Choice of single or double-acting Hydraulic gauge and hydrau-
lic fi
ttings are included with
cylinder. Hydraulic pump options presses.
include: 2-speed hand pump with
large 2-gallon reservoir, PE172
electric/hydraulic pump or PQ
No. SF150 Straightening series Quiet electric/hydraulic
fixtures for use with 100
pump with low noise level.
ton shop press and 100, PE17 Series 1/2 hp, 115 volt, 60 cycle,
150, and 200 ton Roll- single phase. Also available in 230 volt, 50
Bed presses (2 ea).. Wt., cycle, add suffix -220 to order no.
196 lbs. Not part of press, PQ60 Series 2 hp, 230 volt, 60 cycle,
order separately. single phase. Available in 115 volt, 60
cycle and 230 volt, 50 cycle. To order
230 volt, 50 cycle, add suffix -220 to
D order no. For 115 volt consult factory.
H
SHOP EQUIPMENT
E
J PQ120 Series 3 hp, 460 volt, 60 cycle,
three phase. Available in 220/380 volt,
A 50 cycle. To order 380 volt, 50 cycle,
M add suffix -380 to order no.
F
L
G C
Lower Bolster B
DIMENSIONS
771/4 64 36 7 - 43 2 - 42 8 50 8 10 33/8 15 36 x 781/4
Cap. Type of Cylinder Order Speed (in./min). Type Valve Pump Prod. Wt.
(tons) Cyl. Used Stroke Model No. Advance Pressing Pump Type Model (lbs).
100 Single-Acting 101/4 C10010C SPM10010 .356 .01 Hand 3-way P460 1,698
in./stroke in./stroke
100 Single-Acting 101/4 C10010C SPE10010 35 2.9 Elec. 3-way PQ603 1,795
100 Single-Acting 101/4 C10010C SPE10010R 11.5 .8 Elec. 2-way PE172 1,690
100 Double-Acting 131/8 RD10013 SPE10013DS 35 5.8 Elec. 4-way* PQ1204S 1,886
Frame is shipped assembled. *Solenoid valve with 24 volt remote control hand switch.
Pump standard with press. Other Power Team pumps can be substituted.
dBA at idle and 10,000 psi: PE17267/81; PQ6074/76; PQ12073/78. Measured at 3 foot distance, all sides.
140
Standing 71/2-feet tall, these giants handle H FRAME
the really big jobs. May be used horizontally
for special pressing applications with
user-supplied supports.
PRESSES
Workhead has wide horizontal travel;
rugged press frame withstands load of 150-200 Ton Presses
rated capacity across full width of frame.
Winch mechanism provides easy position- Movable
ing of press bed, locks in place for
insertion of retaining pins. Upper bolster
can be lowered 11 for convenient
positioning on repetitive jobs.
Uprights are placed for easy side entry
of bars or shafts for straightening or
bending.
Fast cylinder approach is provided by
PQ1204S Quiet electric/hydraulic pump.
SPE20013DS
Has remote control hand switch, enabling
operator to view work from all sides with
fingertip control of cylinder piston travel.
Hydraulic gauge and hydraulic fit-
PUMP ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS tings are included with presses.
PQ120 Series 3 hp, 460 volt, 60 cycle,

three phase. Also available in 220/380 volt,
50 cycle, add suffix -380 to order no.
NOTE: To order press with 230 volt, 60 cycle, single

phase pump, order press less PQ1204S. Order pump No.
PQ604S separately.
D
E H
SHOP EQUIPMENT
J
A
M
F
L
G C Lower Bolster
B
DIMENSIONS
90 71 44 11 - 39 9 - 433/4 11 50 121/2 15 41/8 18 44 x 71
apacity Type of
C Cylinder Speed (in./min).
Order Type Valve Pump Prod. Wt.
(tons) Cylinder Used Stroke Model No. Advance Pressing Pump Type Model*** (lbs).
150 Double-Acting 131/8 RD15013 SPE15013DS 24 3.9 Electric* 4-way** PQ1204S 3,015
200 Double-Acting 131/8 RD20013 SPE20013DS 18 2.9 Electric* 4-way** PQ1204S 3,276
Frame is shipped assembled.
* Pre-wired at factory for 460V.
** Solenoid valve with 24 volt remote control hand switch.
*** Pump standard with press. Other Power Team pumps can be substituted. dBA at idle and 10,000 psi: 73/78, measured at 3 foot distance, all sides.
POWERTEAM.COM 141
ROLL-BED
PRESS
80-200 Ton
H Frame
RB10013S
Hydraulic gauge and

hydraulic fittings are in-
cluded with presses.
Heavy-Duty Straightening Fixtures
Movable
No. SF50 Fixtures for No. SF150 Fixtures for use

use with 80-ton Roll-Bed with 100-, 150- and 200-
SHOP EQUIPMENT
presses or 55-ton heavy-duty ton Roll-Bed presses and

shop presses. (2 ea).. Wt. 100-ton shop presses only
104 lbs. Not part of press, (1 pr).. Wt. 196 lbs. Not part of
order separately. press, order separately.
The original, patented Roll-Bed PRESS FEATURES: Optional heavy-duty straightening

design. Bed rolls out for easy loading Roll-Bed design Bed glides in or
fixtures Make straightening jobs
and unloading with a crane or other out on bearings to make loading and easy and accurate to within .004!
lifting device. unloading fast and easy. Rollers are ball bearing mounted and
Movable workhead glides easily side- Adjustable lower bed width For handle raises or lowers for easy
to-side for full off-center load capacity secure balancing and centering of turning of the work.
across width of upper frame. heavy jobs. Loosen adjusting bolts to PUMP ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Daylight is 501/2 x 60 for 80- and adjust bed from 4 to more than 27.
100-ton models; 511/4 x 64 on PQ120 Series 3 hp, 460 volt,
See dimension H.
150- and 200-ton presses. 60 cycle, three phase. Available in
Movable workhead For off-
Fast approach of double-acting, 220/380 volt, 50 cycle, add suffix
center pressing jobs, workhead
131/8 stroke cylinder is provided -380 to order no.
moves on bearings across upper
by PQ1204S Quiet electric/ bolster. Presses can be used at full NOTE: To order press with a 230 volt, 60
hydraulic pump with remote control cycle, single phase pump, order press
capacity, regardless of where less PQ1204S. Order pump No. PQ604S
hand switch. Operator can view workhead is placed. separately.
work from all sides with fingertip Lifting mechanism Simply turn
control of cylinder piston travel. NOTE: Different voltage and valve
crank handle to raise or lower upper options can be obtained by substituting
bolster. Screw mechanism raises or certain PA, PE or PQ series pumps.
lowers both sides evenly (a heavy- Consult the factory.
duty 1/2 drill motor can replace
handle for automatic adjustment).
Four locking pins hold bolster in
place for pressing.
142
Lifting screw and Bearings make bed Lever lowers Cylinder is easily moved
locking pins make positioning smooth bed for press- across width of upper bolster.
bolster raising a one- and easy. ing, raises it for
man job. rolling.
F
E
G
A J
K
Width adjusts from 4 to over 27;
is secured with locking bolts. H
SHOP EQUIPMENT
M M
D
L L
C B
Lower Bolster
DIMENSIONS
Cap A B C D E F G H J K L M Floor Space
Tons (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in). (in).
80 1125/8 641/4 501/2 27 12 - 60 141/2 - 36 3 4 - 271/4 8 361/2 33/8 15 641/4 x 601/2
100 1125/8 641/4 501/2 27 12 - 60 141/2 - 36 3 4 - 271/4 8 361/2 33/8 15 641/4 x 601/2
150 1231/4 681/4 511/4 30 9 - 64 137/8 - 373/8 3 4 - 271/8 11 371/4 41/8 18 681/4 x 631/4
200 1231/4 681/4 511/4 30 9 - 64 151/8 - 361/8 3 4 - 271/8 11 371/4 41/8 18 681/4 x 631/4
Capacity Type of Cylinder Order Speed (in./min). Type Valve Pump Prod. Wt.
80 Double-Acting 131/8 RD8013 RB8013S 46 7.5 Elec. 4-way* PQ1204S 2,886
* Solenoid valve with 24 volt remote control hand switch.
Frame is shipped assembled.
Pump standard with press. Other Power Team pumps can be substituted. dBA at idle and 10,000 psi: PQ120-73/78; measured at 3 foot
distance, all sides.
Typical performance based on 100 psi and 10,000 psi pump specifications. Actual speeds may vary with operating conditions. 3,000 lbs.
maximum load can be supported on bed when raised on the rollers.
POWERTEAM.COM 143
SHOP PRESS Set No. TPP200
Accessories
Rubber Tire Removing/Installing set TBP1622

Now an easy way to press solid rubber 16 x 22 x 2
tires. The TPP200 uses plates instead of

combination rings to press a rim from an
old tire into a new one. Plates are stacked
so none is more than 2 in. smaller than
the one under it to keep the plates from
bending. They can be used on any Power
Team press with 55-ton capacity or more.
TPP1 TPP13 TPS6
NOTE: Many tires require 100 tons of 37/8 175/8 x 3/4 33/4 x 6
force or more, depending on tire size and
condition. These plates withstand max.
force of 150 tons. Set No. TPP200
No. TPP200 Tire press plate set. In- Order No. Tire Size I.D. Plate O.D.
cludes 13 press plates, spacer pushing TPP1 4 37/8
adapter and press bed plate. For use on TPP2 5 47/8
solid rubber tires from 4 to 173/4 I.D. TPP3 6, 61/4 57/8
TPP4 61/2 63/8
TPP5 8 77/8
TPP6 10 97/8
TPP7 101/2 103/8
TPP8 111/4 111/8
Pressing rim into TPP9 12, 121/8 117/8
new tire on Power TPP10 14 137/8
Team Press. TPP11 15 147/8
SHOP EQUIPMENT
TPP12 16 157/8
TPP13 173/4 175/8
TPS6 Spacer/Pushing
Adapter 33/4 x 6
T BP1622 Bed Plate 16 x 22 x 2
PRESS ACCESSORIES, V BLOCKS & THREADED ADAPTERS
V-BLOCKS (in). THREADED ADAPTER DIMENSIONS (in).

Order Width Length Thick Angle Adapter
No. A B C D No. A B C D
1890 2 9 11/4 38597 1- 8 1- 8 3
/4 15/16
1891 21/2 111/2 13/4 38953 11/4 - 7 11/2 - 16 23/4 43/8
1892 31/2 14 2 120 37368 1 /8 - 5 /2 111/16 21/2
5 1
1893 5 14 11/2 43562 21/4 - 12 21/4 3

207395 53/4 23 21/2 38954 15/8 - 51/2 111/16 - 8 31/4 43/16
43563 21/4 - 12 23/4 - 12 21/4 33/16
46070 2 /4 - 12
1
2 - 4 /2 21/4 33/16
1
144
Press Accessory Kit
Make your Power Team press even more
versatile with one of these accessory
sets. These sets will eliminate makeshift
set-ups. Many of these items can be used
with pullers you already have.
A B C D E F G
SHOP EQUIPMENT
A B C D E F G
Use V-Throat Threaded Adapter
With Order Press Pushing Pushing V-Pushing Single- Double- Pushing
Press: No. Plate V-Blocks Adapter Adapter Adapter Acting Cyls. Acting Cyls. Adapter
201923 201454 Included in Set
10 Ton SPA10 1888 1890 (Pr). 34806
1/2 dia. shank 3
/4 dia. shank 38597 38597
34510 34511 Not Included
25 Ton SPA25 1889 1891 (Pr). 34807
Not Included Order Separately

/4 dia. shank 3
1 dia. shank Order Separately 38953 38953
Not Included
34755 34756
55 Ton SPA55 1892 (Pr). 34808 Order Separately
1 dia. shank 1 /2 dia. shank
1
37368 38954
Not Included
80/100 SPA100 1893**(Pr). 36469 Order Separately 21332
Ton 43562 43563
46070 *** 46070
150/200 SPA200 207395 44458 44457 None*
Ton (Pr). 21/4 dia. shank
* Pushing adapters thread directly into RD15013 and RD20013 cylinders.

** V-blocks, No. 1893, are recommended for use with 80-ton Roll-Bed press. Not recommended for use with 100-ton Roll-Bed press.
*** For 80-ton Roll-Bed press.
NOTE: Individual press accessories may be ordered separately.
CAUTION: Pushing adapters are designed for use with specific shaft sizes, and depending on the condition of the shaft ends, the
adapter may not w
ithstand the full press tonnage. Always use a protective blanket or other suitable guard when pressing.
POWERTEAM.COM 145
MOBILE FLOOR
CRANES
2200-4400 lbs.
Piston rod
FC2200
is ground
and hard
chrome
plated.
U.S. Patent No. 3,367,512
Patented 1969 Canada
Load-lowering valve
provides controlled descent.
Crane is locked
in position when
Adjustable Pump has a wheels are lifted.
Legs safety relief valve.
2,200 lbs. and 4,400 lbs. capacity

with space-saving fold-away
feature
SHOP EQUIPMENT
DIMENSIONS
FC2200* FC4400*
Cap., boom ret. (lbs). 2,200 4,400
Cap., boom ext. (lbs). 1,650 3,300
A Max. boom hgt., (ret). 107 111
B Max. boom hgt., (ext). 117 122
C Overall hgt., boom horiz. 80 82
D Overall length 83 89
E Min. throat width 24 25
F Inside leg length 54 571/2 Adjustable legs spread to clear obstacles,
G Eff. boom reach (ret). 33 351/2 telescoping boom for extra reach. Rugged
H Eff. boom reach (ext). 48 501/2 construction, reliable hydraulics.
J Inside leg width 24 - 36 - 48 26 - 40 - 521/2 Boom collapses completely and legs fold for
(3-position) (3-position) compact storage.
K Leg height 8 91/2 2-speed hydraulic hand pump provides fast boom
L Dolly wheel diameter 5 5 travel and precise operator controlled descent.
M Wheel diameter 6 8 Roller bearing wheels and a steering dolly provide
N Caster diameter 6 6 ease of mobility. Lifting chain is included.
Floor space, folded 27 x 38 31 x 42 No. FC4400 4,400 lbs. cap. crane with
Height, folded 79 86 fold-away feature, adj. leg spread, lifting chain and
2-speed hand pump. Wt., 646 lbs.
146
FLOOR CRAIN
ACCESSORIES
SPREAD-TILTER
Spread-Tilter
2000-6000 lbs.
Tilter LR6000
6,000 Lbs. Capacity
LR2000 LR4000
2,000 Lbs. 4,000 Lbs.
Cap. Cap.
SHOP EQUIPMENT
Whenever you have big, heavy components

to move or position, nothing helps you get
the job done easier and faster than the 6,000 lb.
Tilter.
For lifting or positioning components, Power $QJOHDGMXVWPHQWXSWRSRVVLEOH
Teams heavy duty lifting slings are just right.
The heavy-duty Load-Rotors, when used 0LQ0D[
with a crane or hoist, greatly reduce time and
effort.
A self-locking worm and gear set in the

Spread-Tilter head permits rapid angle

adjustment of the component being handled.

* Note: not to be used for overhead lifting. 7KHZRUNLQJOHQJWKLVDGMXVWDEOHLQWKUHH
SRVLWLRQVIURPWR0D[LPLXP
FKDLQDQJOHLV
Chain Chain Lg. W/ Lifting Hex Gear Product
Capacity Order Size Swivel Hooks Eye Opening Drive End Ratio Wt.
(lbs). No. (in). (in). (in). (in). (lbs).
2000 LR2000 1
/4 56 11/4 5
/8 34:1 9
4000 LR4000 5
/16 65 13/4 5
/8 82:1 23
6000 LR6000 5
/16 65 15/8 5
/8 82:1 73
POWERTEAM.COM 147
JACKS
JACKS
Weight Capacity (Ton) And Stroke (Inches)

Series Description Pg 1.1 2 3 3.6 5 5.5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 15 (In Tons)
Bottle Jack Standard 150 4.5 4.5 4.75 4.75 5.875 6.125
Bottle Jack Low Profile 151 3.75
Toe Jacks Standard 152 8.25 9.25
Toe Jacks Economy 153 4.875 4.875 5.875
Bottle Jacks Telescoping 154 12 10.3 10 7.125
Bottle Jacks Sidewinder 155 .75/1.5 1.1875
SJ Post Tension/Stressing Jacks 157
IJ Inflatable Jacks 158 2.7 4.7 6.3 8.8
PL High Tonnage Portable Jack RR 160
PM High Tonnage Portable Jack 162
148
Page Page
BOTTLE JACKS150 155
2-110 TON SIDEWINDER JACKS
Page Page
151 156
LOW PROFILE MAINTENANCE SETS
BOTTLE JACKS
Page
12-30 TON
157
Page POST TENSION JACKS
152 20-30 TON
TOE JACKS
Page
5 1/ 2 - 27 1/ 2 TON
158-159
Page INFLATABLE JACKS
ECONOMY TOE 1-74 TON
JACKS 153
Page
2-10 TON
160-163
Page PORTABLE
154 HIGH TONNAGE
TELESCOPING JACKS RAILROAD JACKS
BOTTLE JACKS
JACKS
20 22 23.8 27.5 30 33 34 46.3 50 55 60 74.6 100 110 150

6.25 6.125 6.25 5.625 6.75 6.125
3.375 3.125
9.1875

1.1875
8.5/10 8.5/10
12 14 16.4 20.5
14 14
13.125 13.125 18.125
POWERTEAM.COM 149
BOTTLE JACKS
2-110 Ton
Portable Hydraulic Power 9112A
9030A
9008A
INDUSTRIAL LIFTING AND The 9110B, 9015B, 9022B and Serrated or contoured saddles help
PUSHING APPLICATIONS. 9033B feature a beveled base which stabilize the load for a safer lift.
allows the jack to follow the load, All jacks meet ASME B30.1 stan-
Choose from this complete line of
premium quality, standard bottle reducing the chance of dangerous dards and carry the Power Team
jacks. Ideal for use in any number side-loading. Powerthon Lifetime Warranty.
of industrial lifting and pushing Many jacks feature screw extensions. 110-ton jack features dual pumps for
applications. All jacks can be used in the v ertical, time-saving two-speed operation.
angled or horizontal positions.
ORDERING INFORMATION*
Retracted Length Height No. Pump Pump Handle
JACKS
Height of Screw w/Screw Strokes to Saddle Base Handle Effort at Product

Cap. Stroke Order Min. Ext. Ext. Ext. Piston Dia. Size Length Rated Cap. Carry Weight
Tons (in.) Number (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) Handle (lbs.)
2 41/2 9002A 71/8 115/16 139/16 5 1 411/32 x 29/16 121/4 75 No 4.8
3 41/2 9003A 71/2 23/8 143/8 10 11/8 41/2 x 227/32 191/4 45 No 5.8
5 43/4 9005A 77/8 23/4 153/8 12 13/8 53/16 x 3 217/16 55 No 8
8 43/4 9008A 77/8 23/4 153/8 18 11/2 6 x 31/2 2313/16 75 No 12.1
12 5 /8 9112A 9 /2
7 1
3 /8 18 /2 26 1 /8 6 /2 x 4 /16 2313/16 60 Yes 17.5
1 1 7 1 3
15 61/8 9015B 91/16 41/2 197/8 27 23/8 51/8 x 51/2 279/16 90 No 18.3
20 61/4 9120A 105/8 35/8 201/2 22 2 73/16 x 51/16 311/2 70 Yes 28.5
22 6 /8 9022B 9 /16
1 7
4 /16 20 /2 36 2 /8 6 /2 x 6 /16 279/16 90 Yes 23.6
5 1 3 1 5
30 6 /4 9030A 11 171/4 35 23/8 79/16 x 59/16 393/8 50 Yes 41.2

1
33 55/8 9033B 97/16 43/16 193/4 56 29/16 71/4 x 615/16 279/16 88 Yes 32
50 63/4 9050A 12 183/4 35 3 95/16 x 73/8 393/8 85 Yes 78
110 61/8 9110B 1113/16 1715/16 40/160 43/8 133/8 x 117/16 279/16 79 Yes 154.3
*See current price list for shipping weights.
Comes with a Beveled Base.
2 Speed: Rapid advance40 strokes; Lift mode160 strokes.
150
BOTTLE JACKS
Low Profile
12, 20 & 30 Ton
9020A
9130A
9012A
THE RIGHT CHOICE FOR THOSE

LOWER CLEARANCE JOBS.
JACKS
All the quality, features and lifting All jacks meet ASME B30.1 All jacks operate both vertically
capacity of the standard jacks in standards and carry the Power and horizontally for use in a variety
short form. The 12-ton and 20-ton Team Powerthon Lifetime War- of lifting, pushing and spreading
models feature screw extensions ranty. applications.
for added versatility.
Retracted Length Height No. Pump Pump Handle
Height of Screw w/Screw Strokes to Saddle Handle Effort at Product
Cap. Stroke Order Min. Ext. Ext. Ext. Piston Dia. Base Size Length Rated Cap. Carry Weight
Tons (in.) Number (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) Handle (lbs.)
12 33/4 9012A 63/4 3 131/2 26 17/8 61/2 x 43/16 2313/16 60 Yes 14
20 33/8 9020A 71/8 19/16 12 22 2 73/16 x 51/16 311/2 70 Yes 22.2
30 31/8 9130A 71/8 101/4 35 23/8 79/16 x 59/16 393/8 50 Yes 30.2
* See current price list for shipping weights.
2 Speed: Rapid advance40 strokes; Lift mode160 strokes.
POWERTEAM.COM 151
TOE JACKS
5 . 5 , 1 1 & 2 7 . 5 T o n
GET UNDER EQUIPMENT

WITH ONLY 1 1/ 16 OF
GROUND CLEARANCE.
J259T J109T J58T
With lifting points on the toe and
on the top, these extremely rugged
jacks are ideal for machine lifting,
rigging, lift truck service and much
more.
Choose from 5.5-ton, 11-ton, and Meets ASME B30.1 standard
now, an amazing 27.5-ton lifting
capacity jack.
All jacks operate both vertically
and horizontally.
Base, toe and pumping assembly
swivel independently, allowing the
jack to work in confined areas.
JACKS
The J Series Toe Jack is an extremely rugged

jack used here for lift truck service.
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J
Order Ret. Ext. Ret. Ext.
Number (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
J58T 11/16 93/8 143/4 23 141/2 173/4 213/16 23/16 615/16 15/8 51/8
J109T 11/16 103/8 161/2 253/4 141/2 173/4 3 23/16 77/32 21/2 63/4
J259T 21/8 113/8 197/8 291/16 81/4 293/4 53/4 4 101/2 31/2 105/8
Strokes Handle Effort
to Extend at Max Product
Cap. Max Lift Order Piston Load Carry Wt.
Tons Stroke Number 1 in. (lbs.) Handle (lbs.)
51/2 81/4 J58T 8 83.9 Yes 43
11 91/4 J109T 13 88 Yes 64
271/2 93/16 J259T 21 88 Yes 203
152
TOE JACKS
Economy
J106T 2, 5 & 10 Ton
J55T
J24T JUST THE POWER YOU NEED

AT A PRICE YOU CAN AFFORD.
Meets ASME B30.1 standard
These bottle jack-style toe jacks Spring return is an added

are loaded with many of the feature on the larger jacks.
same features as our standard Swiveling pump handle
bottle jacks, but the toe-lift assembly available on the
feature and swiveling pump 5 and 10-ton models. The
handle socket make them swiveling jack assembly allows
ideal for machinery lifting and you to access and pump the unit
positioning. from numerous positions.
An internal pressure relief
provides added safety by limiting
the jacks lifting capability to the
capacity of the toe.
DIMENSIONS JACKS
A B
Order Ret. Ext. Ret. Ext. C D E F
Number (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
J24T 5
/8 51/2 91/4 14 17/8 71/8 2 415/16
J55T 1 57/8 111/2 163/8 17/8 101/8 3 71/4
J106T 11/4 71/8 127/8 183/4 21/2 111/2 315/16 91/2
Strokes to Handle Effort Product
Cap. Max Lift Order Extend Piston at Max Load Carry Wt.
Tons Stroke Number 1 in. (lbs.) Handle (lbs.)
2 43/4 J24T 14 42 Yes 18.3
5 47/8 J55T 22 60 Yes 53
10 57/8 J106T 31 73 Yes 83.8
POWERTEAM.COM 153
BOTTLE JACKS
Telescoping
6-15 Ton
9013X
9011X
THESE JACKS OFFER
GREATER EXTENDED
L IFTING CAPABILITY.
9006X
Telescoping jacks offer all of the eliminating the need to lift, crib, lift, etc. The taller 9006X, 9011X and 9013X
quality features and capabilities of In most applications, the user can place all feature a unique beveled base that
the standard bottle jack line with the jack once and complete the lift. allows the jack to follow the load
a bonus. The super-long stroke of laterally as it is raised, greatly reduc-
these jacks saves time and effort by ing side-loading of the piston.
JACKS
Retracted Length Height No. Pump Base Size Pump Handle
Height of Screw w/Screw Strokes to Saddle Beveled Handle Effort at Product
Order Cap. Stroke Min. Ext. Ext. Ext. Piston Dia. Base Length Rated Cap. Carry Weight
Number Tons (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) Handle (lbs.)
9006X 6 12 81/2 201/2 14 13/4 43/4 x 51/4 279/16 79 No 14
9011X 11 10.3 77/8 211/16 207/8 25 15/8 65/16 x 61/2 279/16 88 No 19.5
9013X 13 10 91/16 35/16 227/16 35 17/8 615/16 x 75/16 279/16 79 Yes 25
154
SIDEWINDER JACKS
9220A Mini Jacks
5-20 Ton
9210A
COMPACT SIDEWINDER MINI

JACK FITS IN YOUR PALM
AND DELIVERS 5, 10 & 20
TONS OF LIFTING FORCE.
9105A 9205A
Retracted height of just 29/16 for The perfect addition to any toolbox,
the smallest jack and 51/8 for the this remarkable little jack has
20 ton, allows you to slip this jack multiple uses that are limited only
into the narrowest of crevices. by your imagination. Use it as a jack
Jacks operate either horizontally or a spreader. Use it to turn your
JACKS
or vertically. Handles function in line mechanical gear puller (puller
with base for easier use in confined capacity must match jack capac-
spaces. ity) into a hydraulic puller. Use it
vertically or horizontally in limited
clearance situations.
Retracted Pump Handle
Height Max No. Pump Saddle Handle Effort at Product
Order Stroke Min. Height Strokes to Dia. Base Size Length Rated Cap. Carry Weight
Number (in.) Number (in.) (in.) Ext. Piston (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) Handle (lbs.)
9105A 5 3
/4 21/2 33/8 30 19/64 229/32 Dia. 97/16 57 No 4.2
9205A 5 11/2 31/2 51/8 38 19/64 229/32 Dia. 97/16 57 No 5.3
9210A 10 1 /16 3
4 /4
3
5 /8 36 121/32 421/64 Dia.
7
1721/64 62 No 12.1
9 220A 20 13/16 51/8 65/16 46 25/64 423/32 Dia. 2313/16 77 No 17.6
POWERTEAM.COM 155
MAINTENANCE SETS IM10E IM10H
Hydraulic System
Components
APPLICATION FLEXIBILITY
Matched hydraulic system components,

adapters and hydraulic spreader, con-
tained in a rugged carrying and storage
case.
Portable sets are ideal for pushing, pull-
ing, lifting, straightening, or clamping at
remote job sites.
Cylinders in set are rated at 10
tons at 10,000 psi. Set components
are designed for full rated capacity
of cylinders.
Set IM10H/IM10L includes hand
operated pump. Set IM10E includes
the Quarter Horse electrically driven
portable power unit.
CONTENTS OF SET IM10E CONTENTS OF SET IM10H IM10L
JACKS
Description Part No. Description Part No. Part No.

Hydraulic spreader HS2000 Hydraulic spreader HS2000 HS2000
Hand pump (electric) PE102 Hand pump P59 P59L
10,000 psi hyd. gauge 9041 10,000 psi hyd. gauge 9041 9041
Tee adapter 9670 Tee adapter 9670 9670
Hose & coupler assembly 9754 Hose & coupler assembly 9754 9754
90 V base 25395 90 V base 25395 25395
Threaded coupler 25664 Threaded coupler 25664 25664
Serrated saddle 31772 Serrated saddle 31772 31772
Flat base 32325 Flat base 32325 32325
Extension rod - 5 length 350897 Extension rod - 5 length 350897 350897
Cyl. support base 420062 Cyl. support base 420062 420062
Cyl. assy, 10 ton, 101/8 stroke C1010CBT Cyl. assy, 10 ton, 61/8 stroke C106CBT C106CBT
Cyl. assy, 10 ton, 61/8 stroke C106CBT Storage box* 350722 350722
Storage box* 350722 Prod. Weight Prod. Weight
Prod. Weight 106 lbs. 89 lbs. 81 lbs.
* Actual product may differ from photo.
156
POST TENSION
& Stressing Jacks
SJ2010
SJ3010 20 & 30 Ton
SJ2010DA
SJ3010DA
Power Team Monostrand lengths are available on special assembly easily replaced with Standard double-acting units
Stressing Jacks are the most order. optional 6 nose assembly. have an 81/2 stroke; others
durable in the industry. Dead-end seaters for pro- The jack of choice for high- available on special order.
Ideally suited for work on slab- duction work and field work rise and elevated work, thanks Specially designed Power
on-grade where dirt, heat and available on special order. to fast return time and light Team Control Valves are avail-
high volume use take their toll. (Part #400120) weight. able for post tensioning jacks.
Available in single or double- Service repair is simple; com- All hydraulic fluid controls are See pages 129.
acting models. ponents are long lasting and internal; more efficient and
Standard single-acting units easily replaced. safer operation during tension-
have a 10 stroke. Other stroke 3 detachable seater nose ing and retraction.
Cyl. Recommended Oil Strand Internal

Cap. Stroke Order Pumps for this Capacity Diameter Seater Pressure Tons at Weight
Description Tons (in.) Number Stressing Jack (cu. in.) (in.) Type at Capacity 10,000 psi (lbs.)
Post tension jack with spring, 20 10 SJ2010 PE554P/PE604T 45.2 .375-.50 Spring 8,948 22.4 55
seater 0.50 strand.
Post tension jack with power 20 10 SJ2010P PE554PT/PE604PT 45.2 .375-.50 Power 8,948 22.4 55
seater, 0.50 strand.
Double-acting post tension jack 20 81/2 SJ2010DA PE554PT/PE604PT 53.0 .375-.50 Power 7,575 26.4 42
with power seater, 0.50 strand.
Post tension jack with spring 30 10 SJ3010 PE554P/PE604T 63.6 .375-.60 Spring 9,549 31.4 76
Post tension jack with power 30 10 SJ3010P PE554PT/PE604PT 63.6 .375-.60 Power 9,549 31.4 76
JACKS
Double-acting post tension jack 30 81/2 SJ3010DA PE554PT/PE604PT 67.6 .375-.60 Power 7,554 39.7 52
with power seater, 0.60 strand.
STRESSING JACK ACCESSORIES AND HOSESORDERING INFORMATION
Used with 3 3 6 6 3/8 7/16 1/2 19/32 Gripper

Stressing Nose Wedge Nose Wedge Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Replacement Retainer Plate
Jack Piece Seater Piece Seater Gripper Set Gripper Set Gripper Set Gripper Set Gripper Handle (2 used)
SJ2010 252564 252562 252759 252763 252568 252761 252567 NA 252570 252565
SJ2010P 252564 252562 252759 252763 252568 252761 252567 NA 252570 252565
SJ2010DA 252543 252542 252760 252764 252650 252762 252555 NA 252556 252544
SJ3010 252564 252562 252759 252763 252568 252761 252567 252569 252570 252565
SJ3010P 252564 252562 252759 252763 252568 252761 252567 252569 252570 252565
SJ3010DA 253363 253361 253364 253362 253390 NA 253391 253365 252556 252544
No. 9758 Hose - 10 ft. rubber, wire-braid (2-ply, 20,000 psi burst rating) 3/8 NPTF male hose ends
No. 9763 Hose - 10 ft. rubber, wire-braid (2-ply, 20,000 psi burst rating) 3/8 x 1/4 NPTF male hose ends
POWERTEAM.COM 157
INFLATABLE JACKS
13-74 Ton
IJSeries Inflatable
Air Jacks
BE SAFE!
INSPECT BEFORE AND AFTER
EACH USE.
REPLACE IF ANY SIGNS OF
DEGRADATION OR WEAR THAT
MAY AFFECT SAFETY OR
PERFORMANCE.
STORE PROPERLY.
The non-skid space-age reinforced inflatable jack is A

perfect for many applications.
B
Uninflated jacks are less than 1 thick, The top and bottom surface of the jack has a
making lifting tasks in small spaces skid resistant, interlocking pattern to assist in C
seem routine. alignment of two jacks being used together.
Constructed of non-conducting, high quality Single jack controller with dead man
rubber material with multi-layer aramid fiber control (part no. 350090) can be used
Maximum Effective Lifting Area
reinforcement. individually or in multiples to regulate
the number of jacks desired. All lifting capacities mentioned in the
Samples of jacks are pressure tested to 20
charts are measured at the maximum
bar and cycle tested (10,000 inflate/ deflate Heavy attachment handles are provided on
effective lifting area (A). As the jack is
cycles at 8 bar for 10,000 inflate/deflate the two largest jacks for attachment of a rope
inflated (B), this effective area decreases
cycles). or hook to help in positioning the jack.
(C) due to the rounded shape of the jack.
The controller, shut-off and air hoses Inflation hose system is color-coded Lifting capacity also decreases (see per-
are all equipped with an industrial inter- (red and yellow) for easy recognition formance chart).
change style quick disconnect air cou- when using more than one jack.
JACKS
pler. Female half coupler bodies have a The jacks can be used at ambient tem-
locking collar to help the operator avoid peratures of -20C (-4F) to + 50C
accidentally disconnecting the jack (+122F).
while under load.
Stack up to two jacks together to

increase effective lifting height.
PERFORMANCE
110 800
100 IJ119T (11.2 Tons)
700
Lifting capacity (kN)
90
Lifting capacity (kN)
600 IJ7520T (75.3 Tons)

80
70 500
60 IJ4516T (44.9 Tons)
IJ66T (5.6 Tons) 400
50 IJ3615T (35.9 Tons)
40 300
IJ45T (3.6 Tons)
30 200 IJ2211T (22.5 Tons)
20
10 IJ13T (1.1Tons) 100
0 0
mm 0 50 100 150 200 250 mm 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
in 0 2.5" 5" 7.5" 10" in 0 2.5" 5" 7.5" 10" 12.5" 15" 17.5" 20" 20.5"
Lifting height Lifting height
158
* NOTE: 350090 air controller may be used individually to control one jack (see single
line system), or in multiples to control additional jacks (see dual line system).
Multi-layer aramid
construction Non-skid pattern
350090*
350208
350209
Field re- Sealed vulcanized 307159 350207

placeable nipple
nipple
Non-conducting
material
250343 250353 250682 15235 250341 250342
No. 307159 Pressure reducing valve. No. 350208 Air hose. Red, 30 long. In- No. 250682 Female quick coupler. 1/4 in-
Allows use of bottled gases to operate jacks cludes No. 250341 female and No. 250342 dustrial interchange x 1/4 NPT male.
(works on CGA-580 Nitrogen/Argon/Helium male quick coupler. Wt., 6.0 lbs. Wt., 0.1 lb.
bottles). Contains standard bottle fitting on No. 350209 Air hose. Same as 350208, No. 15235 Connector 1/8 NPT male x 1/4
inlet and 1/4 industrial interchange (female) except blue in color. Wt., 6.0 lbs. NPT female. Wt., 0.1 lb.
outlet. Wt., 4 lbs.
No. 250343 Female quick coupler. 1/4 No. 250341 Female quick coupler. 1/4 in-
No. 350090 Air controller for single jack. industrial interchange x 1/8 NPT female. Wt., dustrial x 3/8 I.D. hose. Wt., 0.5 lb.
Equipped with relief valve and pressure 0.1 lb.
gauge. Wt., 1.9 lbs. No. 250342 Male Quick coupler.
No. 250353 Male quick coupler. 1/4 3
/8 I.D. Hose. Wt., 0.1 lb.
No. 350207 Shut-off hose with shut-off industrial interchange x 1/8 NPT male. Wt.,
valve and pressure relief valve. Includes a 0.1 lb.
female and male quick coupler. Wt., 0.7 lb.
350208 (Red Hose )
350207 350090
350209 (Blue Hose)
Assembly Assembly 307159
350208 (Red Hose )
350209 (Blue Hose)
250353
Inert
Gas
Bottle
350207 350208 (Red Hose )

Assembly 350209 (Blue Hose)
JACKS
350090
Assembly
350207 350208 (Red Hose ) 250353 307159

Assembly 350209 (Blue Hose) 350208 (Red Hose )
350209 (Blue Hose)
Inert
Gas
Bottle
Lifting Lifting Air Water Product
Cap. Height Order Volume Volume Length Width Thickness Weight
(lbs.) (in.) Number (cu.ft.) (gal.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
2,248 3.1 I J 13T 0.12 0.18 6 6 0.87 1.3
7,194 5.1 I J 45T 0.57 0.48 9 9 0.87 3.3
11,240 5.9 I J 66T 0.80 0.66 11 11 0.87 4.4
22,480 8.5 I J 119T 2.70 2.24 15 15 0.98 9
44,960 11.4 I J 2211T 6.67 5.55 20 20 0.98 15.5
71,930 15.0 I J 3615T 15.89 13.00 26 26 0.98 29
89,920 15.9 I J 4516T 19.70 16.38 28 28 0.98 33
150,610 20.5 I J 7520T 42.59 35.40 36 36 0.98 53
POWERTEAM.COM 159
PORTABLE
100 TON JACKS 5 position
adjustable
Railroad Edition handle.
Aluminum
Cribbing blocks
storage rack.
Wide base cylinder design for stability. Aluminum

Double-acting cylinder with locking collar. extensions. 20 Ft Remote
The bottom of the cylinder is a bolted joint, for user safety
using the base plate as part of the cylinder. This and control.
will allow for service of even the oldest or most
abused jacks.
Cribbing storage rack location is such that it
allows easy access during cribbing placement Wide base
and removal. Cylinder.
Remote operation (20 ft. remote) for user Counter-balance
safety and control. valve provides
Cylinder bolted controlled
Easy to maneuver, large tires and small footprint
(8 x) to base plate lowering of jack.
make it easy to get into tight spaces.
(2.5" Thick)
Adjustable handle, easy to position the
jack under loads. 16" foam-
filled tires.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Low Pressure Pump High Pressure Pump Current Draw
Internal
Flow Flow at Max Internal Unload Relief
Type of (cu. in/ Pressure (cu. in/ Pressure Relief Settings Pressure Pressure Tank
Pump min.) (PSI) min.) (PSI) (AMPS) (PSI) (PSI) (GAL) Valving
Electric 440 48 10,000 25 4W3P Tandem

440 540-780 10,000 2
Air 330 30 10,000 NA Center Manual
* Electric pump is powered by a 110/115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase motor
ORDERING INFORMATION - JACKS

A
Order Stroke Retracted Height
Number Description (in) (in)
RJ100T24E Jack, 100 Ton RR 24" Ret, Elect 14 24
RJ100T37E Jack, 100 Ton RR 37" Ret, Elect 27 37
RJ100T24A Jack, 100 Ton RR 24" Ret Air 14 24
RJ100T37A Jack, 100 Ton RR 37" Ret Air 27 37
RJ100T24A-C* Jack, 100 Ton RR 24" Ret Air w/Crib Block 14 24
RJ100T24E-C* Jack, 100 Ton RR 24" Ret Elect w/Crib Block 14 24
RJ100T37A-C* Jack, 100 Ton RR 37" Ret Air w/Crib Block 27 37 55.24
RJ100T37E-C* Jack, 100 Ton RR 37" Ret Elect w/Crib Block 27 37

RJ100T24A-E** Jack, 100 Ton RR 24" Ret Air w/Ext 14 24
RJ100T24E-E** Jack, 100 Ton RR 24" Ret Elect w/Ext 14 24
28.00 26.72
RJ100T37A-E Jack, 100 Ton RR 37" Ret Air w/Ext 27 37
RJ100T37E-E Jack, 100 Ton RR 37" Ret Elect w/Ext 27 37
* C models include RJ-CB-S crib set

** 24" E models include RJ-EXT-S1 set
37" E includes RJ-EXT-S set
160
RAIL JACKS ACCESSORIES
OR DE R I NG I N FOR MATION - EXTE NSIONS
Order
Number Description
RJ-EXT18 Assembly, Extension 18 in. 100 Ton RR Jack
RJ-EXT-S Set, Extensions 100 Ton RR Jack 5, 7, 9
RJ-EXT-S1 Set, Extensions 100 Ton RR Jack 5, 11, 18
OR DE R I NG I N FOR MATION - CR I B B I NG B LOCKS

Order
Number Description
RJ-CB10 Assembly, Crib Block 10 in. 100 Ton RR Jack
RJ-CB-S Set, Crib Blocks 100 Ton RR Jack 1, 3, 5, 10
OR DE R I NG I N FOR MATION - SPACE RS

Order
Number Description
RJ-SP-1 Spacer, 1 in.

RJ-SP-S Spacer Set 100 ton RR Jack 1, 2, 3
OR DE R I NG I N FOR MATION - SWIVE L CAPS

Order
Number Description
Description
RJ-SC-1 Assembly, Swivel Cap 100 Ton RR Jack
RJ-SC-2 Assembly, Swivel Cap 100 Ton RR Jack Long
Note: Contact factory for 60 Ton 14" stroke, 24" retracted height
Old Models: PLE6014K, PLA6014K, PLE6014K-220
POWERTEAM.COM 161
PORTABLE HIGH Electric or air Modular design allows
hydraulic systems for quick interchange of
TONNAGE JACKS 20 ft. remote
available. pump with other modules.
control.
55, 100 & 150 Ton 55, 100, 150, 200,
and 300 ton capacities
Adjustable handle for
maximum control. Large urethane-filled
tires provide durability
PORTABLE AND COMPACT, Shielded hydraulic and easy maneuver-
IDEAL FOR LOCOMOTIVE/ lines for greater safety. ability.
RAILCAR, MINING AND
HEAVY EQUIPMENT Patented load control
Steel base not system for chatter-free
MAINTENANCE.
prone to cracking lowering of loads.
like cast.
Modular design - pump and cart separate Remote operation for maximum operator Shielded and sheltered hydraulic lines - for
from cylinder and base. safety and control - choose motor only or safer, longer, trouble-free service.
Three tonnage capacity options - 55, 100 motor and valve control in the hand. Cylinder extension (optional) - adds more
and 150 ton. Easy to maneuver - large tires and small versatility by extending your jacks reach.
Three collapsed height options - 26, 33 footprint make it easy to scoot into the Low-temperature oil (optional) - provides
and 45. tightest quarters, then locate the exact smooth, reliable operation in the coldest
lifting position. climate conditions.
Two standard power options - air (PA55)
and electric(PE55). Adjustable, heavy-duty handle - makes this Modular design - allows you to change
jack easy to move, position under vehicles. lifting modules to suit your tonnage or
Two control options - remote motor control
Can also be used to transport jack on site height requirements. Use the pump module
and remote valve/motor control.
with a forklift. as a portable power station for your other
Accessory options - 6 /8 extension,
5
Load-holding rings (optional) - provide full double-acting cylinders (10,000 psi).
load-holding rings.
rated mechanical load-holding capability. Exclusive load-control system - provides
Select the collapsed height to fit your most
positive, chatter-free control when lower-
frequent application - add jacking modules
ing the load.
to suit your needs.
ORDER INFORMATION
CRIBBING BLOCK SETS - INCLUDES ONE JACK MODULE EXTENSION
JACKS
55 Ton 100 Ton 150 Ton 200 Ton 300 Ton Convert jack module
Order No. CBS55 CBS100 CBS150 CBS200 CBS300 into stable mechani-
No. in Set 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 cal cribbing device.
A 11/2 3 11/2 3 11/2 3 11/2 3 Increase retracted
B 13/4 31/4 13/4 31/4 13/4 31/4 13/4 31/4 height up to 201/2
C 51/2 51/2 73/8 73/8 83/4 83/4 10 10 inches.
Jack Module Ext. 613/16 7 65/8 65/8 Increases jacks
Total Stack Ht. 205/16 201/2 201/8 201/8 reach.
Product Wt. (lbs.) 36 68 85 105
ORDER INFORMATION
JACK MODULE EXTENSIONS
A B C D E F G H Prod. Wt.
(tons) No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
55 58945 813/16 613/16 5 2 5/8 111/168UN 2 1/2 2 5/8 3 5/8 21
100 58943 9 7 6 7/8 3 7/8 23/412UN 3 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/4 40
150 58944 8 5/8 6 5/8 8 41/2 31/48UNC 4 3/8 41/2 3 1/2 50
162
Pump & Cart Modules
Pump and cart modules contain
hydraulic pump, cart, remote control and Air pump
all hoses and fittings required to connect and cart
to a jack module. Contact factory on module.
folding handle cart option.
Remote Control
Pump Motor Only Motor &Valve
Air PMA55 PMA55S Electric pump
Electric PME55 PME55S and cart module.
Electric PME355 PME355S
Air PMA355 PMA355S
Jack Modules
Jack modules easily separate from the
pump and cart module. 26 33 45
Jack Module Jack Module Jack Module
Cylinder Collapsed Height

JMModel
Tonnage Stroke 26 33 45
55 131/8 JM25 JM35 JM45
100 131/8 JM210 JM310 JM410 PMModel
*Retracted/
150 181/8 JM215 JM315 JM415 Extended
Height
200 181/8 JM220* JM320 JM420
300 131/8 CONTACTFACTORY
* collapsed height; 28 and stroke 131/8.

stroke 131/8.
JACKS
Dimensions
A B C D E F G H

Model Series (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (deg.) (in.)
PMA &PME 575/8 295/8 531/4 30 345/16 233/8 *70 16 Tire Dia.
* Total range with varying degree increments.
ORDER INFORMATION Pump and Cart Modules with Assembled Jack Module
Capacity Ret. Height Ext. Height Stroke Pump Power Valve Remote Order
(tons) (in.) (in.) (in.) Type Required Type Control No.
55 26 391/8 131/8 Electric 25 amps Manual M JEM5526
100 33 461/8 131/8 Air 50 CFM @ 80 psi Manual M JAM10033
100 33 461/8 131/8 Air 50 CFM @ 80 psi Air Pilot M &V JAR10033
150 26 391/8 131/8 Electric 25 amps Manual M JEM15026
150 33 461/8 131/8 Air 50 CFM @ 80 psi Manual M JAM15033
POWERTEAM.COM 163
HYDRAULIC
MECHANICAL
&
TOOLS
164

Page
TORQUE WRENCH 166 Page
Square Drive
SPREADERS 179

Page
TORQUE WRENCH168 Page
Low Clearance C CLAMPS180

Page
X1E1 & X1A1 TORQUE 170 Page
BEAD BREAKER181
Tire Removing Tool
Page
PE30 SERIES172
Electric Torque Wrench Pump
Page
PORTABLE PUNCHES182
HP20, HP35
Page
PE55 TWP SERIES173
Page
TESTERS184
Page
RWP55 SERIES174
Page
TESTERS SERVICE
ACCESSORIES 185
Page
HYDRAULIC NUT SPLITTER
175
Page
RETAINING RING PLIERS187
Page
FLS HYDRAULIC SPREADER
176
Page
SERVICE TOOLS188
Page
HFS HYDRAULIC SPREADER
178
Page
WRENCHES & PRY BARS189
POWERTEAM.COM 165
TORQUE WRENCH
360 SWIVEL
Square Drive Series
MAX TORQUE 33,496 Nm 700 bar
24,705 Ft-Lb 10,152 PSI
HYDRAULIC SQUARE DRIVE

TORQUE WRENCHES
Low Weight, High Strength Design
Superior Torsional Strength
Fast Operation Cycle
Fine Tooth Pawl
Floating Piston Design
Internal Swivel Manifold Relief
Rigid Steel Body Construction
Compact Frame Size
Push Button Reversal of Square Drive

Corrosion Resistant Finish
360 Reaction Arm
Push to Click Reaction Arms
Multi-Axis High Flow Swivel Manifold
Simple Design
Consistent Torque Output
Fully Enclosed Drive Mechanism
Accurate Torque Output
Powerthon Lifetime Warranty
Tool L1 L2 L3 H1 R W1 W2
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Model (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)
TWSD1 5.5 139 6.7 170 4.4 112 5.7 145 1.1 28 1.3 33 3.4 86
TWSD3* 6.7 170 7.7 196 4.9 124 6.9 175 1.5 38 1.8 46 4.1 104
TWSD6* 7.7 196 9.3 236 5.6 142 8.1 206 1.8 46 2.0 51 5.4 137
TWSD11 9.2 234 11.5 292 7.0 178 9.5 241 2.2 56 2.4 61 6.5 165
TWSD25 12.0 305 14.8 376 9.1 231 12.4 315 2.8 71 3.0 76 7.9 200
Tool Square Drive Max. Torque Tool Weight

Model (in.) (mm) (ft. lbs.) (Nm) (lbs.) (kg)
TWSD1 3/4 19.0 1,390 1800 5.1 2.3
TWSD3* 1 25.4 3,070 4160 9.9 4.5
TWSD6* 1 1/2 38.1 6,020 8157 17.4 7.9
TWSD11 1 1/2 38.1 10,940 14823 28.9 13.1
TWSD25 2 1/2 63.5 24,700 33496 65.0 29.5
*These models are obsolete, replaced by TWHC Series Wrench, refer to the Bolting Systems Catalog.
166
SQUARE DRIVE HEX DRIVES AND SOCKETS
Torque Hexagon Hexagon

Wrench Drive Size Drive Size
A/F (in.) Part No. A/F (mm) Part No.
TWSD1 0.63 TWD1-063 17mm TWD1-017
0.75 TWD1-075 19mm TWD1-019
0.88 TWD1-088 22mm TWD1-022
1.00 TWD1-100 24mm TWD1-024
- - 27mm TWD1-027
TWSD3 0.63 TWD3-063 17mm TWD3-017
0.75 TWD3-075 19mm TWD3-019
0.88 TWD3-088 22mm TWD3-022
1.00 TWD3-100 24mm TWD3-024
1.13 TWD3-113 27mm TWD3-027
1.25 TWD3-125 30mm TWD3-030
1.38 TWD3-138 32mm TWD3-032
TWSD6 0.88 TWD6-088 22mm TWD6-022
1.00 TWD6-100 24mm TWD6-024
1.13 TWD6-113 27mm TWD6-027
1.25 TWD6-125 30mm TWD6-030
1.38 TWD6-138 32mm TWD6-032
1.50 TWD6-150 36mm TWD6-036
1.63 TWD6-163 41mm TWD6-041
TWSD11 1.13 TWD11-113 27mm TWD11-027
1.25 TWD11-125 30mm TWD11-030
1.38 TWD11-138 32mm TWD11-032
1.50 TWD11-150 36mm TWD11-036
1.63 TWD11-163 41mm TWD11-041
1.75 TWD11-175 46mm TWD11-046
TWSD25 1.50 TWD25-150 36mm TWD25-036
1.63 TWD25-163 41mm TWD25-041
1.75 TWD25-175 46mm TWD25-046
1.88 TWD25-188 50mm TWD25-050
2.00 TWD25-200 55mm TWD25-055
2.25 TWD25-225 60mm TWD25-060
2.50 TWD25-250 65mm TWD25-065
2.75 TWD25-275 70mm TWD25-070
Socket Size 3/4" Drive 1" Drive 1-1/2" Drive 2-1/2" Drive Socket Size 3/4" Drive 1" Drive 1-1/2" Drive 2-1/2" Drive
in. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. mm Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
7/8 TWSIA088 TWSIB088 - - 22 TWSMA022 TWSMB022 - -
1-1/16 TWSIA106 TWSIB106 - - 24 TWSMA024 TWSMB024 - -
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
1-7/16 TWSIA144 TWSIB144 - - 41 TWSMA041 TWSMB041 TWSMC041 -
1-5/8 TWSIA163 TWSIB163 TWSIC163 - 46 TWSMA046 TWSMB046 - -
2 TWSIA200 TWSIB200 TWSIC200 - 55 - TWSMB055 - -
2-3/16 TWSIA219 TWSIB219 TWSIC219 - 60 - TWSMB060 TWSMC060 -
2-3/8 TWSIA238 TWSIB238 TWSIC238 - 65 - TWSMB065 TWSMC065 -
2-9/16 - TWSIB256 TWSIC256 - 70 - TWSMB070 TWSMC070 -
2-3/4 - TWSIB275 TWSIC275 - 75 - TWSMB075 TWSMC075 -
2-15/16 - TWSIB294 TWSIC294 - 80 - TWSMB080 TWSMC080 TWSMF080
3-1/8 - TWSIB313 TWSIC313 TWSIF313 85 - TWSMB085 TWSMC085 TWSMF085
3-3/4 - TWSIB375 TWSIC375 TWSIF375 100 - TWSMB100 - TWSMF100
3-7/8 - TWSIB388 - TWSIF388 110 - TWSMB110 TWSMC110 TWSMF110
4-1/8 - TWSIB413 TWSIC413 TWSIF413 115 - - TWSMC115 TWSMF115
4-1/4 - TWSIB425 TWSIC425 TWSIF425 120 - - TWSMC120 -
4-5/8 - - TWSIC463 TWSIF463 135 - - - TWSMF135
5 - - - TWSIF500 150 - - - TWSMF150
5-3/8 - - - TWSIF538
5-3/4 - - - TWSIF575
6-1/8 - - - TWSIF613
POWERTEAM.COM 167
TORQUE WRENCH HYDRAULIC LOW CLEARANCE
TORQUE WRENCH
Low Clearance The TWLC Series Wrench was

designed for the most inaccessible
Series bolting areas found in industry. Its
long neck, short height and small
MAX TORQUE 39,024 Nm 700 bar radius have all added to its great
28,782 Ft-Lb 10,000 PSI success
THE LIGHTWEIGHT, HEAVY-DUTY TOOL FEA-

TURES A LONG NECK, SHORT HEIGHT, AND
SMALL RADIUS FOR INACCESSIBLE BOLT-
ING AREAS FOUND IN INDUSTRY.
Low Weight, High Strength Design Tool Free Link Change

Superior Torsional Strength Corrosion Resistant Finish
Fast Operation Cycle Multi-Axis High Flow Swivel Manifold
Fine Tooth Pawl Simple Design
Floating Piston Design Consistent Torque Output * Links sold separately.
Auto-Connect Drive Piston Powerthon Lifetime Warranty
Tool is not shipped with link.
Compact Frame Size
Rigid Steel Body Construction
Internal swivel manifold Relief
Built-in Reaction Pad
Small Nose Radius
HOSES DUAL LINE

TWH15 15, 1/4 ID non-conductive
4.6m, 9.5mm ID non-conductive
6m, 9.5mm ID non-conductive
15.2m, 9.5mm ID non-conductive
L1 H1 H2 R W1 W2
ool Model (in.) (mm)
T (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
TWLC2 7.6 193 5.4 137 4.1 104 11/4- 17/8 3248 1.7 43 1.3 33
TWLC4 8.8 223 6.4 163 5.1 130 11/2- 17/8 3847 2.0 51 1.7 43
TWLC8 10.4 264 7.7 196 6.2 158 2- 27/8 5174 2.7 69 2.1 53
TWLC15 12.0 305 8.8 224 7.3 185 23/8- 21/2 6064 3.1 79 2.5 64
TWLC30 15.4 391 10.9 277 9.4 239 3- 41/2 76114 4.2 107 3.2 81
Tool Model Hex Range Max. Torque Tool Weight

(in.) (mm) (ft.) (Nm) (lbs) (kg)
TWLC2 11/4- 23/8 32 60 1,575 2,135 6.2 2.8
TWLC4 11/2- 31/8 38.1 79 3,975 5,389 12.6 5.7
TWLC8 23/8- 37/8 60 98 7,950 10,770 22.9 10.3
TWLC15 29/16- 45/8 65 117 14,850 20,133 37.3 16.9
TWLC30 31/8- 61/8 79 155 28,800 39,047 77.0 34.9
168
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
POWERTEAM.COM 169
TORQUE WRENCH
Electric Pumps
X1E1-PT
700 bar
ELECTRIC 115V 60HZ
TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS
CAUTION: This Pump should not be

THE POWER TEAM X1E1-PT:
used for lifting applications
SOLD FOR YEARS TO END CUSTOMERS.
FEATURES BENEFITS
Base pump unit: Power Team PE55 series

the standard in the industry
Two-speed high performance pump
Retract side internal relief-valve protects tool
4-way 2-position solenoid valve standard
Utilizes rugged electrical controls
External adjustable pressure regulator
Hand remote standard
For single or double-acting tools A
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
C B
Oil Oil
Pump Delivery Reservoir A B C Weight
Number Description Electric Motor per min. (gal.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
X1E1-PT Electric-Powered Torque Wrench Pump 110V 55 in3 @10,000 PSI 2.5 18 13 13 7/8 72.8
X1E2-PT Electric-Powered Torque Wrench Pump 220V 55 in3 @10,000 PSI 2.5 18 13 13 7/8 72.8
170
TORQUE WRENCH
Air Pumps
X1A1-PT
700 bar
CAUTION: This Pump should not be
used for lifting applications
AIR-POWERED
TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS
X1A1-PT FEATURES THE SAME RUGGED TIME-PROVEN D

ESIGN AS THE
POWER TEAM X1E1-PT
Base pump unit, Power Team PA55 series
the standard in the industry
Two-speed high performance pump
Retract side internal relief-valve protects tool B
4-way 2-position air valve standard
External adjustable pressure regulator
Hand remote standard
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Oil Oil
Pump Delivery Reservoir A B C Weight
Number Description (cu. in.) (gal.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
X1A1-PT Air-Powered Torque Wrench Pump 55 2.5 183/4 18 103/4 75.0
POWERTEAM.COM 171
TORQUE WRENCH
PUMP VANGUARD ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC TORQUE
WRENCH PUMPS
Two-speed general duty pump
Hydraulic/Electric External adjustable pressure regulator
PE30 Series Retract side internal relief valve
protects tool
Hand remote
30 CU. IN/MIN MAX FLOW 10,000 PSI Use for single or double-acting tools
C
AUTION: This system
should not be used for
lifting applications.
Pump
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Oil Oil Usable Overall Overall Overall Weight

Order Deliver Reservoir Oil Width Length Height w/Oil
Number per min. (gal.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE30TWP
PE30TWP-E110* 300 in3 @ 100 psi 1.25 280 13.82 13.13 16.62 68.0
PE30TWP-E220* 30 in3 @ 10,000 psi
Electrical Data
4,000 rpm 24 Volt remote control with 20-foot cord
PE30TWP 1hp, 115V/60Hz, 13 amps
PE30TWP-E110 110V/50Hz, 13 amps
*CE Approved - designed for 50 Hz applications
172
TORQUE WRENCH
VANGUARD ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC

PUMP
TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS
Two-speed high performance pump Hydraulic/Electric
External adjustable pressure regulator PE55 Series
Retract side internal relief valve protects tool 56 CU. IN/MIN 10,000 PSI
Hand remote
Use for single or double-acting tools
Four-tool manifold (-4 model only) allows use of up
to four tools simultaneously
PE55TWP-4
PE55TWP
CAUTION: This system should not be
used for lifting applications.
Pump
Order Oil Oil Usable Overall Overall Overall Weight
Deliver Reservoir Oil Width Length Height w/Oil
Number per min. (gal.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PE55TWP 3
704 in @ 0 psi 2.5 525 17.14 9.5 18.12 75.0
PE55TWP-E110*
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
3
56 in @ 10,000 psi
PE55TWP-E220*
PE55TWP-4 3
704 in @ 0 psi 2.5 525 18.49 9.5 19.15 78.0
PE55TWP-4-E110* 3
56 in @ 10,000 psi
PE55TWP-4-E220*
Electrical Data
1-1/8 hp, 12000 rpm Remote control with 20-foot cord
PE55TWP 115V, 25 amps
* CE Approved-designed for 50Hz. applications.
POWERTEAM.COM 173
TORQUE WRENCH
PUMP AIR HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCH PUMP
Use where air is the preferred source of power
Powerful 3 hp motor starts under load
Air/Hydraulic External adjustable pressure regulator
PA55 SERIES Retract side internal relief valve protects tool
Use for single or double-acting tools
MAXFLOW 55 CU. IN./MIN.

10,000 PSI
COUPLERS
INCLUDED WITH
PUMP
CAUTION: This system should not

be used for lifting applications.
Pump
Pump Model Oil Oil Usable Overall Overall Overall Weight
Delivery Reservoir Oil Width Length Height w/Oil
per min. (gal.) (cu. in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
RWP55 465 in3 @ 100 psi 2.5 590 16.55 9.5 19.83 78.0
55in3 @ 10,000 psi
RWP55-4 465 in3 @ 100 psi 2.5 590 16.55 9.5 19.83 78.0
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
(4-tool manifold) 55in3 @ 10,000 psi
Motor Data
Air Motor Air Control
3 hp, 50 cfm @ 80 psi Pneumatic remote control with 25-foot cord
174
HYDRAULIC NUT SPLITTERS cutting frame coupled to a heavy-duty hy- NUT SPLITTERS
15 & 25 TON CAPACITY draulic cylinder
Dial-in feature on HNS150 makes ad-
justment of splitter simple, without the
Compact size allows you to use it in
confined areas where it will deliver enough
Hydraulic
worry of damaging the bolt force to split the toughest fused or rust- 15 &25 Ton Capacity
Specially designed tool steel cutter ed-on grade 2H nuts
blade penetrates the nut to the precise Simply split nut on one side, spin nut
point where it cracks, stopping short of splitter 1/2 turn and make second cut on
the bolt threads opposite side; nut separates into halves
Nut splitter features a dramatically im- for easy removal
proved cutter blade with an
800% greater resistance to chipping and
breaking over previous models
All models feature a rugged one-piece
A
HNS150
C
For HNS150A
FOR HNS150A
HNS225
E
D
F
B
FOR HNS150 &HNS225
F
D E Align mark
D
F on cutter
A
B blade with
B
scale.
C
E
FOR HNS150 & HNS225

Head Tool
Tool A B C D E F Thickness Replacement Weight
Model (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Blade (lbs.)
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
HNS150 2.875 3.375 7.875 2.75 10.375 2.0625 1 308840 8.1
HNS150A 3.02 14.20 1.03 2.11 3.70 1.16 1 351985 15.8
HNS225 4.25 6 14.375 3.875 N/A 3.25 1.5 308022 29
CAPACITIES
Nut Grade
Tool Model 2 or A 5 or B 8 or C 2H
HNS150 1/2 - 1-1/2 in. hex 1/2 - 1-1/2 in. hex 1/2 - 1-5/16 in. hex 1/2 - 1-1/8 in. hex
HNS150A 1/2 - 1-1/2 in. hex 1/2 - 1-1/2 in. hex 1/2 - 1-5/16 in. hex 1/2 - 1-1/8 in. hex
HNS225 1-1/8 - 2-1/4 in. hex 1-1/8 - 2-1/4 in. hex 1-1/8 - 2-1/16 in. hex 1-1/8 - 1-11/16 in. hex
POWERTEAM.COM 175
FLS
HYDRAULIC FLANGE
S PR E A D E R
Basic FLS15 Unit With

Serrated Shoes
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:
33,000 Pound (15 Metric Ton) Wedge-Driven
Spreader OFFSHORE AND TOPSIDE FLANGE KITS ARE AVAILABLE
Jaws Fully Supported by Wedge for
Excellent Durability
Low Friction Provided by Heavy-Duty
Extended-Life Lubricant
Ideal for Flanges With Narrow Gaps - Only .2
Inches (5 mm) Required for Entry
Very High Strength due to Special Alloy Used
Compact and Lightweight Design - Only 9.9
Inches (252 mm) Long at a Weight of 7 Pounds
(3.2 kg)
Easy to use - Ergonomically Balanced Handle
and Gripping Tape
Suitable for the Offshore Environment due to
Superior Corrosion Resistance
Quick Adjustments for Various Tasks due to
Interchangeable Shoes (Both Stepped and
Serrated) Visit powerteam.com to learn more about our
Easy and Quick Maintenance - No Special expansive range of packaged flange spreader kits.
Tools Required
Includes female half coupler - mates to standard
9798 male half coupler.
WEDGE FULLY OPENED WEDGE CLOSED
.394" .197"
(10mm) (5mm)
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
1.77" 1.38"
(45mm) (35mm)
9.92" 8.94"
(252mm) (227mm)
2.48"
(63mm)

Order Shoe Spread Fore Min. Tip Max. Tip Spreader Oil Weight Max.
Number Type Clearance Spread Type Capacity Pressure
Metric Tons (ib) In. (mm) In. (mm) In3 (cc) psi (bar)
FLS15 Serrated 15 (33,000) .197 Inches .397 Inches Hydraulic 1 (16 cc) 7 Pounds 10,000 (700 bar)
FLS15-ST Stepped 15 (33,000) (5 mm) (10 mm) Hydraulic 1 (16 cc) (3.2 kg) 10,000 (700 bar)
176
HYDRAULIC SPREADER FLS15
This hydraulic spreader operates using the

integrated wedge concept. It is ideal for
creating space for flange surface cleaning
and repair, and for gasket replacement. The
spreader is single-acting, and requires a
hydraulic pump with a three-way valve for
actuation. Maximum operating pressure is
10,000 psi (700 bar).
SPREADING FORCE:
Maximum 33,000 pounds (15 metric tons) TYPICAL APPLICATIONS:

per tool at 10,000 psi (700 bar). It is Pipe and flange repair
recommended that the tools be used in pairs, Removing elbows
providing a maximum combined force of Couplers - gasket and metal seal
66,000 pounds (30 metric tons). Replacement
Heavy equipment maintenance
OTHER OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Handle Stepped Shoe Serrated Shoe Stepped Block

No. 2008410 No. 2008083* No. 2008082* No. SB15 (1 pc)
*Part number is for one shoe only. Two shoes required per spreader.
RECOMMENDED COMPONENTS FOR A COMPLETE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Hose
Gauge
Coupler
Pump
Gauge
Adapter
RECOMMENDED COMPONENTS
Description Part Number (Americas & Asia) Part Number (Europe)
Two Speed, Single-Acting Hand Pump P19L P19L
Hydraulic Hose Assembly 9764 9764E
Pressure Gauge 9040 9040E
Gauge Adapter 9670 9670
Coupler (male half coupler) 9798 9798
Note: Torque wrench tools use smaller couplers. Do not attempt to use torque wrench hoses with this tool.
POWERTEAM.COM 177
PIPE FLANGE
Hydraulic Spreaders
5 & 10 Ton
Youll never again have to resort

to hammer and chisel methods
that waste time and effort. Flange
spreaders should be used in pairs to
provide even spreading force.
Standard 60 wedge is suitable for
most flanges; 30 thin and 60
blunt wedges are optional.
The HFS3A is designed for appli-
cations where total thickness of
flanges and max. spread gap is 3
or less and flange bolts are a min. of
11
/16 dia.
Use HFS6A if total thickness of
flanges and max. spread gap is 6 or
HFS3A
less, and flange bolts are a min. of
13
/16 dia.
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
350823 350822 350549 350550

Optional Min. Flange Max. Flange Min.
Standard Wedges Opening Opening Combined Pin
Capacity Order Wedge 30 60 60 60 30 60 60 30 Flange Dia. Weight
(tons) Number Type Thin Blunt Std. Blunt Std. Blunt Opening (in.) (lbs.)
5 HFS3A 60 Sharp 350823 350822 /16 1 1/16 11/4 11/4 23/32 31/2
1
/16 9.0
11
10 HFS6A 60 Sharp 350549 350550 /16 11/2 1/16

1
2 2 31/32 69/16 /16 18.0
13
178
SPREADERS
Hydraulic
1-11/2 Ton
HS2000
(Forged Steel)
THE HYDRAULIC PRY BAR!
Use to lift machines or as a clamp; 4 spread under full load. Needs only 9/16
spread concrete forms or rebar or per- clearance to engage jaws. HS3000
form straightening jobs. No. HS3000 11/2-ton capacity s preader. (High Grade
Conforms to ASME B30.1 standard. Full 3,000 lb. capacity Ductile Iron)
High strength alloy steel forged upper at 10,000 psi. with 111/2 spread. Greater
and lower jaws on HS2000. than competitive units. Needs only 11/4
Jaws are spring-return; retract automati- clearance to engage jaws. Can be dead-
cally when pressure is released. ended at 111/2 spread at full load.
No. HS2000 1-ton capacity spreader.
Full 2,000 lbs. capacity at 10,000 PSI
with 4 spread. Can be dead-ended at
Tested to conform to ASME

B30.1 standard
HS2000
A B
HS3000
B
A 4 1 /4 "
4" Max.
C
9
/16"
2" 111/2" 1 3/16" C
615/16"
9 5/16" 17 3/4"
E E
D
20 1/8"
F 2" 21/4" G F 2 1 /4 " H35/8" 5 5 /8 "
6 /16"
15
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
D G
Min.
Max. Oil Clearance
Cap. Spread Order A B C D E F G H Capacity Required Weight
(tons) (in.) Number (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (cu. in.) (in.) (lbs.)
1 4 HS2000 4 2 9/16 615/16 95/16 2 21/4 .63 9
/16 4.8
11/2 111/2 HS3000 111/2 41/4 13/16 201/8 173/4 21/4 55/8 35/8 3.5 11/4 22
HS2000 SPECIFICATIONS HS3000 SPECIFICATIONS

Maximum rated capacity............1 ton @ 10,000 psi Maximum rated capacity.......... 11/2-ton @ 10,000 psi
Maximum spread.......................................................... 4 Maximum spread...................................................... 111/2
Minimum clearance required................................... 9/16 Minimum clearance required..................................... 11/4
Cu. in. oil required.................................................... .63 Cu. in. oil required..................................................... 3.50
POWERTEAM.COM 179
C-CLAMPS
Hydraulic
Accessories
In 5, 10 and 25 ton capacities. Clamps withstand full rated
For use with Power Team capacity of the cylinders for
general purpose s ingle-acting which they are intended.
series cylinders of c
omparable To minimize the effects of
capacity. off-center loading, the CC5,
For clamping, pressing CC10 and CC25 should
and bending. Ideal for welding be used with the
and metal fabrication for fit-up optional 350144
of sheet or plate steel. and 350145
swivel caps.
G
F C CLAMPS
Items pictured
are: D
5, 10 & 25
CC10
C104C A B C TONS
201923 H
E
I CC10
A B C D E F G H I Weight Cap. Order Number Use With

(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.) (tons) (C-Clamp only) Cyl. No.
123/8 33/4 75/16 2 21/2 73/4 11/2-16 UN /8 3 25
7 5 CC5 C51C-C57C
157/8 6 913/16 2 3 103/4 21/4-14 UNS /8 31/2 50
7
10 CC10 C101C-C1010C
21 6 13 3 4 125/16 35/16-12 UNS 1 /16 45/8 96
7
25 CC25 C251C-C2514C
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR USE

WITH CC5, CC10 & CC25 HYDRAULIC CLAMPS
Swivel Caps Threaded Adapters Pushing Adapters

A D A
C
B C B
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
A B
5/10 ton 25 ton 10 ton 25 ton 10 ton 25 ton

350144* 350145 38597 38953 28228** 28229**
A13/8 A2 A1 - 8 A11/4-7 A23/8 A27/8
B3/4 B1 B1 - 8 B11/2-16 B1 - 8 B11/4-7
C3/4 C23/4 C11/2 C13/4
D2 D43/8
Pushing Adapters Pushing Adapters V Pushing Adapters Pushing Adapters

A B A B A A
* May be used with CC5
D E D E
** Must be used with a
C D B C
threaded adapter.
C C B
10 ton 25 ton 10 ton 25 ton 10 ton 25 ton 5 ton

201923** 34510** 201454** 34511** 34806** 34807** 309874*
A31/8 A31/4 A31/16 A31/4 A25/8 A31/8 A21/32
B21/4 B25/8 B25/8 B25/8 B1 - 8 B11/4-7 B225/32
C53/8 C57/8 C511/16 C57/8 C11/2 C13/4 C5/8
D1/2 D3/4 D3/4 D1 D1 D11/4
E1 - 8 E11/4-7 E1 - 8 E11/4-7
180
TIRE REMOVING
BB Series Tool
10 Ton Hydraulic
TIRE REMOVING TOOL
Made to fit into the pry bar pocket
Hydraulic pressure does all the unseating.
Lightweight and portable.
P55 hydraulic hand pump and 9764 hose
recommended to be used with BB1600.
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Rim Cylinder Tool

Tool Size Capacity Stroke Weight
Model (in.) (@10,000) (in.) (lbs.)
BB1600 2549 11.2 4.0 22.5
BB1601 2549 11.2 4.0 24.0
Single-, two-, three-piece rims
POWERTEAM.COM 181
HYDRAULIC
PUNCHES
20 & 35 Ton
HP35

Punch smooth, precise holes in seconds; Double Acting prevents binding and No. HP35SP Punch set with pump. Includes
much faster than drilling. speeds retraction (HP20 only). HP35 punch, PE172 electric/hydraulic pump,
Fully portable for construction, maintenance The PE172 electric/hydraulic pump is an 9756 hose, 9798 hose half coupler, 250459
and service applications, ideal power source. punch/die set, metal case. Wt., 87.8 lbs.NOTE:
or can be mounted on a workbench for 220 volt, 50 Hz. Order with suffix -220.
No. HP35 Punch only, includes metal case
production jobs. Has carrying handle for and die change tools. Wt., 42.5 lbs. No. 250459 Punch/die set for round holes.
precise locating. Includes one each: PD437 7/16 punch/die,
No. HP35S Punch with punches and
Rugged, forged steel C frame for great PD562 9/16 punch/die, PD688 11/16 punch/die,
dies. Includes HP35 punch, metal case and
strength and durability. PD812 13/16 punch/die. Wt., 1.5 lbs.
250459 punch/die set. Wt., 44.0 lbs.
Dual action, spring loaded stripper holds No. HP35P Punch set with pump. Sameas
material during punching operation, strips HP35SP, but does not include punch/die set.
material from punch on return. Scribe Wt., 86.3 lbs. NOTE: Available in 220 volt, 50 Hz.
lines on stripper aid in locating the punch Order with suffix -220.
(HP 35 only).
C B B
C
H
L G J
A
! WARNING
A
D
P
E
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
F D
Q
K E
G O
M
N H K F
Mtng. Max. Throat

Max. Max. Holes Depth
Order Oper. Oil Material A B C D E F G H J K L M N O P Q
Cap. Number Press. Cap. Thickness (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
35 HP35 10,000 4.6 /2 133/4 9 33/4

1
/16 27/8
9
/4 3 113/16 213/16 21/4 11/2 31/2
1
/8 4 3/4
7
psi cu.in.
182
No. HP20 Basic punch. Wt., 33 lbs.
No. HP20S Punch frame with cylinder,
valve, handle, two coupling nuts, plus five
punch and die sets in 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, and
17
/32 dia. Wt., 35.0 lbs.
No. HP20SP* Complete punch set
with PE102A pump (115V, 50/60 Hz),
9682 nipple, two 9792 female couplers Punch Set HP20SP
and two 9793 male couplers. Also in- Includes the PE102A pump,
cludes two 9758 10 hoses, 9680 cou- hoses, c ouplers, punch and die
pling, and same punch and die sets as in sets in sizes 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, and
HP20S (above). Tool is completely as- 17
/32 diameter, with storage box.
sembled and pre-filled with oil. In storage
box. Wt., 83.0 lbs.
Flat Die
HP20
Coupling Nut Punch
TYPICAL 20 TON STYLE TOOLING

PUNCH/DIE SETS FOR HP20 & HP35 HYDRAULIC PUNCHES
For use with HP20 For use with
Hydraulic Punch HP35 Hyd. Punch
Punch Punch Punch Flat Die Bevel Coupling Punch/w Flat Punch/w
Punch INCHES MM
Size (in.) Style No. No. Die No. Nut No. Die Set Bevel Die Set
Size (in.) Hole Dia. Bolt Hole Dia. Bolt
/
1 4 251970 251983 252001 /
1 4 /
1 4 #10 6.3
/
5 16 251971 251984 252001 PD313 /
5 16 /
5 16 1/4
7.9
3/8 251972 251985 251996 252001 PD375 PD375B 3/8 3/8 5/16
9.5 M8
7/16 251973 251986 251997 252001 PD437 PD437B 7/16 7/16 3/8
11.2 M10
17/32 Round 251974 251987 251998 252001 PD531 PD531B 17/32 17/32 7/16
13.5 M12
9/16 251975 251988 251999 252001 PD562 PD562B /
9 16
/
9 16
/
1 2
14.3
11/16 251976 251989 252001 PD688 /
11 16
/
11 16
/
5 8
17.5 M16
25/32 251977 251990 252002 PD781 /
25 32
/
25 32
19.8 M18
13/16 251978 251991 252002 PD812 /
13 16
/
13 16
/
3 4
20.6
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
1/2 251979 251992 252002
17/32 Square 251980 251993 252002
1/4 x 3/4 251981 251994 252002
3/8 x 3/4 Obround 251982 251995 252002
ACCESSORIES FOR HP20 HYDRAULIC PUNCH

No. HP20FS Optional foot switch mounted in foot switch guard. Supplied with
HP20HS 10 foot cord and male remote connector. Wt., 2.0 lbs.
No. HP20HS Optional handswitch. Supplied with 10 foot cord and male
HP20FS remote connector. Wt., 2.0 lbs.
No. 252000 Optional coupling nut wrench. Makes punch/die changes easier
252000 without rounding-off coupling nuts. Wt., 0.5 lbs.
POWERTEAM.COM 183
TESTERS
Hydraulic
50, 75 & 200 GPM
HT50A
HT200
75 AND 200 GPM IN-LINE feature lets you increase flow without perature readings within 1%.
HYDRAULIC TESTERS affecting pressure setting. Pressure gauge is liquid filled to
Accurately measure oil flow, pressure Reverse flow through tester will not dampen system pulsation.
and temperature on in-plant equipment, cause damage; replaceable safety disc For more precise low pressure readings,
forklifts, machine tools and more. ruptures if pressure exceeds upper limit. an optional dual pressure gauge kit is
Temperature and flow readings are in Solid state voltage regulator eliminates available (see page 185).
Metric and English, accurate to within errors caused by voltage change during No. HT50A Hydraulic circuit tester
2% of full scale. testing. with single liquid filled pressure gauge,
Dual pressure gauges for high and 0-5,000 psi, 0-354 bar. Includes two
50 GPM IN-LINE
low pressure readings; adapter unions for 3/4 male NPTF fittings.
HYDRAULIC TESTER
low pressure gauge is automatically Wt., 37.0 lbs.
shut off and protected as pressure Troubleshoots systems with capacities
rises beyond its maximum reading. to 50 gpm at pressures less than 5,000
psi. Accurately measure oil flow to
Automatic pressure compensating
5%, pressure to within 2% and tem-
Testing a pump Testing a relief valve Testing a directional valve

Disconnect
Here
Relief
Valve Directional Relief
Directional
Relief
Valve Directional B
Valve Valve Valve
Valve
Pump Pump Outlet

Outlet Pump
Outlet
A
Cyl. Cyl.
Cyl.
Disconnect Here Disconnect
Inlet Inlet
Inlet Here
Reservoir Reservoir
Reservoir
Hydraulic Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Tester Tester
Tester
C
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Max Flow Max. Oper. Temp. Scale A B C

Order Flow Ranges Pressure Range Port
Weight in. in. in.
Number (gpm) Scale gpm L/min. psi BAR F C Sizes lbs. kg. (mm) (mm) (mm)
11/16-12UN
HT50A 50 0-50 0-200 5,000 345 20-240 -6 to 114 Female O 30.3 16.8 121/4 61/4 10
Ring with (311) (159) (255)
Union Adapt.
3
/4 Female
NPTF
HT75 75 High 15-75 50-300 5,000 345 100-250 40-120 3
/4 NPT 18.2 8.6 133/4 117/8 53/4
Low 3-15 10-60 Swivel (349.25) (301.62) (146.05)
High 25-200 100-750 11/2*
HT200 200 5,000 345 100-250 40-120 SAE 28.2 13.6 157/8 131/4 63/4
Low 5-40 20-150 Split Flange (403.47) (336.55) (171.45)

For a complete listing of accessories for the HT series of hydraulic system testers, see pages 185-186.
*Not included, must be ordered separately, see page 186.
184
TESTER
Hydraulic Service
A c c e s s o r i e s
307281
DUAL GAUGE CONVERSION KIT No. 307281 Dual gauge

FOR 50 GPM TESTER. onversion kit. Consists of
c
Provides more precise low gauge mounting block, pulsa-
pressure readings. Remove tion dampener, thermal overload
pressure gauge block and gauge protector, low pressure gauge
from tester and replace it with and gauge protector. Low pres-
this block. Install high pressure sure gauge calibrated 0-600 psi
gauge from tester (0-5,000 psi) 0-42 bar. Wt. 1.0 lb.
onto this new block.
Auxiliary power cords for use with 75 and 200 gpm testers
No. 37045 Auxiliary power

cord. For use with any 12 or
24 volt battery to r emotely
power tester. Wt. 0.1 lb.
AUTION: For use on negative

C
ground systems only.
37045
Hoses No. 9787 Hose, 11/4 I.D. x 11/4 NPT

9785 No. 9785 Hose, 3/4 I.D. x3/4 NPTF male male both ends. Recommended max. flow
9786 both ends. 10 ft. length. 2,250 psi working 140 gpm, with a working pressure of 3,000
9787 pressure. (2 reqd on 50 and 75 gpm tes- psi. Wt., 21.0 lbs.
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
9788 ters). Wt., 0.7 lb. No. 9788 Hose, 11/2 I.D. x 11/2 NPT
The following hose assemblies are all male both ends. Recommended max. flow
4-ply spiral wound wire, 10 ft. long. For 200 gpm, with a working pressure of 2,500
use with 200 gpm testers. psi. Wt., 25.0 lbs.
No. 9786 Hose, 1 I.D. x 11/4 NPT male
both ends. Recommended max. flow 90
gpm, with a working pressure of 4,000 psi.
Wt., 14.0 lbs.
203264
Hose reducer bushings
No. 203264 Consists of two hose reducer bushings, 11/4 NPT female x 11/2 NPT male
end. Needed to adapt No. 9786 1 I.D. hose and No. 9787 11/4 I.D. hose to tester.
Wt., 2.2 lbs.
POWERTEAM.COM 185
HYDRAULIC TESTER
Service Accessories FLANGED HEAD ADAPTER 203154 203155 203156
Fittings/Adapters For The 200 UNIONS AND SPLIT FLANGE KIT
GPM Hydraulic Tester No. 203154 Straight flange adapter.
11/2 flanged-head to 11/2 NPSM female
swivel. Wt., 2.2 lbs. 203017 203003
No. 203155 45 flange adapter. 11/2
flanged-head by 11/2 NPSM female
swivel. Wt., 3.2 lbs.
ATTACH TO THE HT200 HYDRAULIC TESTER
No. 203156 90 flange adapter. 11/2
flanged-head by 11/2 NPSM female
BY THE USE OF FLANGED-HEAD ADAPTERS
swivel. Wt., 4.2 lbs.
AND SPLIT FLANGES, OR BY A SET OF FEMALE
No. 203017 Split flange kit. Consists FEMALE STRAIGHT FLANGE ADAPTER
STRAIGHT ADAPTERS.
of four flange halves and attaching bolts to No. 203003 Consists of two female
permit use of 11/2 straight flange adapters with attaching
I.D. flange adapters listed at left. bolts. When attached to inlet/outlet ports,
Wt., 2.9 lbs. allows connection of 11/2 NPT male hose
ends to tester.Wt., 8.5 lbs.
HYDRAULIC FITTINGS FOR USE WITH ALL TESTERS.
No. 16954 90 swivel adapter, 3/4 NPTF No. 26073 Swivel adapter, 3/4 NPTF fe-
male x 3/4 NPSM female. Wt., 0.8 lb. male x 1/2 NPSM female. Wt., 0.3 lb.
No. 22041 Coupler, 3/4 NPTF male x No. 26074 45 swivel adapter, 3/4 NPSM
3/416 female ORB. Wt., 0.5 lb. female x 3/4 NPTF male. Wt., 0.6 lb.
No. 22042 Coupler, 3/4 16 female ORB No. 26075 Swivel adapter, 3/4 NPSM
x 11/1612 female 37 JIC. Wt., 0.4 lb. female x 3/4 NPTF female. Wt., 0.4 lb.
No. 22043 Coupler, 3/4 16 female ORB No. 26076 Swivel adapter, 3/4 NPTF
x 9/1618 female 37 JIC. Wt., 0.4 lb. male x 3/4 NPSM female. Wt., 0.4 lb.
No. 22044 Coupler, 3/4 16 female ORB No. 26077 Cap, 3/4 NPTF. Wt., 0.6 lb.
x 1/2 20 female 37 JIC. Wt., 0.4 lb.
No. 27737 Swivel adapter, 3/4 16 male x 3/4
NPSM female. For use with No. 9785 hose, which No. 26078 Plug, 3/4 NPTF. Wt., 0.3 lb.
has 3/4 NPTF male thread. Wt., 0.3 lb.
No. 27287 Coupler, 3/4 16 UNF female No. 26079 Adapter, 3/4 NPTF female
ORBx 7/814 UNF female 37 JIC. Wt., 0.4 x 11/16 12 male ORB. Wt., 0.4 lb.
No. 208402 45 union adapter, 7/814
MECHANICAL
No. 13449 Cap, 11/1612 UNF female,

UNF male 37 JIC x 3/4 NPTF female.
TOOLS
3/4 O.D. tube, 37 flare. Wt., 0.2 lb.

3,000 psi working pressure. Wt., 0.6 lb.
No. 26068 45 swivel adapter, 1 NPTF No. 208401 45 union adapter, 7/814 UNF
male x 3/4 NPSM female. Wt., 0.8 lb. male 37 JIC x 3/4 NPTF female. Wt., 0.7 lb.
No. 26069 Swivel adapter, 1 NPTF fe- No. 206753 Coupler, 115/1612 UNF female
male x 3/4 NPSM female. Wt., 0.5 lb. 37 JIC x 3/4 NPTF female. Wt., 1.1 lbs.
No. 26070 Adapter, 1 NPTF male x No. 26666 Connector, 15/1612 UNF male
3/4 NPTF female. Wt., 0.3 lb. 37 JIC x 3/4 NPTF male. Wt., 0.4 lb.
No. 26071 Service tee, 3/4 NPTF female No. 28984 Straight adapter, 3/4 NPTF female
(2) x 3/4 NPTF male. Wt., 0.9 lb. x 13/16 12 UN male 37 JIC. Wt., 0.6 lb.
No. 26072 Swivel adapter, 3/4 NPSM No. 28985 Straight adapter union,
female x 1/2 NPTF male. Wt., 0.4 lb. 13/1612 UN female 37 JIC x 3/4 NPTF
female. Wt., 1.3 lbs.
NOTE: The recommended maximum working pressure on the above fittings is 5,000 psi except the 208402.
186
RETAINING RING
PLIERS
Internal And External
714
7313
HORSESHOE LOCK RING PLIER No. 15702 Replaceable tip kit (only) storage case. Wt., 2.0 lbs.
For removing horseshoe lock rings for No. 7053K.
REPLACEMENT TIPS FOR 7300 AND
used on hydraulic brakes, differ- No. 7123K Convertible pliers kit. 7301 PLIERS
entials, etc. Plier is 8 long; max. Contains No. 1120 (.038 dia./straight
spread: 15/16 tip) and No. 1340 (.070 dia./straight No. 209201 Replacement tips (pr.)
tip). Each pliers converts to handle for the 7300 and 7301 pliers.
No. 714 Horseshoe lock ring plier.
both internal and external rings. Pack- Wt., 0.1 lb.
Wt., 0.4 lb.
aged in a reusable plastic s torage case. Fed. Spec.:GGG-P-480
No. 7313 External snap ring plier
Wt., 0.8 lb.
easily removes snap rings used to
retain bearings on shafts. Max. No. 7125K Convertible pliers kit.
spread: 17/16. Contains No. 1125 (.038 dia./45 bent
tip) and No. 1345 (.070 dia./45 bent
RETAINING RING PLIER KITS tip). Each pliers converts to handle
both internal and external rings. Pack- 7053K
Choose from four sets; internal ring,
internal &
external ring and convertible pliers for aged in a reusable plastic storage case.
Wt., 0.8 lb. external
either internal or external rings.
plier, 4
No. 7053K Replaceable tip pliers kit. No. 7406K Professional pliers kit.
sizes of
This versatile kit contains (1) internal and Contains (6)retaining convertible p liers
tips.
(1) external pliers with (8) tip sets. Two to handle both internal and e xternal
sets each: .038 dia. 90 bend, .047 dia. rings from 1/42. Includes straight and
straight, .047 dia. 90 bend, .070 dia. 90 off-set pliers with .038, .047,
straight. Recommended for 1/42 rings. and .070 tip diameters. Includes Nos.
Packaged in plastic storage case. Wt., 1120, 1131, 1320, 1329, 1340 and 7123K
0.8 lb.
1349. P ackaged in an impact resistant
RETAINING RING PLIERS SELECTION GUIDE
Tip Tip Size For Intl Rings* For External Rings*

Plier No .Bend Dia. (in.) Bore Dia. (in.) Shaft Dia. (in.)
7406K
0100 Str. .038 .375 1.023
0200 Str. .038 .250 .875
MECHANICAL
0300 Str. .070 1.062 1.750
0400 Str. .070 .938 1.438 TOOLS
0500 Str. .090 1.812 3.500
0600 Str. .115 1.500 3.500
7300 Str. .120 3.062 6.000
7301 Str. .120 3.543 6.500
Convertible Pliers
1120 Str. .038 .375 .562 .250 .672
External Internal Convertible
1125 45 .038 .375 .562 .250 .672 No. 0200 No. 7301 No. 0100 No. 7300 No. 1120
1131 90 .038 .375 .562 .250 .672 No. 0400 No. 0300 No. 1320
1320 Str. .047 .625 1.023 .687 .875 No. 0600 No. 0500 No. 1340
1329 90 .047 .625 1.023 .687 .875 No. 1125*
1340 Str. .070 1.062 1.750 .938 1.438 No. 1345*
1345 45 .070 1.062 1.750 .938 1.438 Fed. Spec.: GGG-P-480-E
No. 1131**
1349 90 .070 1.062 1.750 .938 1.438
*45 Angled Tips No. 1329**
*Capacities are shown for basic style rings. **90 Angled Tips
No. 1349**
CAUTION: Always wear safety goggles

when using pliers POWERTEAM.COM 187
SERVICE TOOLS
Accessories
HTS50 HEAVY-DUTY PIPE anaerobic sealant. Seals all metal fittings, plugs
SEALANT WITH PTFE and threaded joints quickly and easily. Cures to
Seals new or damaged threads; resists form a permanent seal which is inert to hydro- HTS50
water, chemicals and oils. carbons, most acids, chemicals, solvents and
steam. Allows adjustment up to 16 hours after
Replaces conventional tape methods; forms assembly; cannot loosen under vibration. Pre-
a clog-free seal. Effective at 10,000 psi. vents galling of mating parts upon disassembly.
When plumbing a hydraulic system, theres Withstands temperatures from 65 F to +375 F.
now a better answer than tapes which can tear
or shred, possibly plugging filters, valves or No. HTS50 Sealant, 50 ml. tube. Wt., 0.4 lb.
gauges. This compound combines the
lubricating qualities of PTFE with a fast curing
O RING SEAL PICKS right to the trouble areas. 7312

Even the seemingly simple job of removing No. 7312 O ring seal pick. Wt., 0.1 lb.
and installing O ring seals can be difficult
No. 7103 Set of two O ring seal picks.
without the aid of the proper tool. The 7312
Wt., 0.1 lb. 7103
all metal O ring seal pick does the job with
ease. Two special picks in set No. 7103 get
UNIVERSAL OUTSIDE THREAD CHASER No. 7402 Thread chaser, complete (with 7402
Restore damaged threads on shafts, housings, 6 dies: threads per inch 4, 5, 6, 7, 71/2, 8,
cages, etc., for re-assembly of matching parts. 9, 10, 11, 111/2, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 and 24).
Eliminates need for thread-cutting equipment. Wt., 4.5 lbs.
Will not harm threads. V-pads and dies can be
MECHANICAL
replaced. Cap. 11/4 to 5 O.D. No. 202817 Metric die set (3 dies: mm
per thread: 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75,
TOOLS
2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, and 4). Wt., 0.2 lb.
MAGNETIC PICK-UP TOOL 7395

Has permanent magnetic head for retrieving parts from otherwise inaccessible places.
No. 7395 Pick-up tool with pocket clip. 6 lg. Wt., 0.1 lb.
188
WRENCHES,
PRY BARS
RATCHETING CHAIN WRENCHES ADJUSTABLE GLAND NUT WRENCH
Special head design allows you to turn Designed to handle 2 to 6 dia. hydraulic S p a n n e r s & J i m m y B a r s
wrench in either direction. Ratcheting ac- cylinder gland nuts on many construction
tion makes it possible to re-grip without vehicles. Fits 1/4 and 5/16 dia. pin holes;
removal. For parts of most any size and features a 3/4 sq. drive.
shape. No. 1266 Adjustable gland nut wrench.
No. 7400 Chain wrench, cap. 1/2 to Wt., 3.0 lbs.
43/4 O.D. (Capacity= 333 ft. lbs.) No. 204928 Replacement pin for
Wt., 2.0 lbs. No. 1266
No. 7401 Chain wrench, cap. 3 to 63/4
O.D. (Capacity= 666 ft. lbs.) Wt., 5 lbs. PRY BARS
No. 209199 Replacement chain with Our rolling head pry bars are an extremely
7400
pin for No. 7400 chain wrench popular and useful tool. Head may be
(16 long). used for almost any prying job since a
great deal of leverage can be obtained.
No. 209200 Replacement chain
Long tapered body may be used as a lin- 7401
with pin for No. 7401 chain wrench
ing-up drift.
(24 long).
No. 7162 Pry bar; 3/8 round, 6 long.
ADJUSTABLE HOOK SPANNER WRENCH Wt., 0.3 lb.
Needed wherever turret adjusting nuts or No. 7163 Pry bar; 7/16 round, 12 long.
packing gland nuts are used. Cap.: 11/2 to Wt., 0.6 lb. 885
4. Handle overall length: 19. No. 7164 Pry bar; 9/16 round, 16 long.
No. 885 Adjustable hook spanner Wt., 1.1 lbs.
wrench. Wt., 3.0 lbs. No. 7165 Pry bar; 3/4 round, 18 long.
7307
Wt., 2.2 lbs.
ADJUSTABLE HOOK SPANNER WRENCH 7308
Replace many fixed-size wrenches JIMMY BARS
cover range of capacities needed to ser- Ideal for general lifting or prying. Heat
vice industrial tractors and other equip- treated chrome alloy steel to resist bend- 7309
ment. Drop-forged jaws adjust to eleven ing or breaking.
positions for a capacity of 43/4 to 123/4
No. 7166 Jimmy bar; 5/8 round, 18 long.
O.D. Handle overall length: 24; diameter:
Wt., 1.4 lbs.
1.
No. 7167 Jimmy bar; 3/4 round, 24
No. 7307 Spanner wrench with one 3/8
long. Wt., 2.5 lbs.
thick jaw. Wt., 7.3 lbs.
No. 7168 Jimmy bar; 7/8 round, 30
No. 7308 Spanner wrench with two in-
long. Wt., 4.3 lbs.
terchangeable jaws: one 3/8 thick, one 3/4
thick. Wt., 11.0 lbs. MAJOR PERSUADER JIMMY BARS
MECHANICAL
HEAVY-DUTY ADJUSTABLE SPANNER Two big jimmy bars for big jobs. Forged from
chrome alloy steel.
1266 TOOLS
Extra heavy construction. Has one /
3 4
thick, eleven-position hook-jaw for a ca- No. 7420 Jimmy bar; 7/8 round, 46
pacity of 43/4 to 123/4 O.D. Drop-forged. long. Wt., 7.5 lbs.
Handle length: 253/4; handle dia.: 15/16. No. 7421 Jimmy bar; 1 round, 54 long. 7162
7163
No. 7309 Heavy duty adjustable hook Wt., 11.3 lbs.
7164
spanner wrench. Wt., 13.3 lbs. 7165
7420
7421
7166
7167
7168
POWERTEAM.COM 189
PULLERS
PULLERS
190
Page
Page 213
PULLER BASICS192-195 PROTECTIVE
BLANKETS
Page
Page
214
POSI-LOCK PULLERS196-199
2/3 JAW PULLERS
LOCK-JAW
Page
Page 215
MECHANICAL JAW PULLERS200 PULLER
A CCESSORIES
LOCK-JAW
Page
MECHANICAL
BI-DIRECTONAL PULLERS202 Page
216-217
BI-DIRECTONAL
Page
PULLING ATTACHMENTS204 Page
220
HYDRAULIC
PULLER SETS
Page
PULLING SLIDE HAMMER206
Page
225
BEARING PUSHER
Page
PULLER SETS208 Page
226
UNIVERSAL PULLER
Page Page
ADAPTERS210 228
ROLLER BEARING
PULLERS
PULLER/ I NSTALLER
Page
Page
MANUAL PULLER SETS212
230
BEARING, BUSHING,
SEAL DRIVERS
POWERTEAM.COM 191
PULLER
SELECTION BASICS
3 Basic Puller Scenarios
CONSIDERATIONS: Determine the spread need. The spread
is determined by the width of the part
Determine the type of puller or puller being pulled. The pullers spread should
combination. be greater than the width of the part to
Which puller type is best suited for be pulled.
gripping the part? Estimate the force needed to solve
Is a combination of puller your pulling problem. A puller with the
types required? proper reach and spread will usually have
enough capacity to remove the
Determine the reach needed for your corresponding part. When in doubt,
particular pulling problem. The puller you always use a puller with a larger capacity
select must have a reach equal or greater than what may be needed. Rusted parts
than the corresponding sizes of the part or parts with a large area of resistance
to be pulled. may need more pulling force.
1
PULL PULL
PUSH PUSH
PULL
PULLING A GEAR, BEARING, WHEEL,
PULL
PULL
PULLEY, ETC., FROM A SHAFT
PUSH
PULL PULL
PULL
PUSH PUSH
In order to perform
PULL a proper pull,
PULL
be certain that
you firmly grip the gear, bearing, wheel, pulley,
etc., and apply force to the shaft. Use a 3-jaw
puller, instead of a 2-jaw, whenever possible for RECOMMENDED TOOLS:
better gripping power and a more uniform dis-
placement of pulling force.
Bearing/pulley
Jaw-type pullers: attachments pro-
Bi-Directional vide a knife-like edge
Either manual or hy- Puller can thread di-
draulic. For extra force to get behind parts Adapters
rectly into a threaded Whether you need an
and convenience, use for added versatility
part for easy and adapter compatible with
a hydraulic puller. Both and secure removal of
secure r emoval. Bi-Di- Slide hammers any number of threaded
are available in 2 or 3 parts. Great for parts
rectional Pullers can are best suited for hole sizes, protecting
jaw configurations and that dont offer ade-
be used in c onjunction light-duty tasks. Slide
PULLERS
are used to grip the quate grip with jaw- the part to be pulled or
with bearing/pulley hammers can be for assisting the instal-
outer circumference of type pullers.
attachments which grip used for multiple pull- lation of a component;
a part or can be used the part from behind. ing problems when (page 205)
with a pulling attach- Power Team offers a
A wide assortment combined pulling variety of adapters to
ment, such as a bear- of male and female attachments.
ing/ pulley attachment. assist in the removal or
threaded adapters are (pages 206-207) installation of parts.
(pages 200-201, available as well as
214-217, 226-227) (pages 210-211)
metric adapters.
(pages 202-203,
218-219)
192
2
PUSH
PULL
PULL
PUSH
PULLING INTERNAL BEARING
R A C E S , R E T A I N E R , S E A L S , ETC.
By extending the narrow jaws of an internal pulling attachment
through the center of the part to be pulled, a straight pullis insured,
and damage to the housing is avoided. While parts within a blind
hole in a housing do present a problem, Power Team has the inter- RECOMMENDED TOOLS:
nal pulling attachment or a combination of an internal pulling attach-
ment and puller to handlethe situation.
Internal pulling Slide hammer Bi-Directional

attachments have with internal at- Puller with
narrow jaws which extend tachment is ideal for internal
through the center of the removing parts from blind attachment Is
part to be pulled. They holes, especially where available in both
provide a straight pull and there is no housing to manual and hy-
avoid damaging housings. brace puller legs against. draulic versions.
Internal attachments fea- (pages 206-207) (pages 202-203)
ture adjustable jaws to fit
various diameter parts.
(page 204)
3
PUSH PUSH
PULL
PULL
PUSH PUSH PULLING A PRESS-FITTED

SHAFT FROM A HOUSING
Note: Manual pullers require that the shaft being pulled is no
more than twice the diameter of the pullers forcing screw.
To determine the recommended tonnage for hydraulic pull-
ers, multiply the diameter of the shaft to be pulled by ten.
AREA OF
RESISTANCE Example: For a 1 shaft, we recommend 10 tons of pulling
force.
A shaft with a threaded end can be removed without damage by using
one of our slide hammer, manual or hydraulic Bi-Directional Puller, in
conjunction with the proper threaded adapter. Removal is easy! If the
shaft to be removed has external threads, simply choose one of our RECOMMENDED TOOLS:
female threaded adapters of proper size/thread. If the shaft has internal
threads, simply choose the c orrect size male threaded adapter.
Bi-Directional
Puller matched with a set
PULLERS
of threaded adapters make

for an extra versatile pulling
Slide hammer puller matched with a tool. (pages 202-203, 210-
set of threaded adapters is a perfect tool for 211, 218-219)
light duty pulling needs. (pages 206-207,
210-211)
POWERTEAM.COM 193
PULLER
SELECTION BASICS WHY OUR ROLLED PULLER THREADS ARE SUPERIOR:
Choosing the Pitch diameter of thread

Right Puller
Rolled threads start with a material O.D. equal to the pitch di-
ameter of the thread. The rolling process moves material from
below the pitch diameter and creates a smoother and stronger
thread.
Centerline of screw
Cut threads start with a material O.D. equal to the thread O.D.
Cutting can cause tears on the thread surface which can make
it rough and can cause minute cracks at the root of the thread
which can open up during heat treat and lessen the capacity of
the screw.
Outside diameter of thread

Puller with a bearing pulling
attachment was used to take a
bearing off a utilities well pump
motor.
Features Benefits
Lock-Jaw feature on jaw-type pullers The harder the pulling force, the tighter the jaws
grip

2-way, 3-way and 2/3-way combination pull- wide variety of pullers; select a specific puller
A
ers: for a specific application or select one or more
1 to 37 ton mechanical pullers pullers for general applications
5 to 50 ton hydraulic pullers
2 1/8 (54 mm) to 27 5/8 (702 mm) reach
3 1/4 (83 mm) to 44 (1,118 mm) of spread
Forged alloy steel jaws Strongest possible part; the grain of the material
follows the contour of the part.
Machined puller jaw toes Larger and stronger pulling toe than most
competitors
Alloy steel heads (forged or flame cut) Heat treated and designed for
maximum strength
Rolled V threads Stronger and smoother than cut threads
Special coating on threads Resists corrosion, traps lubrication better than
black oxide
Heat treated alloy steel cross bolts Designed for maximum shear strength
PULLERS
NOTE: The puller application photos shown in this catalog are shown without protective blankets for clarity of photos.
Power Team strongly recommends you always make your pull with a protective device in place.
194
Operator safety comes first!
Tons of force are being exerted with your Pulling System. You must respect this force, and
observe safety precautions at all times.
CAUTION
It is impossible to predict the exact The lowest capacity component, then, Always wear eye protection during a job
force required for every pulling job: determines the capacity of the setup. since work parts, or the pulling tool itself,
setup requirements and the size, shape For example: When an accessory with a may break and parts may fly. It is recom-
and condition of the parts being pulled 1 ton capacity is used with a 10 ton ca- mended to cover the work with a Power
vary a great deal. In addition, the Power pacity puller, the setup can be used only Team Protective Blanket or use a shield
Team Pulling System is so versatile, it at a force of one ton. while force is being applied. If you are at
is possible that components in a pulling These tools should be used only by all unsure which tool or attachment to se-
setup may have different tonnage ratings. trained personnel familiar with them. lect, contact the Power Team factory.
A few easy tips to remember:

1. Wear safety glasses at all times! You have only one pair of eyes, so protect them from
possible flying parts.
2. Keep your pulling tools in shape! Clean and lubricate the pullers forcing screw fre-
quently, from threads to tip, to assure long service life and proper operation.
3. Cover work with a protective blanket! With high forces being exerted on the part
being pulled, breakage may sometimes result. By covering the work with a protective blanket,
the mechanic reduces the danger of flying parts.
4. Apply force gradually! The component should give a little at a time. Do not try speed re- Mechanical &Hydraulic
moval by using an impact wrench on the puller screw. Bi-Directional Puller
5. Use the right size puller! If you have applied maximum force and the part has not moved, Forcing Sliding
go to a larger capacity puller. Resist sledging. Screw Nut Plate
6. Align puller legs and jaws! Be sure the setup is rigid and that the puller is square with
the work.
7. Mount puller so grip is tight! Tighten the adjusting strap-bolts when using a jaw type
puller. Always use a 3-jaw puller whenever possible. A 3-jaw puller gives a more secure grip, Cross
more even pulling power. Apply force gradually. Never use an extension on a wrench. block
Never use an impact wrench. Never strike the end of the forcing screw.
Always cover work with a protective blanket.
8. Do not couple puller legs! The tonnage capacity of a Bi-Directional Puller is reduced
when longer than standard legs are used, or when legs are in compression. The chance of
breaking, bending or misaligning legs increases. Keep reach to a minimum. Use shortest legs
possible to reach workpiece. Thread legs into workpiece, pulling attachment or adapters evenly.
Uneven legs will cause greater pull or push on one side, creating a bending action which could
cause damage to work piece or cause a leg to break. The sliding plates must always be on the
opposite side of the cross block from the forcing screw nut or hydraulic cylinder. Always cover
work with a protective blanket.
Bearing pulling attachments:
These attachments may not withstand the full tonnage of the pullers with which they
PULLERS
are used. The shape and condition of the part being pulled affects the tonnage at which
the puller blocks and/or studs may bend or break. Always select the largest attachment
which will fit the part to be pulled.
POWERTEAM.COM 195
PULLERS
PosiLock
Mechanical & Hydraulic
FEATURES & BENEFITS

Used to pull a variety of press fit parts from gears to wheels, pulleys to
bearings, with minimum effort and without damaging the components
or machinery.
Conventional pullers use manual floppy jaws often require two
operators to use and can be time-consuming and slow. Traditional
jaws slip off work surfaces or snap back making the pulling operation
frustrating and difficult.
With Power Team - Posi Lock, pulling bearings is a one-man
operation. The T-handle and Safety Cage control the jaws at all
times. This means that the opening, closing, locking and aligning of the
jaws is all done automatically by simply turning the T-handle.
Hydraulic pullers come with a lift plate for ease of transport and lifting.
In addition, ram points of different sizes are available for a variety of
applications
Using a hydraulic puller system adds efficiency and eliminates unsafe
practices such as hammering,heating, or prying components to be
removed. The cylinder replaces the center bolt function of a manual
puller.
Pullers are used whenever there are tough maintenance challenges:
Railroads, Steel & Paper Mills, Mines, Oil Fields, Wind Farms,
Factories, Power Plants, Shipyards, etc.
1 2
1 Hydraulic cylinder reacts off shaft enabling jaws
to extract object in a controlled manner.
2 echanical pullers use a center bolt to provide
M 3
force on the shaft enabling jaws to extract object
in a controlled manner.
3 -handle facilitates the opening, closing, locking
T
4
and aligning of the jaws.
4 afety Cage guides jaws for quick setup,
S
providing a vise-like grip reducing slippage.
5 Forged jaws provides superior durability.
6 lim tapered jaws allow for easier gripping and
S
5
PULLERS
better access to tight spots.

7 ptional hydraulic cylinder tips to meet your
O
application needs.
8 ide range of standard and long jaw reach arms
W 6
to increase your versatility.
8
7
Posi Lock is a registered trademark of Posi Lock Puller, Inc.
196
ORDERING INFO:
MECHANICAL PULLERS
Optional Accessories
Long Jaws*
Bolt
Order No. Cap. Jaws Reach Spread Weight Order No. Reach Spread
Diameter
Short Tons Qty. in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) lb (kg) in (mm) in (mm)
PT202 1 2 0.31 (7.9) 2.25 (57) 3.25 (82.6) 0.62 (0.28)
PT203 2 2 0.37 (9.4) 3.00 (76.2) 4.50 (127) 1.12 (0.51)
PT204 2 2 0.5 (12.7) 4.00 (102) 5.00 (127) 3 (1.36)
PT206 6 2 0.62 (15.8) 6.00 (152) 7.00 (178) 7 (3.18)
PT11054 / 9.8 (249) / 15.8 (401) /

PT208 12 2 0.75 (19 ) 8.00 (203) 12.00 (305) 12 (5.44) PT11054L 16.00 (406) 22.00 (559)
PT210 14 2 0.75 (19) 9.67 (246) 15.00 (381) 13 (5.9) PT11054L 16.00 (406) 22.00 (559)
PT213 25 2 1.12 (28.5) 12.00 (305) 18.00 (457) 38 (17.24) PT11354L 20.00 (508) 30.00 (762)
PT216 35 2 1.25 (32) 14.00 (356) 25.00 (635) 57 (25.85) PT11654L 26.00 (660) 38.00 (965)
PT102 1 3 0.31 (7.9) 2.25 (57) 3.25 (82.6) 0.68 (0.31)
PT103 2 3 0.37 (9.4 ) 3.00 (76.2) 4.50 (114.3) 1.3 (0.59)
PT104 5 3 0.5 (12.7) 4.00 (102) 5.00 (127) 4.1 (1.86)
PT106 10 3 0.62 (15.8) 6.00 (152) 7.00 (178) 8 (3.63)

PT11054 / 9.8 (249) / 15.8 (401) /
PT108 17 3 0.75 (19) 8.00 (203) 12.00 (305) 14 (6.35) PT11054L 16.00 (406) 22.00 (559)
PT110 20 3 0.75 (19) 9.67 (246) 15.00 (381) 16 (7.26) PT11054L 16.00 (406) 22.00 (559)
PT113 30 3 1.12 (28.5) 12.00 (305) 18.00 (457) 44 (19.96) PT11354L 20.00 (508) 30.00 (762)
PT116 40 3 1.25 (32) 14.00 (356) 25.00 (635) 68 (30.84) PT11654L 26.00 (660) 38.00 (965)
* Long jaws must be ordered in the quantity required. For example, order two PT11054 for the PT208.
ORDERING INFO:
HYDRAULIC PULLERS Optional Accessories
Long Jaws*
Order No. Capacity Cylinder Jaws Reach Spread Weight Order No. Reach Spread
Short Tons Included Qty. in (mm) in (mm) lb (kg) in (mm) in (mm)
PTPHB-206 5 C55C 2 6.00 (152.4) 8.00 (203.2) 12.7 (5.76)
PT11054 / 9.8 (249) / 15.8 (401) / 22.00

PTPHB-208 10 C106C 2 8.00 (203) 12.00 (305) 14 (6.35) PT11054L 16.00 (406) (559)
PTPHB-210 15 C1510C 2 10.00 (254) 15.00 (381) 22 (9.98) PTPH-11054L 16.00 (406) 22.00 (559)
PTPHB-213 25 C2514C 2 12.00 (305) 18.00 (457) 47 (21.32) PT11354L 20.00 (508) 30.00 (762)
PTPHB-216 50 C5513C 2 14.00 (356) 25.00 (635) 90 (40.82) PTPH-21654L 26.00 (660) 38.00 (965)
PULLERS
PTPHB-106 5 C55C 3 6.00 (152.4) 8.00 (203.2) 14.35 (6.51)
PT11054 / 9.8 (249) / 15.8 (401) / 22.00

PTPHB-108 10 C106C 3 8.00 (203) 12.00 (305) 16 (7.26) PT11054L 16.00 (406) (559)
PTPHB-110 15 C1510C 3 10.00 (254) 15.00 (381) 25 (11.34) PTPH-11054L 16.00 (406) 22.00 (559)
PTPHB-113 25 C2514C 3 12.00 (305) 18.00 (457) 55 (24.95) PT11354L 20.00 (508) 30.00 (762)
PTPHB-116 50 C5513C 3 14.00 (356) 25.00 (635) 100 (45.36) PTPH-11654L 26.00 (660) 38.00 (965)
* Long jaws must be ordered in the quantity required. For example, order three PT11054 for the PTPHB-108.
POWERTEAM.COM 197
BUNDLES Versatility and Use
Posi Lock
Hydraulic Bundles &
Accessories
Tapered jaw design Tapered roller bearing on Lock on ball grooves

allows clamping around shaft. and bearing races.
bearing for a perfect pull.
Hydraulic Bundles
Power Team offers a comprehensive line of turnkey Posi Lock hydraulic two and
three-jaw puller sets.
3 Jaw 2 Jaw
Cap.
Order No. Order No. Short
Cylinder Pump Gauge Hose T Adapter
Included Included Included Included Included
Tons
PTPHC-206 PTPHC-106 5 C55C P19L 9040 9756 9670
PTPHC-208 PTPHC-108 10 C106C P19L 9040 9756 9670
PTPHC-210 PTPHC-110 15 C1510C P59L 9040 9756 9670
PTPHC-213 PTPHC-113 25 C2514C P159 9040 9756 9670
PTPHC-216 PTPHC-116 50 C5513C P460 9040 9756 9670
3 Jaw 2 Jaw
Cap.
Order No. Order No. Short
Cylinder Pump Gauge Hose T Adapter
Included Included Included Included Included
Tons
PTPHD-206 PTPHD-106 5 C55C PE172 9040 9758 9670
PTPHD-208 PTPHD-108 10 C106C PE172 9040 9758 9670
PTPHD-210 PTPHD-110 15 C1510C PE172 9040 9758 9670
PTPHD-213 PTPHD-113 25 C2514C PE172 9040 9758 9670
PTPHD-216 PTPHD-116 50 C5513C PE172 9040 9758 9670
Puller Accessories
Power Team offers accessories to compliment your puller. These accessories conveniently store, transport
and position your hydraulic pullers to maximize your productivity.
PULLERS
Order Number
Hydraulic Lift Cart Storage Transport Cart Puller No.
PTPT-3050 PTPT-2550 PTPHB-213

Storage Transport Cart Hydraulic Lift Cart Accessories only for models shown above.
198
HIGH TONNAGE
High Tonnage Pullers
Posi Lock
Hydraulic Pullers
Power Team Posi Lock 100 and 200 ton hydraulic pullers provide maximum
extraction force in applications requiring high force removal of large gears, & Promotional Items
pulleys, wheels, sleeves and other press fit parts. Lifting brackets allow the puller
to be removed from the cart and lifted into work places above 5ft.
Tip
Cap. Jaws Reach Spread Tip Width Depth Weight
Order No. Clearance
Short
Qty. in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) lb (kg)
Tons
Single Acting PTPH-102T 100 2 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 1700 (771.11)
PTPH-100T 100 3 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 1950 (884.5)
PTPH-123T 100 2/3 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 2000 (907.18)
PTPH-102TV* 100 2 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 1800 (816.47)
PTPH-102TDA 100 2 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 1800 (816.47)
PTPH-100TDA 100 3 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 2050 (929.86)
Double Acting
PTPH-123TDA 100 2/3 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 2100 (952.54)
PTPH-
100 2 50 (1270) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 1800 (816.47)
102DATV*
PTPH-200T 200 4 48 (1219) 70 (1778) 125 (32) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 4150 (1882.41)
* Vertical mounted puller.
Note: Each high tonnage puller is equipped with a 115VAC PE55 Power Pump and a C Series Cylinder for single acting or RD Series
Cylinder on double acting models. Pushing adapters sized; 3.5" diameter and lengths 9", 19" & 29"are included. Contact factory for other
voltage requirements.
Promotional Goods
Showcase your pullers with a branded, reinforced pegboard display in your showroom or shop.
Order Number
Kit
Description PTPM4 PTPM4L PTPM4S PTPM5 PTPM6 PTMPS16
Components
PTP13/16 TIP PROTECTOR for PT113 / PT213 / PT116 / PT216 4
PTP10 TIP PROTECTOR PT108 / PT208 / PT110 / PT21 1 2 1 2 4
PTP6 TIP PROTECTOR for PT106 / PT206 2 2 2 2 2 2
PTP4 TIP PROTECTOR for PT104 / PT204 1 2 1 2 2
PT216 PULLER, MANUAL 2 JAW - 35 TON 1
Peg Board Only
PT210 PULLER, MANUAL 2 JAW - 14 TON 1 1 1
Order No. 2008505
PT206 PULLER, MANUAL 2 JAW - 6 TON 1 1 1 1 1 1
PT204 PULLER, MANUAL 2 JAW - 2 TON 1 1 1
PULLERS

PT110 PULLER, MANUAL 3 JAW - 20 TON 1 1 1 1 1
PT106 PULLER, MANUAL 3 JAW - 10 TON 1 1 1 1 1 1
PT103 PULLER, MANUAL 3 JAW - 2 TON 1 1
2008505 TOOL BOARD KIT, POSI LOCK TOOL SETS 1 1 1 1 2 2
Peg Board with Pullers
Order No. PTPM4L
POWERTEAM.COM 199
JAW PULLERS
Mechanical
2 & 3 Jaw Pullers
Lock-Jaw feature on all pullers. The
harder the pull, the tighter the grip for
removing gears, bearings and countless
other press fitted parts.
2-way, 3-way and 2/3 way combination
pullers make it easy to select a specific
Choosing the right size puller for a specific application.
puller: Compare the reach Forged from high quality steel,
and spread of the pulling job heat treated and subjected to r igorous
with that of the pullers listed. tests which exceed
The puller selected must have rated puller capacity.
dimensions greater than those Meets Fed. Spec.: GGG-P-00781-D
of the job.
Shaft protector
Pulling attachment
Step plate
Jaw thickness
Reach
Jaw width
Spread
Reach
Jaw thickness
Max. Jaw
Order Reach Spread Screw
Jaw width Size Thickness Width Capacity,
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Style and Weight
1020 1021 1020 2 1/8 3 1/4 5

/1624 x 3 7/8 9
/64 1/4 1-Ton,
2-Jaw; 5 oz.
1021 2 1/8 3 1/4 5
/1624 x 3 7/8 9
/64 1/4 1-Ton,
3-Jaw; 8 oz.
1022 1023 1022 3 3/8 4 3
/824 x 4 7/8 Upper 3/16 Upper 1/4 2-ton, 2-Jaw; 14 oz.
PULLERS
Lower 1/8 Lower 1/2 (Reversible Jaws)

1023 3 3/8 4 3/4 3
/824 x 4 7/8 Upper 3/16 Upper 1/4 2-ton, 2/3-Jaw; 1 lb., 5 oz.
1024 1026 1024 3 1/4 6 9
/1620 x 6 15/16 Upper 5/16 Upper 3/8 5-Ton, 2-Jaw; 1 lb., 12 oz.
1026 3 /4 7
1 9
/1620 x 6 /16 Upper 5/16 Upper 3/8
15
5-Ton, 2/3-Jaw; 2 lbs., 12 oz.
200
Alloy steel heads are forged for maxi-
mum strength. Jaw thickness
Forcing screw threads are rolled, not
Reach
cut. This process creates a smoother
and stronger thread.
Heat treated alloy steel cross bolts for Jaw width
Spread
maximum shear strength.
Machined puller jaw toes produce Reach
larger and stronger pulling toes. Jaw thickness
Max. Jaw
Order Reach Spread Screw
Jaw width
Size Thickness Width Capacity,
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Style and Weight
1025 1027 1025 5 1/2 6 9

/1620 x 6 15/16 Upper 5/16 Upper 3/8 5-Ton, Long 2-Jaw; 2 lbs.
1027 5 /2 7
1 9
/1620 x 6 /16 Upper 5/16 Upper 3/8
15
5-Ton, Long 2/3-Jaw;
Lower 1/4 Lower 3/4 3 lbs., 10 oz. (Rev. Jaws)
1035 1037
1035 5 9 11
/1618 x 9 Upper 5/16 Upper 1 7-Ton, 2-Jaw; 4 lbs., 8 oz.
Lower 11/32 Lower 1 (Reversible Jaws)
1037 5 10 1/2 11
/1618 x 9 Upper 5/16 Upper 1 7-Ton, 2/3-Jaw;
Lower 11/32 Lower 1 6 lbs., 2 oz. (Rev. Jaws)
1036 1038
1036 8 3/4 9 1/2 11
/1618 x 9 11
/32 1 7-Ton,
Long 2-Jaw; 5 lbs., 6 oz.
1038 8 3/4 11 11
/1618 x 9 11
/32 1 7-Ton,
Long 2/3-Jaw; 8 lbs., 2 oz.
1039 11 12 13
/1616 x 12 9
/16 1 13-Ton,

1039/1040 1041/1042 2-Jaw; 10 lbs., 13 oz.
1040 15 1/4 15 1/2 13
/1616 x 12 9
/16 1 13-Ton,
Long 2-Jaw; 13 lbs.
1041 11 12 13
/1616 x 12 9
/16 1 13-Ton,
2/3-Jaw; 16 lbs., 4 oz.
1042 15 1/4 17 13
/1616 x 12 9
/16 1 13-Ton,
Long 2/3-Jaw; 18 lbs., 12 oz.
1043 14 1/2 14 1-14 x 131/2 9
/16 1 171/2 -Ton,

1043/1044 1045/1046 Long 2-Jaw; 23 lbs.
1044 18 3/4 16 114 x 13 1/2 lg. 13
/16 19/32 171/2 -Ton,
Long 2-Jaw; 26 lbs.
1045 14 1/2 14 114 x 13 1/2 13
/16 19/32 171/2 -Ton,
3-Jaw; 33 lbs.
1046 18 3/4 16 114 x 13 1/2 13
/16 19/32 171/2 -Ton,
Long
PULLERS
3-Jaw; 37 lbs.
1048 1050
1048 22 1/4 20 11/412 x 165/8 11/16 11/2 25-Ton,
Long
2-Jaw; 42 lbs., 12 oz.
1050 22 1/4 20 11/412 x 165/8 11/16 11/2 25-Ton,
Long
3-Jaw; 60 lbs.
For puller piece part identification, order Power Team parts catalog PC97
POWERTEAM.COM 201
BI-DIRECTIONAL
Mechanical
10, 171/2, & 30 Ton Cap. Selection and capacity rating Each
Bi-Directional Puller specified tonnage ca-
pacity is determined using its standard legs in
tension. Using longer legs, or a setup in which
the legs are in compression, will r educe the
capacity. Always select the largest capacity
puller and the shortest legs that will fit the job.
Can apply a pushing or pulling force,
depending on how the puller is set up.
Optional leg kits adapt your Bi-Directional
Puller to extra long or extra short reach.
A wide variety of threaded adapters, b earing
pulling attachments and internal pulling
attachments can be used in combination
with our Bi-Directional Puller.
Meets Fed. Spec.: GGG-P-00781-D
Bearing Pulling Attachment
ASSEMBLING THE TOOL TO APPLY PUSHING OR PULLING FORCE:

Sliding Plate Nut
1. Determine if you want the tools forcing
screw to push or pull.
2. To exert pushing force, the forcing nut
is installed beneath the cross block, as
shown on left.
3. To cause the forcing screw to pull,
Sliding Plate
the forcing nut is placed on top of the
cross block. Nut
4. The sliding plates must always be

placed on the opposite side of the
cross block from the forcing nut. s
Pulling
t Force
Pushing
s Force
s t t
Pulling Pulling Pushing Pushing
Force Force Force Force
Available Adapters (page 210-211)

PULLERS
Male/Female Step Plate
Shaft Protector Female
202
No. 927 10-Ton Capacity can No. 939 30-Ton Capacity can
be used with No. 1123 bearing pulling be used with Nos. 1126 and 1127 bear-
attachment or No. 679 pulley pulling at- ing pulling attachments or No. 680 pul-
tachment. May also be used with Nos. ley pulling attachment (two 8012
1150, 1151, 1152, or 1153 internal adapters are required to connect 680 to
pulling attachments. puller). Can be used with No. 1165 in-
No. 938 1712-Ton Capacity ternal pulling attachment.
can be used with Nos. 1124 and 1130
bearing pulling attachments or Nos. 679
and 680 pulley pulling attachments. May
also be used with Nos. 1150, 1151,
1153, 1165, or 1166 internal pulling at-
tachments.
Internal Pulling Attachment
927 Max.
Reach Spread Screw Size Notes / Weight
81/4 21/8 71/4 3
/416 x 12
1/2 of forcing screw tip end is threaded 5/818. No. 1100 legs and
927 No. 24827 leg ends included. Wt., 7 lbs.
Order No. Leg Length & Wt. Order No. Leg Length & Wt.
1103 43/4 1102 113/4
1 lb. 2 lbs., 4 oz.
1100 63/4 1101 153/4
1 lb., 8 oz. 3 lbs., 4 oz.

Spread Extra Legs (pair) for No. 927 Bi-Directional Puller (Reach equals leg length plus 11/2 with leg end caps.)
21/8 71/4
938 Max.
11 /8 3 /811 /4 1 1 3
114 x 13 /4 Leg ends threaded 5/818. No. 1106 legs and No. 24827 leg
1
938 ends included. Wt., 20 lbs., 12 oz.

1107 4.5 1105 221/2

2 lbs., 8 oz. 9 lbs.
1106 91/2 1108 30
4 lbs., 8 oz. 111/2 lbs.
1104 161/2
Spread 6 lbs., 8 oz.
3 / 11 /
1
8
3
4

Extra Legs (pair) for No. 938 Bi-Directional Puller (Reach equals leg length plus 2 with leg end caps.)
939
939 Max.
PULLERS
10 / 716 / 1 / 12 x 17 / Leg ends threaded 114. No. 1109 legs and

1
2
1
4
1
2
1
4
939
No. 28390 leg ends included. Wt., 44 lbs.
1109 8 1111 28
8 lbs. 22 lbs.
Reach 1110 18
15 lbs.
Spread
7 161/4 Extra Legs (pair) for No. 939 Bi-Directional Puller (Reach equals leg length plus 25/8 with leg end caps.)
POWERTEAM.COM 203
PULLER ATTACHMENTS
1-1/2 - 9 Jaw Spreads
RECOMMENDED FOR THE RE-

MOVAL OF BEARINGS, BEARING
CUPS, BUSHINGS AND OIL SEALS.
Handles internal pulling jobs, such as,
bearing/bearing cup removal, bushing
removal, oil seals, etc.
Remove hard to get at parts easily and
without damage!
Use with corresponding Power Team
Slide Hammer or Bi-Directional Puller
Adjustable jaws fit various diameters
CAUTION These attachments may not

withstand the full tonnage of the pullers they are
used with. The shape and condition of the part
being pulled affects the tonnage at which the jaws
may slip off. Always select the largest attachment
which will fit behind the part being pulled.
B
Reach
Spread
Jaw
Order Spread Reach A B Wt.
No. (in.) (in.) (in. thd.) (in. thd.) (lbs.) Application
1153 11/25 2 1/8 114 5/818 4 lbs., 4 oz. Use with Nos. 927 and 938 Bi-Directional
Puller,
1150 11/26 4 114 5
/818 4 lbs., 4 oz.
1151 11/27 51/4 114 5/818 4 lbs., 8 oz.
1152 11/26 4 5
/818 3 lbs., 8 oz. Use with Nos. 927 and 938 Bi-Directional ,
1155 and 1156 slide hammer pullers, or
24832 and 24833 puller screw.
1154 11/26 4 18 5
/818 4 lbs., 8 oz. Use with No. PPH17.
1165 39 57/8 11/212 114 13 lbs., 8 oz. Use with No. 939 Bi-Directional Puller.
PULLERS
1166 39 57/8 11/47 114 13 lbs., 8 oz. Use with No. PPH30.
Order Puller Screws
No. Length Threads Wt. (lbs.) Application
24832 13 /4 long
3 5
/818 1 lb. Use with Nos. 1150, 1151, 1152, and 1153.
Acts as a regular forcing screw when threaded
directly into block of pulling attachment.
24833 51/2 long 5
/818 6 oz. Use with Nos. 1150, 1152, and 1153. Acts
as a regular forcing screw when threaded
directly into block of pulling attachment.
204
PULLER ATTACHMENTS
Bearing &Pulley
USED WHERE SPACE DOES NOT
P ERMIT HOOKING PULLER JAWS
D IRECTLY ON PART TO BE PULLED.
Knife-like edges fit behind bearings and
other hard-to-grip parts for easy removal,
even where clearance is limited.
Usable with both Lock-Jaw jaw type
pullers and Bi-Directional.
All puller blocks are made from
forged alloy steel
Knife- Cross
like section
edges
A Attachment clamps down into V-groove to distribute load.

Use with Lock-Jaw pullers or Bi-Directional Pullers.
B
X = Thread of tapped hole in adapter.
Flat back
Y = Distance between adjusting screws.
surface
Max. Min.
Order Spread Spread A B Wt.
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Application - (Use with Puller Nos.)
1121 /16
15 1
/4 /1618
5
1 /16
11
12 oz. 1020, 1022, and 1023.
1122 2 1
/8 /816
3
27/16 1 lb., 4 oz. 1024, 1025, 1026, 1027, 7392 and 7393.
1123 45/8 1
/2 5
/818 43/8 5 lbs. 1035, 1036, 1037, 1038, and 927.
1124 53/4 1
/2 5
/818 6 12 lbs. 1035, 1040, 1041, 1042, PH172, PPH17, and 938.
1126 8 5
/8 114 71/2 19 lbs., 12 oz. 1043, and 939.
1127 133/8 3
/4 114 10 1/4 41 lbs., 12 oz. 939, PH302, and PPH30.
1128 127/8 5 13/412 13 100 lbs. PH302*, PH502*, PH553C, and PPH50. (When using 1128
with PPH50, two 8024 adapter are required to connect PPH50
to the puller tees).
1130 9 1
/2 5
/818 6 12 lbs., 9 oz. 1035, 1040, 1041, 1042, PH172, PPH17, and 938.
V-belt pulley pulling attachments
679 57/8 13/4 5
/818 6 4 lbs., 4 oz. 1035, 1036, 1037, 1038, and 927.
680 10 15/8 5
/818 101/16 22 lbs., 4 oz. 1039, 1040, 1041, 1042, PH172, PPH30* and 938.
(When using 680 with PPH30, two 8012 adapters are required).
PULLERS
Pulling attachment accessory Knife-like edges of attachment fit behind 1128

bearings or other parts for easy removal with Enforcer 55, even if space does not
permit hooking puller jaws directly to part being pulled.
No. 1128 Spread: 5 to 127/8. Wt., 100 lbs. 127/8
* Indicates discontinued puller model.

13/4- 12
POWERTEAM.COM 205
SLIDE HAMMER
PULLERS
Blind hole puller set Removal of
bearings, bushings, sleeves and other
friction-fitted parts from blind holes can
now be accomplished with ease. Set
provides selection of expanding collets
5
/16 to 13/4 I.D. collet is placed through
bore of part to be removed, then
Set No. 981
expanded with actuator pin so that lips of
collet secure a positive grip for pulling.
Pulling force is exerted by means of a forcing screw and bridge
assembly or with a slide hammer.
No. 981 Blind-hole puller set with slide hammer, forcing
screw,bridge, actuator pins, collets, and storage box. Wt., 21 lbs.
Order No. Description Order No. Description
24835 Forcing Screw 28253 Actuator Pin (3/16 dia.)

24836 Forcing Screw Nut 28256 Actuator Pin (1/2 dia.)
22185 Hammer 21/2 lbs. 41331 Bridge
208627 Shank & Tee Bar Assembly 28323GY8 Metal Box
28250 Actuator Pin (1/8 dia.)
Order No. Inch Range MM Range Order No. Inc Range MM Range
33856* 5
/16 to 3/8 8 to 9.5 33861** 3
/4 to 7/8 19.1 to 22.2
33857* 3
/8 to 7/16 9.5 to 11.1 33862** 7
/8 to 1 22.2 to 25.4
33858** 7
/16 to 1/2 11.1 to 12.7 33863*** 1 to 11/4 25.4 to 31.7
blind hole puller 33859** 1
/2 to 5/8 12.7 to 15.9 33864*** 11/4 to 11/2 31.7 to 38.1
example 33860** 5
/8 to 3/4 15.9 to 19.1 33865*** 11/2 to 13/4 38.1 to 44.4
*Use with 1/8 actuator pin. **Use with 3/16 actuator pin. ** *Use with 1/2 actuator pin
Slide hammer puller set This very handy set is ideal for Inside Spread
those close-quarter, inside pulling jobs. Very practical for pulling Jaw Min. Max.
motor, generator, and magneto bearings. Also good for removing Set (in.) (in.)
small-bore bushings, bearings, and oil seals.
1172 1
/2 2
No. SS2 Slide hammer puller set. Wt., 5.8 lbs.
1174 1
/2 13/8
Slide hammer puller set This useful set contains a reversible-jaw slide hammer puller with a 2.5 lb. sliding
hammer plus an assortment of special jaws (3 of each size) and adapters. In this set, you get all the versatility you
demand of a slide hammer puller.
No. 1178 Slide hammer puller set with 2.5-lb. sliding hammer. Wt., 13.8 lbs.
2-Jaw Spread 3-Jaw Spread

27315 27241 36578 Inside Outside Inside Outside
Jaw Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
32054 11/4 34698 2 44195 3 (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
PULLERS
44195 11/2 41/2 /4 5

3
11/2 43/4 1 41/2
41/2
32054 3
/4 23/8 1 23/4
44148 23/4 51/2 3/4 71/2 31/4 61/4 1 61/2
44148 1156 34698 11/4 31/2 1 41/2 11/2 41/4 11/2 41/2
Sliding hammers only -
22185 34331
No. 22185 2.5 lb. sliding hammer.
No. 34331 5 lb. sliding hammer.
206
Bearing cup remover The 7136 is perfect for pulling internal bearing cups, seals,
bushings, etc. Jaw spread 15/16 to 31/4 reach to 31/2. Use with any slide hammer having 7136
5
/8-18 thread (Power Team 1155, 1156 or 927 Bi-Directional).
No. 7136 Universal bearing cup remover. Wt., 1.5 lbs.
Pilot bearing pullers These very versatile pullers are built especially for inside
pulling jobs, and particularly for removing flywheel pilot bearings on machines
and construction vehicles. Also very practical for pulling motor, generator
and magneto bearings.
I.D. Spread
Special slide hammer puller Ideal for Order Reach Min. Max. Wt.
pulling jobs in very close quarters, as in No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
removal of small-bore bushings, bearings, oil
seals, etc. Internal pulling attachment has jaw 1170 /4 /2 11/2 4.9
3 1
spread of 1/2 to 1 3/8. Handle end has a 1171 1 /8 21/8 4.9

7
1/2 20 thread. 1172 1 /4 3 1

/2 2 4.9 1170
No. 1173 Slide hammer puller. Wt., 3.5 lbs.
No. 1174 Puller head, less slide hammer. Wt., 0.8 lb. 1174 1173
Basic slide hammer units Compatible with internal pulling attachment (see
page 212). Compatible with threaded adapters (see page 210-211). 24 in length,
5/818 threaded end. 1155
No. 1155 Basic slide hammer unit with 5 lb. hammer. Wt., 7.3 lbs.
No. 1156 Basic slide hammer unit with 2.5 lb. hammer. Wt., 4.8 lbs. 1156
Reversible-jaw slide hammer pullers Ideal for pulling gears, bearings, outer races,
grease retainers, oil seals, etc. Two or three jaws may be used and positioned for inside
or outside pulling jobs. Both have 5/8 18 threaded end so attachments and adapters
may be used.
No. 1176 Slide hammer puller with 2.5 lb. hammer, 27241 two-way head and 34698
Jaws 2-Jaw 3-Jaw
jaws. Reversed Spread Spread
No. 1177 Same as 1176 but with 5 lb. hammer.
2 Jaw Spread 3 Jaw Spread

Inside Outside Inside Outside Overal Prod.
Order Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Length Wt.
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) 1176
1176 11/4 31/2 1 41/2 11/2 41/2 11/2 41/2 27 8.0
1177 11/4 31/2 1 41/2 11/2 41/2 11/2 41/2 27 10.5

1177
Slide hammer pullers with cup pulling attachments These combine a basic slide hammer with No. 1152 internal
pulling attachment for removing oil seals, outer races, and bearing cups from blind holes.
PULLERS
No. 1157 Slide hammer puller consisting of 1156 slide hammer and 1152 internal pulling attachment.
No. 1158 Same as 1157 but with 1155 slide hammer.
Reach Spread Spread Prod. Overall

Order Max. Min. Max. Wt. Length
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) (in.)
1157 4 11/2 6 9.8 28 1158

1158 4 11/2 6 12.3 28
POWERTEAM.COM 207
PULLER SETS
10 ton capacity Bi-Directional Puller set

Contains three popular Power Team bar-type pullers
in one versatile set, packed in a handy plastic storage
case. Tools included permit damage-free pulling of
gears, bearings, harmonic balancers, and other parts
having tapped holes. Ideal for servicing off-road con-
struction equipment and machinery.
Multi-purpose puller set This new assortment
of pulling tools gives you a wide range of job versatility.
You get a 5 lb. slide hammer puller, hub puller, two sizes
of Power Team Lock-Jaw jaw-type pullers, a bearing pulling attachment plus a
cross-bar gear and pulley puller, all contained in a handy plastic storage case.
Lock-on, jaw-type puller set Components can be assembled to create several
versatile puller versions. The puller head is turned to securely lock the jaws onto the part being
removed. Both a 2-way and 3-way puller head are included, plus three long-reach and three
short-reach puller jaws in a plastic storage box. Easily removes gears, bearings and other
press-fitted parts.
Set
Order No. Contents Description
1180 10 ton Bi-Directional 927 10 Ton Bi-Directional puller, 83/8 reach, 21/8 to 71/4 spread. Comes with 63/4 puller legs,
Puller set in plastic. other leg sizes are available separately (See page 203).
storage case Wt., 25 lbs. 522 Gear and pulley puller; spread range when used with 1/2 cap screws: 2 to 73/4.
Cap screws not included.
7393 Gear and pulley puller with standard 51/2 forcing screw, plus special 13 forcing screw.
Includes two hex head cap screws, 3/8 -16 x 3 long. Spread range: 11/2 to 41/4.
1177 Slide hammer puller with 5 lb. hammer, 2-way and 3-way heads. Reversible: either two or three
Multi-purpose puller set.
1181
Wt., 25 lbs. jaws may be used to handle both inside and outside pulling jobs.
7208 Hub puller. Includes a spare locknut which permits use with No. 1177 slide hammer.
1023 2 ton combination 2- or 3-jaw Lock-Jaw puller. Has 33/8 max. reach, 43/4 max. spread.
1027 5 ton combination 2- or 3-jaw Lock-Jaw puller. Has 51/2 max. reach, 7 max. spread.
7393 Bar-type gear and pulley puller with 51/2 long screw. Includes two hex head cap screws,
3/8-16 x 3 long. Spread range: 11/2 to 41/4.
1122 Bearing pulling attachment for use with No. 1027 and No. 7393 pullers. Has 2 max. spread,
1/8 min. spread.
1182 Jaw-type puller set. 2-Jaw 3-Jaw Spread

Wt., 6.8 lbs Puller Jaws Inside* Outside Inside* Outside
PULLERS
Order Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
44195 11/2 41/2 3

/4 5 11/2 43/4 1 41/2
PULLERS
44148 23/4 51/2 3

/4 71/2 31/4 61/4 1 61/4
* Can be used for internal pulling tasks when used with a slide hammer.
208
STRONG BOX
Puller Sets
10 Ton Cap Bi-Directional
10 ton capacity Strong Box puller set Puller2 & 3 Jaw Pullers
Heres a set of pullers that gives you almost
unheard of versatility. This rugged, lockable & Specialty Pullers
metal storage cabinet contains pullers, attach-
ments and extra puller jaws good for a variety of
applications. C
abinet may be mounted on a wall,
stand, or workbench.
IPS10B
10 ton capacity hydraulic/manual puller
set in Strong Box This lockable metal
Strong Box contains both hydraulic and manual
pullers, plus attachments. The rugged storage
cabinet keeps the tools organized and secure
from unauthorized borrowers!
Have the puller you need on hand, when you need it,
protected from unauthorized or casual borrowers.
Almost unheard of versatility
IPS10HB
Rugged, lockable storage cabinet.
Wall, stand or workbench mountable.
Order Set
No. Contents Description
IPS10B 927 10 ton capacity Bi-Directional Puller with 63/4 legs
1027 5 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller
Cabinet
(253/4 x 291/2 x 10) 1037 7 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller
with tool board, adapter board, 1101 15 3/4 puller legs (pair)
and tool set. 1122 Bearing pulling attachment
Wt., 98 lbs. 1123 Bearing pulling attachment
1152 Internal pulling attachment
7393 Gear and pulley puller
8005, 8006, 8007, 8010 Male/female threaded
8013, 8015, 8019 Adapters (2 ea.)
8035, 8037, 8038, 8039, 8040 Female threaded adapters
8050 thru 8053 Shaft protectors
8057 thru 8062 Step plate adapters
43892 Long jaws for 1037 (3)
212867 Cabinet, tool board and adapter board
IPS10HB *PH103C 10 ton combination 2/3-jaw hydraulic puller
Cabinet (253/4 x 291/2 x 10) 1027 5 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller
with tool board, pullers, 1042 13 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller
and hydraulics. 1177 Slide hammer puller
Wt., 119 lbs. 44148 3 jaws for slide hammer puller (41/2)
44195 3 jaws for slide hammer puller (3)
PULLERS
36578 Slotted cross head for slide hammer puller

27315 Seal hook for slide hammer puller
1152 Internal pulling attachment (11/2 to 6 spread)
24832 Forcing screw for 1152
215315 Cabinet and tool board
* See page 212.
POWERTEAM.COM 209
PULLER ADAPTERS
Specialty Metric 7392
Gear and pulley pullers Ideal for pulling many small
parts having tapped holes. The Nos. 7392 and 7393 may be
7393
used with the No. 1122 pulling attachment to remove bearings,
etc. Pullers include two hex head cap screws, 3/8 16 NC x
3 long. Spread: 11/241/4. Width of puller block is 47/8. Cap
screws are not included with the No. 522, but any cap screws
up to 1/2 diameter may be used. No. 522 spread, when used
with 1/2 dia. cap screws, is 273/4. Width of the No. 522 puller
block is 81/4.
No. 7392 Puller with 5/8-18 x 13 long screw. Wt., 2 lbs. 522
No. 7393 Puller with 5/8-18 x 51/2 long screw. Wt., 1.5 lbs.
No. 522 Puller with 3/4-16 x 115/8 long screw. Wt., 4.3 lbs.
4-in-1 puller set You can quickly assemble a 2- or 3-jaw puller
with standard or long reach jaws.
No. PA7 Four-In-One puller set, 7 ton capacity. Standard jaw max.
PA7 reach is 5. Maximum spread is 101/2. Long jaw maximum reach is 83/4. Maximum spread
is 11. Wt., 10.8 lbs.
Flange type puller Slotted holes in puller body permit cap screws to be positioned
to handle bolt-circle diameters from 11/2 to 45/8.
No. 518 Flange type puller. Includes 3 cap screws, 3/8 24 NF x 3 long and 3 cap
518 screws 3/8 16 NC x 3 long. Forcing screw is 5/8-18 x 5 long. Wt., 3.4 lbs.
Metric adapters Add metric capability to the Bi-Directional Puller legs or forcing
screws! Four separate metric kits available with a variety of sizes for the Bi-Directional
legs or forcing screws! Each packaged in a convenient plastic organizer case.
Kit Female Male Kit Female Male

Description Contents End End Length Description Contents End End Length
8111 5
8-18 M6 x 1.0 2 /4
1
8121 5
8-18 M14 x 1.5 21/4
Male Metric 8112 5
8-18 M8 x 1.0 21/4 Male Metric 8122 5
8-18 M14 x 2.0 21/4
Wt., 3 lbs. 8113 5
8-18 M8 x 1.25 21/4 Wt., 3 lbs. 8123 5
8-18 M16 x 1.5 23/4
8114 5
8-18 M10 x 1.25 21/4 8124 5
8-18 M16 x 2.0 23/4
8115 5
8-18 M10 x 1.50 21/4 8125 5
8-18 M20 x 1.5 23/4
8116 5
8-18 M12 x 1.25 21/4 8126 5
8-18 M20 x 2.5 23/4
8117 5
8-18 M12 x 1.75 2
Female threaded adapters - Use these adapters on the ends of Bi-Directional Puller forcing screws, legs, or slide ham-
mers in the removal and installation of shafts, axles, and housings.
Set No. 8044 consists of a set of 6 adapters (Nos. 8037-8042).
PULLERS
Order Female Female Order Female Female

No. End A End B No. End A End B
8035* 1
/220 5
/818 8040 5
/818 114
8036* 114 114 8041 5
/818 11/812
A 8037 5
/818 5
/818 8042 5
/818 11/412
B 8038 5
/818 3
/416 8043* 5
/818 11/212
8039 5
/818 7
/814
Note: All adapters available separately. *Not included in set No. 8044. Order separately.
210
Male-female threaded adapters These adapters are used on ends of Bi-Directional Puller legs, with forcing screws or slide
hammers to assist in pulling shafts, bearing caps, pinions, and many other parts.
Order Female Male Order Female Male

No. End End Length No. End End Length
8000 5/818 1
/420 2 1/4 8015 5/818 3
/410 2 1/4
8001 5/818 5
/1618 2 1/4 8016 114 3/410 2 1/2
8002 5/818 7
/1614 2 1/4 8017 5/818 7
/814 2 1/4
8003 5
/818 7
/1620 2 1/4 8018 /818
5 7
/89 2 1/4
8004 5/818 3
/824 2 1/4 8019 5/818 114 2 1/4
8005 5/818 3
/816 2 1/4 8020 18 5/818 3
8006 5
/818 1
/220 2 1/4 8021 18 114 3
8007 5
/818 1
/213 2 1/4 8022 5/818 1
/8 pipe 2 1/4
8008 5/818 9
/1618 2 1/4 8023 11/412 114 41/2
8009 5/818 9
/1612 2 1/4 8024 11/412 13/412 41/2
8010 5
/818 5
/811 2 1/4 8025 11/47 5
/818 4
Fed. Spec.: GGG-P- 8011 114 /811 21/2
5
8027 1 /47 114 4
1
00781-D
8012 114 5/818 33/16 8028 15/851/2 18 4
8013 5/818 3
/416 2 1/4 8029 15/851/2 114 4
8014 114 /416 21/2
3
Note: Nos. 80008029 each sold individually.
Step plate adapter sets Power Team step plate adapters are necessary for pulling and installing bearings, gears, or
other parts on hollow shafts or housings. Puller screw forces against step plate adapter, as shown at right. May be
used with Power Team jaw-type pullers, Bi-Directional Pullers and shop presses.
Set No. 8075 set of 11 adapters (Nos. 8057-8067).
Set No. 8076 set of 6 adapters (Nos. 8068-8073).
Set No. 8075 Set No. 8075 Set No. 8076

Order Dia.A Dia.B Order Dia.A Dia.B Order Dia.A Dia.B
No. (in.) (in.) No. (in.) (in.) No. (in.) (in.)
A
8057 1 3/4 8063 17/8 15/8 8068 25/8 21/8
8058 11/8 7
/8 8064 2 15/8 8069 23/4 2 1/4
8059 1 /4 1
1 8065 21/8 13/4 8070 27/8 23/8
B 8060 13/8 11/8 8066 23/8 17/8 8071 3 21/2
8061 15/8 11/4 8067 21/2 2 8072 3 1/4 2 3/4
8062 13/4 13/8 8073 31/2 3
Shaft protector set Power Team shaft protectors are designed to protect shaft centers from distortion when extreme pressures are
applied with jaw-type pullers or Bi-DirectionalPullers. Shaft protectors are inserted between the end of the puller
screw and the shaft.
Set No. 8056 Set of 6 shaft protectors (Nos. 8050 thru 8055).
C D C D
PULLERS
Order A B (60) (60) Order A B (60) (60)

No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
8050 11/2 3
/4 3
/8 7
/16 8053 3
/4 3
/4 1
/4 1
/4
8051 11/4 3
/4 3
/8 3
/8 8054 5
/8 5
/8 1
/4 1
/4 D
8052 1 3
/4 3
/8 5
/16 8055 5
/8 5
/8 3
/16 3
/16 B
C
A
CAUTION: All the items shown may not withstand the full tonnage of
the pullers they may be used with. Refer to page 195.
POWERTEAM.COM 211
PULLER SETS
Manual
10 & 171/2 Ton
10 ton manual puller set IPS10M

This puller set is just what you need
for removing gears, bearings, etc.
Includes pullers, attachments, and
many accessories.
1712 ton manual puller set The pullers and acces-

IPS17M sories in this set can be used for hundreds of applications
including quick and easy maintenance involving removal and
replacement of press-fit parts.
Manual Puller Set No. Set Set

Order No. Contents Pullers Contents Accessories
IPS10M 927 10 ton capacity Bi-Directional with 63/4 legs 8075 Step plate adapter set
10 ton capacity 1023 2 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller 8044 Female threaded adapter set
Wt., 53 lbs. 1026 5 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller 8035 Female threaded adapter: 1220 x 5818
1027 5 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller 1151 Bearing cup pulling attachment
1037 7 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller 1121 Bearing pulling attachment
1178 Slide hammer set 1122 Bearing pulling attachment
1123 Bearing pulling attachment
1101 1512 long puller legs for 927 (pr.)
PULLERS
IPS17M 938 1712 ton capacity Bi-Directional puller w/91/2 legs 8075 Step plate adapter set
17 /2 ton capacity
1 1027 5 ton combo 2/3-jaw puller, with long jaws 1105 221/2 legs for 938
Wt., 116 lbs. 1037 7 ton combination 2/3-jaw puller 1130 Bearing pulling attachment
1041 13 ton combination 2/3 jaw puller 1151 Bearing cup pulling attachment
1045 1712 ton 3-jaw puller 8038 Female adapter: 5818 F. x 3416 F. (2)
212
PROTECTIVE
PB1230C BLANKETS
And Security Chests
Power Team protective blanket
Our blankets are designed to contain broken or
flying parts from the most extreme forces, thus
resulting in a much safer work environment. PROTECT YOURSELF AND
Testing results In our lab, this style of blan- Made of see-through, high-tensile, tear resis- YOUR EQUIPMENT.
ket held the parts of a necked-down grade 8 bolt, tant material. Unlike rigid, fixed guards, these blankets can
which shattered in a 100 ton center-hole hydraulic Effectively contain broken or flying parts from be wrapped and strapped around a job.
cylinder. The blanket sustained no visible damage the most extreme pulling, pressing, pushing The clear protective blankets allow you to
when shot with a force and impact that shattered or stressing forces. visually monitor the job from start to finish.
safety glasses! Ideal for use with pullers and forcing presses. Protective blankets come in a carrying/
storage pouch to reduce aging caused by
prolonged exposure to light.
Order Size Number Wt.

No. (in.) of Straps (lbs.)
PB1230C 12 x 30 2 2.8
PB2036C 20 x 36 2 4.2
PB2860C 28 x 60 3 9.3
PB3372C 33 x 72 3 11.7
PB44120C 44 x 120 4 24.2
PB51156C 51 x 156 4 34.4
Note: Custom sizes are available on a special order basis. Please consult factory.
Job-site and maintenance security chests equipment will be present the next day. In these
Protect your valuable tools and equipment from times, security is a real concern. These rugged,
theft and weather. When the days work is finished, lockable chests are the answer that many of our
you want to rest assured that your tools and customers have been asking for.
Rugged, 16 gauge steel construction with fully arc welded seams for extra
strength and weather protection.
Full length piano hinges, mating cover to body, protect against weather and
MB16 theft.
A
Single or double latch security tabs for padlocks.
Mechanical cover supports, two 21/4 high skids.
B
Fold-down 3/4 pipe handles on each end of chest.
D Pre-drilled for optional casters, which enhance mobility.
C
Durable baked enamel finish.
Dimensions Storage
Order A B C D Cap. Wt. Optional
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (cu. ft.) (lbs.) Caster Wheels
PULLERS
MB5 343/4 14 32 19 5 66 No. 251646 Set of four 4 casters (two swivel and two rigid).
MB8 393/4 19 42 19 8.8 90 Furnished with mounting screws. Wt., 12.5 lbs.

MB16 493/4 24 48 24 16 126 No. 251647 Set of four 6 casters (two swivel and two rigid).
Furnishedwith mounting screws. Wt., 15.3 lbs.
POWERTEAM.COM 213
HYDRA LOCK-JAW
PH303C
Use With 2 & 3 Jaw PH63C
Pullers
6, 8, 11 & 30 Ton
You get the worlds most copied puller Easily metered release valve control knob.
design; the harder the pulling force, the Spring loaded live centering cone.
tighter the jaws grip for secure holding
force. Bladder type oil reservoir.
Power Team pullers are tested for top Rapid adjustment.
performance and reliability at maximum Use with 2 or 3 jaws.
capacity and jaw spread. Supplied with a sturdy storage/
Removing a wide variety of gears, carrying case.
bearings, bushings, pulleys and Features Power Teams exclusive
other press-fitted parts becomes a routine Powerthon Limited Lifetime Warranty
task.
Lock-Jaw pulling system - These pullers are ideal for pull-

ing a wide variety of press-fitted parts including bushings, bearings,
wheels, gears and pulleys. Lock-Jaw pullers have been rigorously
tested for top performance and reliability. PH82K is a complete pull-
ing system which includes a hydraulic power module, 2-way puller
head, jaws, legs and bearing splitter attachment; all contained in a
convenient carrying case.
HST11S
PH82K
E
Stroke
D
Reach
C
F Spread
B
A
Order
Cyl. Reach Min. Max. Spread
PULLERS
No. Cap. Studs Jaws Reach Studs Jaws Stroke A B C D E F Wt.

(tons) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PH63C 6 6 77/8 31/8 7
/16 1
/4 7
/8 31/4 7
/8 10.8
PH83C 8 71/2 913/16 31/8 7
/16 3
/8 1 31/4 11/8 14.5
PH113C 15 9 11 31/8 9
/16 3
/8 11/8 31/4 11/8 17.6
PH303C 30 10 /2 14 /4 21 /4 4 /4 1 /16 1 /16 11/2 611/16 21/8 5/8-18 UNF 112
1 3 1 1 1 7
PH82K 8 101/2 85/32 429/32 1151/64 921/32 31/8 23

/64 1 5/8 31/4 7
/8 5
/8-18 UNF 35
HST11S* 11 529/32 161/8 31/8 31/4 7
/8 32
* (Max bar size 2.3622 or 60 mm)
214
PULLER
Accessories
Lock-Jaw puller accessory kits

K82 accessory kit for the Hydra-Lock-Jaw puller
No. PH83C. Includes 2-way puller head, 2 jaws, 2
threaded legs and sturdy carrying/
storage case. Wt. 13.7 lbs.
No. K83 Accessory kit for PH83C Lock-Jaw
K82 hydraulic puller. K83 2/3 way head accessories kit
for a Lock-Jaw puller No. PH83C. Includes 2/3
way puller head, 3 jaws, 3 threaded legs (5/8-18
thread) and sturdy carrying/storage case. Also can
be used with 1123, 1124, 1130 pulling attach-
ments. Wt. 23.0 lbs.
K83
Puller Accessory converts PH113C into a Hydraulic Straightening Tool HST11

Portable...Good for straightening mechanical shafts, round bars, etc. Simply
remove pump and cylinder from puller head and insert them into the straightening
tool accessory. This product is widely used in steel mills, wire roll companies, wire
extruding companies, textile industry, and any straightening situation where
portability and power are required. Contoured heat-treated shaft adapter included.
No. HST11 Spread: 31/2 to 161/8, Reach: 529/32. Wt., 21.0 lbs.
Shaft adapter
Long jaw set for PH83C and PH113C Lock-Jaw pullers This included
long jaw set is the perfect addition to the PH83C or PH113C Lock-Jaw hydraulic
pullers. The extra long jaws give you the added capability of pulling a wider variety of
parts. Jaw capacity is 8 tons when used with the PH83C puller; 15 tons when used
1188
PULLERS
with the PH113C puller.

No. 1188 Spread: 11 to 121/2, Reach: 121/2. Wt. 11.5 lbs.
POWERTEAM.COM 215
PULLERS
Hydraulic
5, 10, 171/2, 30 & 50 Ton
Remove gears, bearings, and other press-fitted parts with PH53CR

speed and ease.
Broad capacity range of 5, 10, 171/2, 30 and 50 tons.
5 and 10 ton sets include: single-acting, spring return
hydraulic cylinder with hose, coupler and dust cap;
single-speed hydraulic hand pump; puller.
171/2, 30 and 50 tons sets include: Power-Twin single
acting, spring return hydraulic cylinder with hose, coupler
and dust cap; single-speed hydraulic hand pump; puller,
adjusting screw and crank.
Reach
Hydraulic cylinder of all models is readily

Spread
removable from puller for use with pump
in other hydraulic applications. You get
maximum maintenance versatility for
Reach
your investment.
Fed. Spec.: GGG-P-00781-D
PH103C
5 ton capacity, 2/3 jaw puller Available components-

No. PH53C Combination 2-jaw/3-jaw puller set. No. 309874 5/8 diameter
Includes 1057 5 ton puller, RPS55 hydraulic set (C55C pushing adapter. (Included with
cylinder, P12 10,000 psi hand pump, fittings, coupler, and PH53C and PH53CR hydraulic
6 ft. hose), and 309874 pushingadapter. Wt., 20 lbs. puller sets). Wt., 0.3 lb.
No. PH53CR Combination 2-jaw/3-jaw puller set. No. 309875 7/8 diameter pushing
Includes 1057 5 ton puller, C55C cylinder, and 309874 adapter. Wt., .8 lb.
pushing adapter. Wt., 12 lbs. No. 47997 2-way/3-way puller head. (Can be used to
No. 1057 5 ton cap. 2-jaw/3-jaw puller only. convert No. 1038 7 ton manual puller into a 5 ton hydraulic
Wt., 7.8 lbs. puller). Wt., 2.3 lbs.
10 ton capacity, 2/3 jaw puller -

No. PH103C Combination 2-jaw/3-jaw puller; 10 ton capacity. Set includes 1060 10 ton puller, RPS1010 cylinder and
pump set, and 202179 threaded adapter. Wt., 52 lbs.
No. PH103CR Combination 2-jaw/3-jaw puller, 10 ton capacity. Set includes 1060 10 ton puller, 202179 threaded
adapter, and C1010C cylinder only. (Pump and hose not included). Wt., 32 lbs.
No. 1060 Combination 2-jaw/3-jaw puller only; 10 ton capacity. (Cylinder and pump set, hose, coupler, and adapter No.
202179 not included). Wt., 17 lbs.
PULLERS
NOTE: This puller may be used with any 10 ton single-acting cylinder having a 21/414 straight collar thread.
216
PH173
PH503
PH172 PH303
1712 ton capacity, 2-jaw puller

No. PH172 2-jaw puller with RT172 center-hole Power-Twin cylinder, cylinder half coupler, P55 pump,6-ft. hose, hose
half coupler, 1 8 x 20 long adjusting screw, and adjusting crank. Wt., 61 lbs.
No. 1064 Puller only. (Cylinder, pump, hose, coupler, screw, and crank not included). Wt., 22 lbs.
No. PH173 3-jaw puller with RT172 center-hole Power-Twin cylinder, cylinder half coupler, P55 pump, 6-ft. hose, hose
half coupler, 1 8 x 20 long adjusting screw, and adjusting crank. Wt., 75 lbs.
No. PH173R 3-jaw puller with screw and crank, and RT172 center-hole twin cylinder. Wt., 56 lbs.
half coupler, 11/4 7 x 24 large adjusting screw, and adjusting crank. Wt., 149 lbs.
No. PH303R 3-jaw puller with screw and crank, and RT302 center-hole twin cylinder. Wt., 130 lbs.
half coupler, 15/8 51/2 x 303/8 long adjusting screw, and adjusting crank.
Wt., 286 lbs.
No. 1080 3-jaw puller only. (Cylinder, pump, hose, coupler, screw, and crank not included).
Wt., 191 lbs.
PULLER ONLY
Jaw Jaw Jaw Jaw
Order Cap. Reach Spread Thickness Width Wt.
No. (Tons) Jaws (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
1057 5 2/3 83/4 111/2 11

/32 63
/64 7.8
1060 10 2/3 15 17 9
/16 63
/64 17
1064 171/2 2 111/2 16 13/16 19/32 22
1066 171/2 3 111/2 20 13/16 19/32 36
PULLERS
1074 30 3 197/16 34 11/8 15/8 90

1080 50 3 275/8 44 113/32 17/8 191
CAUTION: Always use a 3-jaw puller where clearance permits in order to provide a more stable setup and a more even pulling force.
POWERTEAM.COM 217
BI-DIRECTIONAL
Hydraulic Pullers
Can apply a hydraulic pushing or pulling
171/2, 30-50 Ton force, depending on how the puller is set
up.
Each unit includes perfectly matched
hydraulic components that can be
detached from the Bi-Directional Puller
for other tasks requiring dependable Power
The power to make impossible Team power; assuring maximum return on
jobs become routine. your investment.
Optional leg kits adapt your Bi-Directional
Puller to extra long or extra short reach.
A wide variety of threaded adapters, bearing pulling attachments and internal pulling
attachments can be used in combination with our Bi-DirectionalPullers.
1108 1105 1104 1106 1107
ASSEMBLING THE TOOL TO APPLY PUSHING OR PULLING

FORCE:
1. Determine if you want the tools
forcing screw to push or pull.
2. To exert pushing force, the forcing Sliding Cylinder
4 1/2 Plate
L 2.5 lbs. nut is installed beneath the cross
91/2 block, as shown on left.
161/2 4.5 lbs. 3. To cause the forcing screw to pull, Sliding
6.5 lbs. the forcing nut is placed on top of Plate
the cross block. Cylinder
221/2 s
4. The sliding plates must always be
30 9 lbs. Pulling
11.5 lbs. placed on the opposite side of the t
cross block from the forcing nut.
s Pushing s t Force t
NOTE: L = leg length: 41/2, 91/2, 161/2, Pulling
Force Pulling Pushing Pushing
Force Force Force Force
221/2, 30; subtract 47/8 from leg length
to determine reach when using leg end
caps.
Selection and capacity rating Each Bi-Directional Pullers specified tonnage capacity is
determined using its standard
legs in tension. Using longer legs, or a setup in which the legs are in compression, will reduce the capacity. Always select
the largest capacity puller and the shortest legs that will fit the job.
Power Twin cylinder This unique center-hole cylinder powers each Bi-DirectionalPuller screw runs right between the
twin spring cylinder. A basic head allows you to change from a tapped hole to a plain hole by merely changing the head insert.
171/2 ton capacity Bi-Directional Puller
No. PPH17 Bi-Directional Puller with RT172 center-hole Power Twin cylinder,
cylinder half coupler, P55 pump, 9767 6-ft. hose, 9798 hose half coupler, 161/2 legs,
24827 leg ends, 1-8 x 20 large adjusting screw and adjusting crank. Wt., 59 lbs.
No. PPH17R Same as above, but without P55pump, 9767 6-ft. hose and
9798 hose half coupler. Wt.,40 lbs.
No. 1062 Puller only. (Cylinder, pump, hose, coupler, screw and crank not in- PPH17
cluded). Wt., 20 lbs.
USEWITH:
PULLERS
Bearing pulling attachments: Nos. 1124 and 1130. Reach
Pulley pulling attachment: No. 679.

Internal pulling attachment: No. 1154. Spread
53/4-113/4
Legs: Nos. 1104, 1105, 1106, 1107 and 1108 - Pair of legs for 17 /2-ton 1
capacity Bi-DirectionalPuller.
Leg Ends Upper leg ends are
threaded 3/4-16. Lower leg ends
are threaded 5/8-18 lg.
218
PPH30
30 ton capacity Bi-Directional Puller

1109 1110 1111
No. PPH30 Bi-Directional Puller with RT302 center-hole Power Twin
cylinder, cylinder half coupler, P55 pump, 9767 6-ft. hose, 9798 hose half Reach
coupler, 18 legs, 28390 leg ends, 11/4-7 x 24 lg. adjusting screw and
adjusting crank. Wt., 102 lbs.
No. PPH30R Same as above, but without P55 pump, 9767 6-ft. hose Spread
and 9798 hose half coupler. Wt., 82 lbs. 7-161/4
L
No. 1070 Puller only. (Cylinder, pump, hose, coupler, screw and
crank not included). Wt., 42 lbs. Note: L = leg length: 8,
USEWITH: 18, 28; subtract 57/8 from leg 8
length to determine reach when 8 lbs.
Bearing pulling attachments: No. 680 (Use two 8012 adapters to con-
using leg end caps.
nect to puller.) 18
15 lbs.
Pulley pulling attachment: No. 679. Leg ends are threaded
Internal pulling attachment: No. 1166. 1-14 x 11/4 lg.
Legs: Nos. 1109, 1110 and 1111 - Pair of legs for 30 ton capacity 28
Bi-Directional Puller. 22 lbs.
50 ton capacity Bi-Directional Puller 1112 1113

No. PPH50 Bi-Directional Puller with RT503 center-hole Power
Twin cylinder, cylinder half coupler, P55 pump, 9767 6-ft. hose, 9798 PPH50
hose half coupler, 24 legs, 15/8-51/2 x 303/8 large. adjusting screw and
adjusting crank. Wt., 201 lbs.
No. PPH50R Same as above, but without P55 pump, 9767 6-ft. hose
and 9798 hose half coupler. Wt., 181 lbs. L
No. 1076 Puller only. (Cylinder, pump, hose, coupler, screw and
crank not included.) Wt., 106 lbs.
USEWITH:
Bearing pulling attachments: Nos. 1128. Reach 24
34 lbs.
Legs: Nos. 1112 and 1113 - Pair of legs for 50 ton capacity
Bi-DirectionalPuller.
Spread
34
8 1/2-20 1/2
47 lbs.
Leg ends are threaded

11/4-12 x 13/4 lg.
PULLERS
POWERTEAM.COM 219
PULLER SETS
1 7 1/ 2, 3 0 & 5 0 T o n
171/2 ton hydraulic master
puller sets Having this Power Team
puller set at your fingertips will not only IPS17
reduce your downtime, but also increase
your profits.
No. IPS17 171/2 ton capacity puller
set. Includes hydraulics, pullers,wooden
storage box and accessories listed below.
Wt., 191 lbs.
No. IPS17B Puller set with MB5
metal box. Wt., 213 lbs.
Wooden storage box No.

308435OR9 is included with Set Set
the sets listed on this page. Contents Hydraulics Contents Accessories
36L x 171/2W x 14D. Wt. 44 lbs.
Metal storage boxes also P55 Single-stage hyd. hand 1154 Bearing cup pulling attachment
available (see page 213). Pump assembly 1122 Bearing pulling attachment
RT172 171/2 ton cylinder 1123 Bearing pulling attachment
with threaded insert 1130 Bearing pulling attachment
9798 Hose half coupler Threaded Adapters
IPS17H 9767 Hydraulic hose 6 679 V-belt pulley puling attachment
9670 Tee adapter 8005 5/8 18 F. x 3/8 16 M. (2)
9059 Pressure gauge 8006 5/8 18 F. x 1/2 20 M. (2)
Pullers 8007 5/8 18 F. x 1/2 13 M. (2
1062 171/2 ton cap. Bi-Directional 8010 5/8 18 F. x 5/8 11 M. (2)
Puller with 16 1/2 legs 8013 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 16 M. (2)
24814 Speed crank 8015 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 10 M. (2)
32118 Adjusting screw 8017 5/8 18 F. x 7/8 14 M. (2)
201923 Pushing adapter 8018 5/8 18 F. x 7/8 9 M. (2)
1105 221/2 legs (pr) 8019 5/8 18 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
1066 17 /2 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller 8020 1 8 F. x 5/8 18 M. (1)
1
1027 Combination 2/3-jaw puller 8021 1 8 F. x 1 14 M. (1)

41224 171/2 ton 2-jaw puller head 8044 Female threaded adapter set
24832 Puller screw 8038 5/8 18 F. x 3/416 F. (2)
1037 Combination 2/3-jaw puller 8056 Set of 6 shaft protectors
1041 Combination 2/3-jaw puller (8050-8055)
28228 Cylinder cap 8075 Set of 11 shaft protectors
(8057-8067)
1712 ton hydraulic puller set - This set includes

a 3-jaw puller and a Bi-DirectionalPuller. Ideal for Set Set
heavy duty applications; put this set to work wherever Contents Hydraulics Contents Accessories
large gears, bearings, wheels, pulleys, etc. are found.
P55 Single-stage hydraulic 1154 Bearing cup pulling attachment
No. IPS17H 171/2 ton capacity hydraulic puller set.
hand pump assembly 1130 Bearing pulling attachment
Includes hydraulics, pullers, wooden storage box and
PULLERS
RT172 171/2 ton cylinder with 1105 221/2 legs (pr)

accessories listed below. Wt., 137 lbs.
threaded insert 24814 Speed crank
9798 Hose half coupler 28228 Screw cap
9767 Hydraulic hose 6 32118 Adjusting screw
9670 Tee adapter 201454 Pushing adapter
9059 Pressure gauge 41224 2-jaw head for 1066
Pullers Threaded Adapters
1062 171/2 ton cap. Bi-Directional 8020 1 8 F. x 5/8 18 M. (1)
Puller with 161/2 legs 8038 5/8 8 F. x 3/4 16 F. (2)
1066 171/2 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller
220
30 ton capacity puller set Just what you need for those
IPS30H
big jobs. Not only do you get a 30 ton hydraulic Bi-Directional
Puller, you also get a 2-jaw and 3-jaw hydraulic puller. Plus, many
popular
accessories and the hardware to tackle the big jobs right away.
No. IPS30H 30 ton capacity hydraulic maintenance puller set.
Includes hydraulics, pullers, wooden storage box and accessories
listed below. Wt., 330 lbs.
Set Set
Contents Hydraulics Contents Pullers
P55 Single-stage hydraulic hand 1074 30 ton, 3-jaw hyd. puller

pump assembly 41226 2-way head for 1074
RT302 30 ton cylinder with 1070 30 ton cap. hydraulic
threaded insert Bi-Directional Puller with
9798 Hose half coupler 18 legs
9767 Hydraulic hose 6 1111 28 legs for 1070
Note: Wooden storage box
9670 Tee adapter 27198 Speed crank
No. 3084380R9 is provided
9059 Pressure gauge 28229 Screw cap
with the sets listed on this
Accessories
Accessories 34510 Pushing adapter
page. 46L x 221/2H x 30D.
8036 Female threaded adapters 34758 Adjusting screw
Wt. 92 lbs.
1 14F. x 1 14F. (2)
Metal storage boxes also
1166 Bearing cup pulling attach.
available (see page 213).
IPS50H
50 ton capacity puller set - For those really big jobs, this 50
ton puller set is what you need. Just think of the jobs you can do with
a 50 ton hydraulic Bi-Directional Puller, a 2-jaw and a 3-jaw puller,
both with a 50 ton capacity. Of course, you also get many versatile
accessories and attachments.
No. IPS50H 50 ton capacity hydraulic maintenance puller set.
Includes hydraulics, pullers, wooden storage box and accessories
listed below. Wt., 576 lbs.
Order Order
No. Hydraulics No. Pullers
P55 Single-stage hydraulic hand 1080 50 ton, 3-jaw hyd. puller

pump assembly
RT503 50 ton cylinder with 50449 2-way head for 1080
threaded insert 1076 50 ton cap. hydraulic
9798 Hose half coupler Bi-Directional Puller with
9767 Hydraulic hose 6 24 legs
9670 Tee adapter 1113 34 legs for 1076 CAUTION: All the items shown may not withstand
PULLERS
9059 Pressure gauge 29595 Speed crank the full tonnage specified. Example: When an accessory
28230 Screw cap with a 1 ton capacity is used with a 7 ton puller, the setup
Threaded Adapters
Threaded Adapters
34755 Pushing adapter can be used only at a force of 1 ton.
8024 11/4 12F. x 13/4 12M(2)
32698 Adjusting screw
8028 1 /8 5 /2 F. x 1 8M.
5 1
8029 1 /8 5 /2 F. x 1 14M.
5 1
POWERTEAM.COM 221
PULLER SETS
Hydraulic
IPS3017
171/2 & 30 Ton
171/2 and 30 ton capacity puller sets
These heavy-duty maintenance sets
will more than pay for themselves, es-
pecially in saving you costly damage to
parts. This set lets you tackle hundreds
of applications where pushing and pull-
ing are required.
No. IPS3017 171/2 and 30 ton
capacity manual and hydraulic puller set.
Includes hydraulics, pullers, and acces-
sories listed below. Wt., 537 lbs.
No. IPS3017B Puller set with MB8
metal box. Wt., 563 lbs.
Note: Wooden storage box No. Order Order

3084360R9 is provided with No. Hydraulics No. Accessories
this set. 40L x 171/2H x 24D
P55 Single-stage hyd. hand 24832 Special puller forcing screw
Wt. 64 lbs.
pump assembly 8075 Step plate adapter set
Metal storage boxes also available
RT172 171/2 ton center-hole twin 8076 Step plate adapter set
(see page 213).
cylinder w/ threaded insert 8056 Shaft protector set
RT302 30 ton center-hole twin 679 Pulley pulling attachment
2-jaw puller cylinder w/ threaded insert 680 Pulley pulling attachment
reaches through 9798 Hose half coupler 1154 Bearing cup pulling attach.
spokes of gear to 9767 Hydraulic hose 6 1166 Bearing cup pulling attach.
grip hub. Hand 9670 Tee adapter 1122 Bearing pulling attachment
pump supplies 9059 Pressure gauge 1123 Bearing pulling attachment
hydraulic power. Pullers ers
Pullers 1126 Bearing pulling attachment
1062 171/2 ton cap. hydraulic 1130 Bearing pulling attachment
Bi-Directional w/ 161/2 legs Threaded Adapters
Threaded Adapters
1070 30 ton cap. hydraulic 8005 5/8 18 F. x 3/8 16 M. (2)
Flexible coupler Bi-Directional w/ 18 legs 8006 5/8 18 F. x 1/2 20 M. (2)
is removed from 1066 171/2 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller 8007 5/8 18 F. x 1/2 13 M. (2)
electric motor 1074 30 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller 8010 5/8 18 F. x 5/8 11 M. (2)
shaft with 41224 171/2 ton 2-jaw puller head 8012 1 14 F. x 5/8 18 M. (2)
2-jaw puller. 41226 30 ton 2-jaw puller head 8013 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 16 M. (2)
1027 Combination 2/3-jaw puller 8015 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 10 M. (2)
43892 Long jaws (3) for 1037 8019 5/8 18 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
30902 Long jaws (3) for 1041 8020 1 8 F. x 5/8 18 M. (1)
Typical setup 1105 221/2 legs for 1062 8021 1 8 F. x 1 14 M. (1)
for removing sprocket 1111 28 legs for 1070 8025 11/4 7 F. x 5/8 18 M. (2)
drive pinion shaft. 24814 Speed crank 8027 11/4 7 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
PULLERS
Puller screw is at- 27198 Speed crank 8036 1 14 F. x 1 14 F. (2)

tached to shaft by 28229 Screw cap 8038 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 16 F. (2)
threaded adapter. 28228 Cylinder cap 8044 Female threaded adapter set
Shaft is now ready 32118 Adjusting screw
to be pulled out 34758 Adjusting screw
hydraulically. 34510 Pushing adapter
2
01923 Pushing adapter
CAUTION: All the items shown may not withstand the full tonnage specified. Example: When an
accessory with a 1 ton capacity is used with a 7 ton puller, the setup can be used only at a force of 1 ton.
222
IPS5017
1712 and 50 ton capacity puller sets If you are looking for
a maintenance puller set that will handle a wide variety of applications,
this one is for you. The mechanical and hydraulic pullers and attach-
ments are designed to handle most removing and installing jobs with
a minimal amount of effort.
No. IPS5017 171/2 and 50 ton capacity manual and hydraulic
puller set. Includes hydraulics, pullers, wooden storage box and ac-
cessories listed below. Wt., 892 lbs.
No. IPS5017B Puller set with MB16 metal box.
Wt., 915 lbs.
Order Order
No. Hydraulics No. Accessories
P55 Single-stage hyd. hand 8075 Step plate adapter set

pump assembly 8076 Step plate adapter set Note: Wooden storage
RT172 171/2 ton center-hole twin 8056 Shaft protector set box No. 3084390R9 is
cylinder w/ threaded insert 1154 Bearing cup pulling attach. provided with this set.
RT503 50 ton center-hole twin 1166 Bearing cup pulling attach. 46L x 221/2H x 30D
cylinder w/ threaded insert 1122 Bearing pulling attachment Wt. 105 lbs.
9798 Hose half coupler 1123 Bearing pulling attachment Metal storage boxes also
9767 Hydraulic hose 6 1126 Bearing pulling attachment available (see page 213).
9670 Tee adapter 1127 Bearing pulling attachment
9059 Pressure gauge 1130 Bearing pulling attachment
Pullers
Pullers 34479 Reducing adapter for 1166
1062 171/2 ton cap. hydraulic 10215 Hex nut; 3/4 16 (2)
Bi-Directional w/ 161/2 legs 2
4829 Short bolt
1076 50 ton cap. hydraulic ThreadedAdapters
Threaded Adapters rs
Bi-Directional w/ 24 legs 8005 5/8 18 F. x 3/8 16 M. (2)
1066 171/2 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller 8006 5/8 18 F. x 1/2 20 M. (2
1080 50 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller 8007 5/8 18 F. x 1/2 13 M. (2)
41224 171/2 ton 2-jaw puller head 8010 5/8 18 F. x 5/8 11 M. (2)
50449 50 ton 2-jaw puller head 8013 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 16 M. (2)
1037 Combination 2/3-jaw puller 8019 5/8 18 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
1041 Combination 2/3-jaw puller 8020 1 8 F. x 5/8 18 M. (1) Combination of 50 ton capacity Bi-Directional Pullerand cup pulling
43892 Long jaws (3) for 1037 8021 1 8 F. x 1 14 M. (1) attachment simplifies the removal of a final drive axle seal.
30902 Long jaws (3) for 1041 8023 11/4 12 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
1105 221/2 legs for 1062 8028 15/8 51/2 F. x 1 8 M. (1)
1113 34 legs for 1076 8029 15/8 51/2 F. x 1 14 M. (1)
24814 Speed crank 8038 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 16 F. (1)
29595 Speed crank 8044 Female threaded adapter set
28228 Screw cap
PULLERS
28230 Cylinder cap

Hydraulically powered 3-jaw puller provides grip
2
Bi-Directional Puller while hydraulic hand pump
7392 Gear and pulley puller
removes drive wheel. provides power to push shaft
24833 Forcing screw for 7392
Pulling attachment is from housing. Shaft protec-
used to provide gripping tor is used on end of puller
CAUTION: All the items shown may not withstand the full tonnage
surface. screw.
specified. Example: When an accessory with a 1 ton capacity is used with
a 7 ton puller, the setup can be used only at a force of 1 ton.
POWERTEAM.COM 223
PULLER SETS
1712, 30 & 50 ton capacity puller set Heres the ultimate in industrial puller
Hydraulic sets! Youll find a puller for just about every job. Included in this master set are 171/2,
30 and 50 ton hydraulics, along with an extensive assortment of pullers, attachments and
171/2, 30 & 50 Ton adapters.
No. IPS5317 171/2, 30 and 50 ton capacity manual and hydraulic puller set. Includes
hydraulics, pullers, wooden storage box and accessories listed below. Wt., 1260 lbs.
Order Set
No. Hydraulics Contents Accessories
P55 Single-stage hyd. hand 28230 Screw cap

IPS5317 pump assembly 32118 Adjusting screw
P460 Two-stage hyd. hand pump 32698 Adjusting screw
w/ 3-way control valve 34758 Adjusting screw
RT172 171/2 ton center-hole twin 34510 Pushing adapter
cylinder w/ threaded insert 34755 Pushing adapter
RT302 30 ton center-hole twin 2
cylinder w/ threaded insert 8075 Step plate adapter set
RT503 50 ton center-hole twin 8076 Step plate adapter set
cylinder w/ threaded insert 8056 Shaft protector set
9798 Hose half coupler (2) 679 Pulley pulling attachment
9767 Hydraulic hose 6 (2) 680 Pulley pulling attachment
9670 Tee adapter 1154 Bearing cup pulling attach.
9059 Pressure gauge 1166 Bearing cup pulling attach.
Pullers
Pullers 1122 Bearing pulling attachment
1062 171/2 ton cap. hydraulic 1123 Bearing pulling attachment
Bi-Directional w/ 161/2 legs 1126 Bearing pulling attachment
1070 30 ton cap. hydraulic 1127 Bearing pulling attachment
Bi-Directional w/ 18 legs 1128 Bearing pulling attachment
1076 50 ton cap. hydraulic 1130 Bearing pulling attachment
Bi-Directional w/ 24 legs 3
4479 Reducing adapter
1066 171/2 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller
1074 30 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller ThreadedAdapters
Threaded Adapters
1080 50 ton 3-jaw hyd. puller 8005 5/8 18 F. x 3/8 16 M. (2)
41224 171/2 ton 2-jaw puller head 8006 5/8 18 F. x 1/2 20 M. (2)
1027 Combination 2/3-jaw puller 8012 1 14 F. x 5/8 18 M. (2)
43892 Long jaws (3) for 1037 8017 5/8 18 F. x 7/8 14 M. (2)
30902 Long jaws (3) for 1041 8018 5/8 18 F. x 7/8 9 M. (2)
32136 Long jaws (2) for 1154 8019 5/8 18 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
1105 221/2 legs for 1062 8020 1 8 F. x 5/8 18 M. (1)
1106 91/2 legs for 1062 8021 1 8 F. x 1 14 M. (1)
1107 41/2 legs for 1062 8023 11/4 12 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
1109 8 legs for 1070 8024 11/4 12 F. x 13/4 12 M. (2)
1111 28 legs for 1070 8025 11/4 7 F. x 5/8 18 M. (2)
1113 34 legs for 1070 8027 11/4 7 F. x 1 14 M. (2)
Accessories
Accessories 8028 15/8 51/2 F. x 1 8 M. (1)
Note: Wooden storage 24832 Special puller forcing screw 8029 15/8 51/2 F. x 1 14 M. (1)
PULLERS
box No. 3084400R9 is 24814 Speed crank 8036 1 14 F. x 1 14 F. (2)

provided with this set. 27198 Speed crank 8038 5/8 18 F. x 3/4 16 F. (2)
461/2L x 221/2H x 36D. 29595 Speed crank 8044 Female threaded adapter set
Wt. 120 lbs. 28228 Screw cap
Metal storage boxes also 28229 Screw cap
available (see page 213).
CAUTION: All the items shown may not withstand the full tonnage
specified. Example: When an accessory with a 1 ton capacity is used
with a 7 ton puller, the setup can be used only at a force of 1 ton.
224
BEARING
These pushers are ideal for installing a wide variety of
press-fit parts, including bushings, wheels, bearings,
gears, and pulleys. Applications for the pushers will be
PHP8H PUSHERS
found in motor repair shops, steel mills, mines, quarries,
shipyards, utilities, maintenance shops, agricultural ma- 8 Ton
chinery repair, and so on.
Power Team, a leader in hydraulic tools for over 80 years,
now adds patented, pushing systems to the worlds most
complete line of innovative equipment.
Power Team pushers have been rigorously tested for top
performance and reliability at maximum capacity.
These pushing systems are covered by Power Teams
exclusive Lifetime Powerthon Warranty assuring you
of the highest quality and reliability.
PHP8R
3/4-16 thread
11/2 depth
BEARING PUSHER KITS

Portable pushing kits include an external Lock-Jaw puller,
an internal puller, hydraulic cylinder, and a
tri-section pulling attachment, all in one compact,
lightweight unit complete with carrying case. 8000
9000
7000
10000
PSI
8000
9000
6000
7000
600
10000
500
690
bar
PSI
400
6000
5000
600
500
690
bar
300
400
5000
200
4000
0
100
300
0
3000
200
4000
0
100
1000
2000
0
3000
1000
2000
REACH
STROKE
SPREAD
Order No. Description Cylinder Reach Spread Stroke Weight with Case
Capacity (in./mm.) (in./mm.) (in./mm.) (lbs./kg.)
PHP8H Manual-Hydraulic 8 tons 2.16-15.16/ 2.28-10.62/ 3.23/82 74/33.6
Pusher 55-385 58-270
PHP8R Remote Hydraulic 8 tons 2.16-15.16/ 2.28-10.62/ 3.23/82 77.3/35.1
Pusher 55-385 58-270
PHP8H-1 Manual-Hydraulic 8 tons 2.16-15.16/ 2.28-10.62/ 3.23/82 117/53.1
Pusher/Puller Kit 55-385 58-270
PULLERS
PHP8R-1 Remote Hydraulic 8 tons 2.16-15.16/ 2.28-10.62/ 3.23/82 114/51.7

Pusher/Puller Kit 55-385 58-270
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: Power Team recommends the use of protective blankets for all pushing operations.
For ease of visual clarity, we have shown the pusher application photos without these safeguards.
POWERTEAM.COM 225
UNIVERSAL PULLERS 4 5
PH553C
55 Ton & 100 TON 3
1 6
ENFORCER 55
1 Hydraulic lift system 11
for easy, precise
position of puller. 2
2 Unique dual pump
arrangement: Low pressure 8
pump positions, holds and
7
opens jaws. The high pressure
pump advances and retracts the
9 10
pushing cylinder without releasing
clamped jaws.
3 Hydraulically-actuated jaws: Cylinder moves in
or out to provide a safe, secure grip on workpiece.
4 Puller
can be assembled in 2 or 3 jaw configurations.
Choice of cylinder with a 6 /4 or 13 /4 stroke.
1 1
5
6 Self-centering:
Center cylinder on work; puller jaws will
automatically grip work evenly.
7 Super Lock-Jaw feature means the harder the pull, the tighter the
puller jaws grip. No chains or cages required to keep puller jaws from
Note: Four cylinder extensions (not slipping or springing off the part being pulled.
pictured) are included. The included 8 Guards
at pinch points protect operator.
lifting eyes (not pictured) permit use
9 Carts swivel casters give ease of mobility.
of an overhead crane to raise entire
assembly. 10 Large
wheels make movement of cart easy.
11 Puller can be mounted on cart 90 degrees to right or left of puller cart
centerline, permitting use in tight quarters, such as between machinery.
Conversion kit No. 251468 Kit converts PH553C series to PH553CL series. Jaws
are 12 longer. Kit contains three jaws and six straps with guards. Wt., 250 lbs.
Order A B
No. (in.) (in.) Qty.*
251002 23/4 23/4 1

Pushing Adapters 350593 23/4 6 2 A
350594 23/4 3 1
B B
350637 23/4 10 1
350593 251002
*Number of adapters supplied with each Enforcer.
Only 1 for units with 131/4 stroke. 350594 (251002 only)
350637
Reach Reach Puller Jaw Tip
Min. Min. Max. Max. Overall Cyl. Prod. Dimensions
Order Spread Spread Spread Spread Length* Stroke Power Source Wt. A B C
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Requirements (lbs.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
PULLERS
PH553C 4 22 48 14 90 61/4 115 V, 60Hz, 25 Amp Cap. 749 /8 11/4 17/8

7
PULLERS
PH553C13 4 15 48 7 90 131/4 115V, 60Hz, 25 Amp Cap. 776

PH553CL13 21/2 255/8 451/4 22 102 131/4 115V, 60Hz, 25 Amp Cap 836
C
PH553C-230 4 22 48 14 90 61/4 230V, 50/60Hz, 15 Amp Cap. 749
PH553C13-230 4 15 48 7 90 131/4 230V, 50/60Hz, 15 Amp Cap. 776
B
PH553CL-230 21/2 325/8 451/4 29 102 61/4 230V, 50/60Hz, 15 Amp Cap. 809
PH553CL13-230 21/2 255/8 451/4 22 102 131/4 230V, 50/60Hz, 15 Amp Cap. 836 A
Note: See other pulling attachments on page 205

Note: Cart and Puller (cart width is 32)
226
4 5
1 3
2
6
7
An ideal puller for steel mills,

mines, oil fields, utility projects,
ENFORCER 100 paper mills, construction sites,
PH1002 railroads, airline shops, shipyards
1 Adjustable
jaws mean they always pull on a flat
surface. Retaining chain holds jaws in place or anywhere else where large
during positioning. equipment and machinery pose
tough maintenance challenges.
2 Lock-Jaw feature means jaws grip progressively
tighter as more pulling force is applied.
3 100
ton hydraulic cylinder is single-acting, spring
return type with a maximum working pressure of Enforcer 100 universal puller
10,000 psi. No. PH1002 100 ton, 2-jaw universal hydraulic puller. Includes:
4 Lifting
bracket allows puller to be lifted if the 2-jaw Lock-Jaw puller, PE552S 2-speed electric/hydraulic power
workpiece center is more than 36 off the floor. unit, C10010C 100 ton hydraulic cylinder with 101/4 stroke and six
5 Adjusting screw allows operator to move vertical adapters. Wt., 890 lbs.
position of the puller. No. PH1002J Same as PH1002, but without hydraulic power
6 Spring
loaded feature means Enforcer 100 will align unit. Wt., 825 lbs.
itself on uneven pulls.
PE552S Pump only. 11/8 hp, 115 volt, 50/60Hz, single phase,
7 Hydraulic pump is a 2-stage, high pressure draws 25 amps at full load. Also available in 220 volt, 50Hz.
unit controlled by remote hand switch with
25 foot cord. Note: For 220 volt, 50 Hz applications, order Part No. PH1002-220
8 Tow
bar provides puller with plenty of mobility.
9 Pushing adapters have a diameter of
41/8 and 21/2. J Puller Jaw Tip
J
Ram extensions L N K
M
Amount
E
F
Puller Order Adapter included J K L M N
Jaw Tip
G J No. Type w/puller (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
D 1 L 44745 Push 1 41/8 131/2 21/2
B M
44766 Ext. 4 41/8 8
H 2 N 303045 Push 1 41/8 31/2
J
A
C 3 K
Reach Reach
Min. Min. Max. Max. Cylinder Vertical Max.
PULLERS
Spread Spread Spread Spread Puller Jaw Tip Height Stroke Overall Thickness Wheel Power Source
Order A B C D E F G H Adjust. Length Workpiece Dia. Requirements
No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
PH1002 15 42 48 34 1 21/4 5 101/4 12-36 94 12 8 115v, 50/60hZ, 25 Amp Cap.

PH1002J
15 42 48 34 1 21/4 5 101/4 12-36 94 P12
O W E8
R T E A M . C O M
POWERTEAM.COM 227
ROLLER BEARING
PULLER/INSTALLER Quickly remove or install tapered roller bearings.
Designed with the cooperation of major bearing manufacturers.
(Railroad Edition) Its a fast, simple, one-man operation with 100-tons of
100 Ton Pulling Capacity pulling force provided.
Completely portable for easy, convenient positioning and
out-of-the-way storage.
The standard in most wheel shops.
Universal railroad axle journal roller bearing puller/installer For years, the
standard in most wheel shops. Power Team now has four models to choose for greater
flexibility. With both sling and jack models available and two pumps to choose from,
you can tailor the unit to match your needs. With the proper equipment and know-how,
removal and installation of axle journal roller bearings takes an absolute minimum of time
and effort.
Each unit will service a full line of bearings with rotating end caps, from class B thru
GG. No other method can match Power Teams simplicity. Removal is very easy. Simply
Our roller bearing pullers are ideal remove the end caps, slip the pulling shoe between the bearings and the wheel, actuate
for replacing tough, worn-out bear-
the pump, and in seconds, 100 tons of pulling force removes the bearing. Installation
is just as easy! Each unit is CSA certified (LR19814) and comes complete with a
ings on RR freight cars.
heavy-duty 100-ton hydraulic cylinder, 10,000 P.S.I. (700 bar) pump with remote
control solenoid valve, hydraulic pressure gauge (No. 11543), a pulling shoe and
installing tube.
Order Model Cylinder Valve Pump Information

No. Type Type Type H.P Phase Voltage
PR2100J Jack Double-Acting Solenoid 2** 1 115 or 230*

PR3100J Jack Double-Acting Solenoid 3 3 230 or 460*
R2100S Sling
P Double-Acting Solenoid 2 1 115 or 230*
R3100S Sling
P Double-Acting Solenoid 3 3 230 or 460*
The photo above shows the U niversal
Puller in position on the roller bearing * Prewired at factory for this voltage. Other voltages available upon request.
assembly, which is ready for removal. ** The 2 hp, 115 volt requires 30 amp service.
Equipped with hydraulic pressure gauge No. 11543.
Tooling order information - IMPORTANT: This tooling chart applies only to standard AAR configurations for freight care
applications. In order to provide adapters needed to service housing-type locomotive and passenger car bearings, as well as
metric bearings, Power Team must be provided with the following information: bearing manufacturers name and general
arrangement drawing number, size of bearing to be serviced, railroad name and location and part numbers of adapters already
in your possession if you currently own a Puller/Installer.
Class and size of bearing assembly

Tool TBU & SP Metric Tooling
Description 120 130 140 150
Pulling Shoe Insert Adapter No. 351830 No. 30512 No. 30521 No. 30520
Guide Tube & Cap Screw Assembly No. 253341 No. 253342 No. 253343 No. 253344
Cap Screw** No. 253339 No. 253394 No. 253339 No. 253395
Guide Tube Adapter No. 21247 No. 21247 No. 21247 No. 21247
PULLERS
Installing Tube Adapter Ring No. 253335 No. 253336 No. 253337 No. 253338
** Screws are supplied with the guide tube and should be ordered as replacements only.
228
PR3100J PR3100S
Class and size of bearing assembly to be serviced

Class B Class C Class D Class E Class EE Class EE Class F Class G Class G Class GG
Tool 41/4 x 8 5 x 9 51/2 x 10 6 x 11 51/2 Axle 6 Axle 61/2 x 12 7 x 12 61/2 Axle 61/2 Axle
Description (No.) (No.) (No.) (No.) (No.) (No.) (No.) (No.) (No.) (No.)
Pulling Shoe No. 420845 is included as part of basic machine Do Not Order 420846 420846 420846
Pulling Shoe 30522 30512 30521 30520 30520 30519 30519
Insert Adapter
Guide Tube & Cap 253313 253314 253317 253318 253316 253327 253320 253321 253319 253323
Screw Assembly
Cap Screw** 253156 253349 253308 253155 253307 253308 253310 253326 253309 253309
Guide TubeNo. 23934 21248 21248 21247 21247 21247 21247 21247 21247 21247
Adapter
Installing Tube No. 30416 is included as part of basic machine Do Not Order 30417 30417 30417
Installing Tube 21242 21258 21256-1 21255-1 21255-1 21257-1 21257-1 30586 30585 30585
Adapter Ring
Note: A
dapters listed above are for servicing the following roller bearing ** Screws are supplied with the guide tube and should be ordered as
assemblies: Brenco Crown-Taper, New Departure-Hyatt replacements only.
Hy-Roll Taper, SKF Expediter and Timken AP.
PR2100J/PR3100J
E PR2100S/PR3100S
E
D
D
B
B
A F A F
Capacity Speed
Order Stroke Pull Inst. Advance Pull Inst. A B C D E F Weight
No. (in.) (Tons) (Tons) (in./min.) (in./min.) (in./min.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
PR2100J 151/2 100 68 357/16 33/16 47/16 32 151/16 4111/16 3629/32 78 583/4 1,162
PR3100J 151/2 100 68 357/16 33/16 47/16 32 151/16 4111/16 3629/32 78 583/4 1,146
PULLERS
PR2100S 151/2 100 68 357/16 33/16 47/16 243/8 11 501/2 641/4 383/4 1,003
PR3100S 151/2 100 68 357/16 33/16 47/16 243/8 11 501/2 641/4 383/4 1,008
POWERTEAM.COM 229
DRIVERS
Bearing, Bushing
27797 Master Set
(Board not included)
And Seal
No. 27793
Starter Set Patent No. 4,429,447
Universal bearing cup installer from 1/2 thru 41/2 diameters in 1/16 incre- discs listed in chart below are included.
This installer adjusts to fit bearing cups ments. Each set includes a handy plastic Range: 1/2 thru 41/2 diameter.
from 35/8 to 61/2 O.D. Replaces over box with pre-cut tool tray. Wt., 68 lbs.
two dozen plates and drivers. Simply No. 27793 Starter Set. Contains handle No. 212377 Tool organizer board. Will
adjust the jaws to fit the cup I.D., lock and discs especially selected to provide accommodate all components of
the jaws, slip the new cup on and drive the driver sizes most frequently needed. 27797 Master Set. Tools not included.
it home with a hammer. Will not damage Maximum utility at a modest invest- Wt., 5 lbs.
new bearings. ment!Wt., 4 lbs.
No. 7180 Univ. bearing cup installer. No. 27794 Basic Set. Wide coverage,
Wt., 10 lbs. low investment! Includes 41 discs and Cap screw
two handles. Size range: 1/2 thru 3 di- 0.50" thick discs Handle
Assemble your own custom-made ameter. Wt., 22 lbs.

driver tools
No. 27795 Big Job Set. Used for servic-
These sets include discs and handles for ing large components. You get coverage Complete driver
assembly
custom seal driver assembly to provide of 31/16 thru 41/2 diameter with the 24 These sets have the proper-size driver for any seal,
a pilot (to prevent cocking), a spacer (so discs and handle provided. Wt., 45 lbs. bearing or bushing installing job. Select the proper-size
force is applied on the proper area) and No. 27797 Master Set. For maximum discs, attach to handle with cap screws and strike
a driver (for even force dist.). Discs range coverage. Three handle sizes and all 65 with hammer.
DISCS DISCS DISCS SET COMPONENTS

Order No. Inch MM Order No. Inch MM Order No. Inch MM Order
No. Description
27491 / 12.7
1 2 27512 113/16 46.0 27534 33/16 81.0 10012 1/4-20 UNC X 7/8*
27492 9/16 14.3 27513 17/8 47.6 27535 31/4 82.6 10020 1/4-20 UNC X 11/4*
27493 5/8 15.9 27514 115/16 49.2 27536 35/16 84.1 10854 1/4-20 UNC X 13/4
27494 11/16 17.5 27515 2 50.8 27537 33/8 85.7 10855 1/4-20 UNC X 23/4*
27495 3/4 19.0 27516 21/16 52.4 27538 37/16 87.3 12001 1/4-20 UNC X 21/4*
27496 13/16 20.6 27517 21/8 54.0 27539 31/2 88.9 27487 Small Handle 5 X 3/4 Dia.
27497 7/8 22.2 27518 23/16 55.6 27540 39/16 90.5 27488 Med. Handle 6 X 11/4 Dia.
27498 15/16 23.8 27519 21/4 57.2 27541 35/8 92.1 27489 Large Handle 6 X 15/8 Dia.
27499 1 25.4 27520 25/16 58.7 27542 311/16 93.7 27490 Extension Tube
27500 11/16 27.0 27521 23/8 60.3 27543 33/4 95.3 7350 Allen Wrench
27501 11/8 28.6 27522 27/16 61.9 27544 313/16 96.8
27502 13/16 30.2 27523 21/2 63.5 27545 37/8 98.4
27503 11/4 31.8 27524 29/16 65.1 27546 315/16 100.0
27504 15/16 33.3 27525 25/8 66.7 27547 4 101.6
27505 13/8 34.9 27526 211/16 68.3 27548 41/16 103.2
27506 17/16 36.5 27527 23/4 69.8 27549 41/8 104.8
PULLERS
27507 11/2 38.1 27528 213/16 71.4 27550 43/16 106.4

27508 19/16 39.7 27529 27/8 73.0 27551 41/4 108.0
27509 15/8 41.3 27530 215/16 74.6 27552 45/16 109.5
27510 111/16 42.9 27531 3 76.2 27553 43/8 111.1
27511 13/4 44.4 27532 31/16 77.8 27554 47/16 112.7
27533 31/8 79.4 27555 41/2 114.3
= Items contained in 27793 starter set.
230
SELECTING A PUNCH MEASUREMENTS/
The following information is provided as a convenient general
reference guide for metal punching operations. SPECIFICATIONS
HOLE SIZE VS. MATERIAL THICKNESS
Tons Of Pressure
Punching holes in metal is the fast, economical way to get
precise hole size, smoothness and minimum burr. Compres-
sive strength of the punch steel determines that the thickness
Required
of the metal being punched must not exceed the diameter of
the punch. This relationship varies with the type of material.
For example: the minimum hole diameter will be 1/4" in 1/4"
mild steel, 1/4" in 3/16" stainless steel, and 1/4" in 5/16" alu-
minum. DETERMINING TONNAGES
FOR ROUND HOLES
MAXIMUM RATED CAPACITY
To determine tonnages for hot rolled mild steel (typically used
All punching tools have their maximum capacity for safe, in bar size angle iron, channels, tees and zees) with a 50,000
dependable operation over a long life span. The hydraulic PSI shear strength, read directly from chart #1. Example:To
punches listed in this catalog have a rated capacity based on punch a 3/8" diameter hole thru 3/8" thick mild steel, chart #1
their design strength. Before selecting a tool, use the following shows 11.1 tons are required. For ASTM A-36 steel (typically
charts to determine the specific tonnage required to punch used for structural size wide flange, H and I beams, tees and
the size and shape holes through the type and gauge metal zees) with a 60,000 PSIshear strength, read direct from chart
considered. #2.Example: To punch a 1/4" round hole in 1/4" thick A-36
steel, chart #2 shows 5.9 tons of force is needed.
CHART #1 TONS OF PRESSURE REQUIRED TO PUNCH MILD STEEL

Material Round Hole Diameter
Thickness 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 11/16" 3/4" 13/16"
Gauge Inches
20 1/32 .4 .5 .7 .9 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.3
18 3/64 .5 .7 .9 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.1
TONS OF PRESSURE
16 1/16 .6 .9 .6 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.8
14 5/64 .7 1.1 1.2 1.8 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.3 3.7 4.0 4.4 4.8
12 7/64 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.7 6.2 6.7
11 1/8 1.2 1.8 2.1 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.7 5.1 5.9 6.2 7.1 7.6
10 9/64 1.3 2.0 2.4 3.3 4.0 4.6 5.3 5.9 6.6 7.3 7.9 8.6
3/16" 3/16 2.8 2.6 4.6 5.5 6.4 7.4 8.3 9.2 10.1 11.0 12.0
1/4" 1/4 3.7 6.1 7.4 8.6 9.8 11.1 12.3 13.5 14.7 16.0
5/16" 5/16 4.9 7.8 9.2 10.7 12.3 13.9 15.4 17.0 18.5 20.0
3/8" 3/8 11.1 12.8 14.8 16.5 18.5 20.2 22.1 23.8
1/2" 1/2 19.7 22.0 24.6 26.9 29.5 31.8
CHART #2 TONS OF PRESSURE REQUIRED TO PUNCH ASTM-A36 STRUCTURAL STEEL

Material Round Hole Diameter
Thickness 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" / "
1 2 / "
9 16 / "
5 8 / "
11 16 / "
3 4 / "
13 16
TONS OF PRESSURE
Gauge Inches
12 /
7 64 1.2 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.6 6.2 6.8 7.4 8.0
11 /
1 8 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.2 4.9 5.7 6.4 7.1 7.8 8.5 9.2
10 9/64 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2 7.9 8.7 9.5 10.3
3/16" 3/16 3.3 4.4 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.8 9.9 11.0 12.1 13.2 14.3
RESOURCES
1/4" 1/4 4.4 5.9 7.4 8.6 10.3 11.8 13.2 14.7 16.2 17.7 19.1
5/16" 5/16 7.4 9.2 11.0 12.9 14.7 16.5 18.4 20.2 22.0 24.0
3/8" 3/8 8.8 11.0 13.3 15.5 17.7 19.9 22.1 24.3 26.5 28.7
1/2" 1/2 23.6 26.5 29.4 32.4 35.3 38.3
POWERTEAM.COM 231
MEASUREMENTS/ CHART #3 TONS OF PRESSURE REQUIRED TO SHEAR 1" LENGTH
SPECIFICATIONS Material Stainless
TONS OF PRESSURE
Thickness Mild Steel Steel Brass
/
3 16 4.25 7.0 3.25
Die Clearance /
1 4 6.25 9.5 4.5
5/16 8.0 12.0 5.5
3/8 9.5 14.25 6.25
7/16 11.0 16.5 7.75
1/2 12.5 18.75 8.75
DETERMINING TONNAGES FOR IRREGULAR SHAPED HOLES
When punching irregular shaped holes distance around a 1/2" square hole) is 2".
(square, obround, etc) multiply the To punch such a hole in 1/4" thick mild
length of metal to be cut by the multi- steel, multiply 2" x 6.25 (from chart #3) =
plier given for a 1" length of cut in chart 12.5 tons. For stainless steel this would
#3. Example: The shear length (or total be 2" x 9.5 = 19 tons.
DIE CLEARANCE CHART #4 CLEARANCE

FOR MILD STEEL
The relationship of the larger die hole size to the
punch size is die clearance and is stated as a Material Approximate Decimal Overall Clearance
Thickness Thickness Add to Punch Size
TONS OF PRESSURE
percentage of the thickness of the material being
7 gauge .1793 .021
punched. The range of clearances varies from 3/16 .1875 .023
10% for thin materials to 20% for thicker materi- 1/4 .250 .037
als. For 0.75" material, the total die clearance is
5/16 .3125 .047
.150".
3/8 .375 .057
Clearance should always be specified when there 1/2 .500 .075
is any reason for doubt (see illustrations below).
Effects of die clearance are more noticeable in
thicker materials (such as 0.50") than in thinner NOTE: Most grades of half hard aluminum use the same
materials (such as 0.19"). When ordering die sets, clearance as shown above. In many cases, your own
specify the type and thickness of material being experience may dictate that you call for clearances dif-
punched (see chart #4). ferent from the above, especially when punching other
materials such as stainless steel. Special clearances
may be ordered for that purpose.
DIE CLEARANCE HAS THE FOLLOWING EFFECTS:
Too much clearance Too little clearance Correct Clearance
1. Extra roll-in at top of the hole. 1. More punching pressure needed. 1. Straighter hole thru material.
2. Too much burr at bottom of Can reduce tool life. 2. Minimum distortion at top of hole.
the hole. 2. High stripping force causes part dis- 3. Minimum burr at bottom of hole.
tortion and extra punch wear.
RESOURCES
232
USE THE 50, 75 OR 200 GPM TESTER TO SIMULATE ACTUAL OPERATING CONDITIONS MEASUREMENTS/
OF THE SYSTEM UNDER TEST
Testing the pump: Operator runs engine at a specific rpm and ad-
SPECIFICATIONS
justs testers pressure compensating valve to simulate a work load.
By comparing meter readings with manufacturer specs, proper op- Conversion Formulas
eration of pump can be confirmed. If oil flow and pressure do not
meet specs, the pump is faulty. Or, if test results and specifications
agree, the operator will know that the problem is elsewhere in the
system and that other tests must be performed. Regardless of the
component being tested, hook-up and testing is accomplished in
minutes. NOTE: These hydraulic testers should always be used with
the owners manual/manufacturers specifications for the system
under test.
Cyl. Caps furnished with Time to Extend Cylinder 1"

Pump Cylinder
C" Series Cylinders: 100 psi 10,000 psi
PERFORMANCE
5 ton cylinders No. 201375 RD55 1.0 sec. 12.0 sec.
The table at right gives you an PE55 RD100 1.8 sec. 22.5 sec.
10 ton cylinders No. 201362
idea of what to expect when coupling RD200 3.5 sec. 45.0 sec.
RD series cylinders to RD400 7.2 sec. 85.0 sec.
a Power Team pump. Actual RD200 3.4 sec. 20.6 sec.
performance will vary according PQ120 RD300 4.9 sec. 30.0 sec.
75 ton cylinders No. 36161 Series RD400 6.4 sec. 39.0 sec.
100 ton cylinders No. 36161 to job conditions.
RD500 8.1 sec. 49.5 sec.
PE400 RD300 3.0 sec. 8.5 sec.
See page 15. See page 24-25.
Series RD400 3.9 sec. 11.1 sec.
RD500 4.9 sec. 14.1 sec.
NOTE: Base mounting BASE MOUNTING HOLES FOR RD" CYLINDERS

holes are standard on
45 90 See page 24-25.
all RD cylinders.Orien-
tation of base mount- Tonnage 10 25 55 80 100 150 200 300 400 500
ing holes to coupler. No. of Holes
2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6
Orientation on RD300,
Thread Size 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 5/8"-11 5/8"-11 3/4"-10 1"-8 11/4"-7 11/4"-7 11/2"-12 13/8"-12
RD400 &RD500 se-
ries is random. Depth 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 7/8" 1" 1" 11/4" 13/4" 17/8" 2"
B.C. Dia. 2" 23/4" 31/2" 41/2" 51/2" 6" 61/2" 61/4" 71/4" 8"
Orientation 90 45 45 45 45 45 45 Random Random Random
MOUNTING HOLES FOR RLS" CYLINDERS

See page 18.
RLS50 / " Cbore x 1/4"
11 32 RLS200 39/64" Cbore x 13/32" RLS500S
45/64" Cbore x 1/2" RLS1000S / " Cbore x 9/16" deep,
51 64
deep, 7/32" thru hole deep, 13/32" thru hole deep, 15/32" thru hole / " thru hole
17 32
RLS100 27/64" Cbore x 11/32" RLS300 39/64" Cbore x 7/16" RLS750S

51/64" Cbore x 9/16" RLS1500S / " Cbore x 9/16" deep,
13 16
deep, 9/32" thru hole deep, 13/32" thru hole deep, 17/32" thru hole / " thru hole
17 32
WARNING
DANGER
POST TENSION/STRESSING JACK DIMENSIONS

WARNING
See page 157.

Order A B C Weight
Number (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
SJ2010 21 9 6 1/2 55
SJ2010 22 10 13/64 7 76
WARNING
C
DANGER
B SJ3010 22 10 13/64 7 76
WARNING
SJ3010P 22 10 13/64 7 76
RESOURCES
A SJ2010DA 18 / 7 / 6 /
1 2 1 2 1 2 42
SJ3010DA 18 1/2 8 1/2 6 1/2 52
POWERTEAM.COM 233
MEASUREMENTS/ DECIMAL & MILLIMETER EQUIVALENTS
9/32 .28125 7.144 43/64 .671875 17.066
SPECIFICATIONS 19/64 .296875 7.541 11/16 .6875 17.463
5/16 .3125 7.938 DECIMALS MILLIMETERS
21/64 .328125 8.334
Conversion Formulas 11/32 .34375 8.731
45/64 .703125 17.859
23/32 .71875 18.256
DECIMALS MILLIMETERS 47/64 .734375 18.653
23/64 .359375 9.128 3/4 .7500 19.050
3/8 .3750 9.525 49/64 .765625 19.447
25/64 .390625 9.922 25/32 .78125 19.844
DECIMALS MILLIMETERS 13/32 .40625 10.319 51/64 .796875 20.241
1/64 .015625 0.397 27/64 .421875 10.716 13/16 .8125 20.638
1/32 .03125 0.794 7/16 .4375 11.113 53/64 .828125 21.034
3/64 .046875 1.191 29/64 .453125 11.509 27/32 .84375 21.431
1/16 .0625 1.588 15/32 .46875 11.906 55/64 .859375 21.828
5/64 .078125 1.984 31/64 .484375 12.303 7/8 .8750 22.225
3/32 .09375 2.381 1/2 .5000 12.700 57/64 .890625 22.622
7/64 .109375 2.778 33/64 .515625 13.097 29/32 .90625 23.019
1/8 .1250 3.175 17/32 .53125 13.494 59/64 .921875 23.416
9/64 .140625 3.572 35/64 .546875 13.891 15/16 .9375 23.813
5/32 .15625 3.969 9/16 .5625 14.288 61/64 .953125 24.209
11/64 .171875 4.366 37/64 .578125 14.684 31/32 .96875 24.606
3/16 .1875 4.763 19/32 .59375 15.081 63/64 .984375 25.003
13/64 .203125 5.159 39/64 .609375 15.478 1 1.000 25.400
7/32 .21875 5.556 5/8 .6250 15.875 1 mm = .03937"
15/64 .234375 5.953 41/64 .640625 16.272 .001" = .0254 mm
1/4 .2500 6.350 21/32 .65625 16.669
17/64 .265625 6.747
SI* CONVERSION FORMULAS
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION 0.907 = t

TO GET APPROXIMATE CONVERSION
TO
MULTIPLY BY OR GET TO GET TO
MULTIPLY v MULTIPLY BY OR BY GET
SI* CONV NON-SI CONV SI* MULTIPLY
UNIT FACTOR UNIT FACTOR UNIT SI* CONV NON-SI CONV SI*
LENGTH UNIT FACTOR UNIT FACTOR UNIT
millimeter (mm) X 0.03937 = inch X 25.4 = mm FORCE (N = kg m/s2)
(1 inch = 25.4 mm exactly) newton (N) X 0.225 = pound X 4.45 = N
centimeter (cm) 10 mm X 0.3937 = inch X 2.54 = cm kilonewton (kN) X 225 = pound X 0.00445 = kN
meter (m) 1000 mm X 3.28 = foot X 0.305 = m TORQUE
meter (m) X 1.09 = yard X 0.914 = m newton meter (Nm) X 8.9 = lb. in. X 0.113 = Nm
kilometer (km) 1000 m X 0.62 = mile X 1.61 = km newton meter (Nm) X 0.74 = lb. ft. X 1.36 = Nm
AREA PRESSURE (Pa = N/m2)
millimeter2 (mm2 ) X 0.00155 = inch2 X 645 = mm2 kilopascal (kPa) X 4.0 = in. H2O X 0.249 = kPa
centimeter2 (cm2) X 0.155 = inch2 X 6.45 = cm2 kilopascal (kPa) X 0.30 = in. Hg X 3.38 = kPa
meter2 (m2) X 10.8 = foot2 X 0.0929 = m2 kilopascal (kPa) X 0.145 = p.s.i. X 6.89 = kPa
meter2 (m2) X 1.2 = yard2 X 0.836 = m2 megapascal (MPa) X 145 = p.s.i. X 0.00689 = MPa
hectare (ha) 10,000 m2 X 2.47 = acre X 0.405 = ha Bar X 14.5 = p.s.i. X .0689 = Bar
kilometer2 (km2) X 0.39 = mile2 X 2.59 = km2 POWER (w = J/s)
VOLUME kilowatt (kw) X 1.34 = hp X 0.746 = kw
centimeter3 (cm3) X 0.061 = inch3 X 16.4 = cm3 kilowatt (kw) X 0.948 = Btu/s X 1.055 = kw
liter (l) X 61 = inch3 X 0.016 = l watt (w) X 0.74 = ft. lb/s X 1.36 = w
milliliter (ml ) X 0.034 = oz-liq X 29.6 = ml TEMPERATURE
(1 ml = 1 cm3) C = (F - 32) 1.8 F = (C X 1.8) + 32
liter (l) 1000 ml X 1.06 = quart X 0.946 = l FLOW
liter (l) X 0.26 = gallon X 3.79 = l cu. cm./min. X .061 = cu. in/min. X 16.4 = cu.
meter3 (m3) 1000 l X 1.3 = yard3 X 0.76 = m3 cm./min.
MASS liters/min. X .2642 = GPM X 3.785 = liters/min.
RESOURCES
gram (g) X 0.035 = ounce X 28.3 = g

kilogram (kg) 1000 g X 2.2 = pound X 0.454 = kg
metric ton (t) 1000 kg X 1.1 = ton (short) X
* System International (Modern Metric System)
234
MEASUREMENTS/
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturing Standards
Power Teams commitment to q uality is evident in IJ100

everything we do, from raw material receipt to how Power Team hoses meet the criteria set forth in the Material
we support our customers years after they purchase Handling Institutes specification #IJ100 for hydraulic hose.
our products. Power Team is registered to ISO 9001: Under the procedures outlined in this standard, hydraulic
2000 international quality standard. ISO 9001: 2000 hose shall:
requires compliance with standards for management,
administration, product development, manufacturing 1. Have an average minimum life of 30,000 cycles at full
and continual improvement. Our R egistration verifies rated capacity.
that Power Team has adopted and maintains doc- 2. Have a minimum burst pressure of at least twice the rated
umentation for processes ranging from suppliers to operating pressure.
customers, inspection, handling, and training. ISO
9001 also requires periodic internal and external au- CSA
LR19814
dits to ensure all aspects Where specified, Power Team electric power pump assem-
of work affecting quality control are monitored. blies meet the design, assembly, and test requirements of
This always has been, and will continue to be, our the Canadian Standards Association. Note:
philosophy. Thats our guarantee to you. If CSA certification is required, it must be requested at the
ASME B30.1 time the pump is ordered.
Power Team hydraulic cylinders fully comply with the NEMA
criteria set forth in the American Society of Mechani- Where specified, Power Team electric power pump assem-
cal Engineers standard ASME B30.1: blies meet the design, assembly, and test requirements of
Our cylinders are designed to have a NEMA 12, a National Electrical Manufacturers Association
minimum of a 2-to-1 safety factor on typical material standard relating to electrical components used to resist
yield strength; moisture and dust.
Each cylinder is tested at 125 percent of rated pres- POWER TEAM PRODUCT DESIGN CRITERIA
sure at full travel and is inspected to assure function-
ality and freedom from leaks. All Power Team brand hydraulic components are designed
and/or tested to be safe for use at maximum operating pres-
ASME B40.1 sures of 10,000 psi unless otherwise specifically noted.
Power Team heavy-duty pressure gauges are de- QUALITY ASSURANCE
signed in accordance with the recommendations set
forth in the American Society of Mechanical Engineers All of our hydraulic cylinders are subjected to quality checks
standard ASME B40.1, Grade B. during production. All steel bar is certified and has ma-
terial traceability to the mill. Before leaving the factory, all
CE MARK cylinders are pressure tested to 12,500 psi, except the RT
Power Team is committed to designing, series which are tested to 10,000 psi to insure on-the-job
manufacturing, and marketing products that meet or reliability. We have made every effort to include the latest
exceed the needs of the customers we serve. Power specifications for our products in this catalog. Please call
Team supplies a Letter of Incorporation or a Declara- the Power Team factory for the most current product spec-
tion of Conformity and CE Marking ifications. The Power Team Lifetime Powerthon Warranty is
for products that conform with European c ommunity described in more detail on page 237 of this catalog.
directives.
RESOURCES
POWERTEAM.COM 235
MEASUREMENTS/
SPECIFICATIONS
Torque Wrench Selection Guide
Torque Wrench Selection Guide
TOOL GUIDELINE
BOLT - TORQUE RECOMMENDED MODEL

SAE1 ASTM 193 8-7 A/F ASTM 354 SQUARE LOW SQUARE LOW
SAE 2 B7 HEAVY B8 DRIVE CLEARANCE DRIVE CLEARANCE
30,000 PSI BOLT HEX NUT 60000 PSI MAKE-UP MAKE-UP Break Out Break Out
FT. LBS. Nm ONLY
1" 7/8" 1-7/16" 300 408 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD1 TWLC2

1-1/8" 1" 1-5/8" 7/8" 425 578 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD1 TWLC2
500 680 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD1 TWLC2
1-1/4" 1" 600 816 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD1 TWLC2
1-3/8" 1-1/8" 1-13/16" 700 952 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD1 TWLC2
1-1/4" 2" 1-1/8" 800 1,088 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD3 TWLC4
1-1/2" 900 1,224 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD3 TWLC4
1,000 1,360 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD3 TWLC4
1-5/8" 1-3/8" 2-3/16" 1-1/4" 1,250 1.700 TWSD1 TWLC2 TWSD3 TWLC4
1-1/2" 2-3/8" 1-3/8" 1,500 2,040 TWSD3 TWLC2 TWSD3 TWLC4
1-3/4" 1,600 2,176 TWSD3 TWLC4 TWSD6 TWLC4
1-5/8" 2-9/16" 2,000 2,720 TWSD3 TWLC4 TWSD6 TWLC4
2" 2,200 2,992 TWSD3 TWLC4 TWSD6 TWLC8
2-1/2 2" 3-1/8" 4,000 5,440 TWSD6 TWLC8 TWSD11 TWLC15
" 1-7/8 4,400 5,984 TWSD6 TWLC8 TWSD11 TWLC15
2-3/4" 2" 5,100 6,936 TWSD6 TWLC8 TWSD11 TWLC15
2-1/4" 3-1/2" 6,000 8,160 TWSD6 TWLC8 TWSD25 TWLC15
3" 3-7/8" 2-1/4" 7,000 9,520 TWSD11 TWLC8 TWSD25 TWLC15
3-1/2" 2-3/4" 4-1/4" 2-1/2" 10,000 13,600 TWSD11 TWLC15 TWSD25 TWLC30
3-3/4" 3" 4-5/8" 2-3/4" 13,000 17680, TWSD25 TWLC15 Please Inquire TWLC30
4" 14,500 19,720 TWSD25 TWLC15 Please Inquire
15,500 21,080 TWSD25 TWLC30 Please Inquire
3-1/4" 5" 3" 16,500 22,440 TWSD25 TWLC30 Please Inquire
4-1/4" 19,500 26,520 TWSD25 TWLC30 Please Inquire
3-1/2" 5-3/8" 3-1/4" 20,500 27,880 TWSD25 TWLC30
4-1/2" 21,500 29,240 TWSD25 TWLC30 For
24,500 33,320 TWSD25 TWLC30 Higher
4-3/4" 3-3/4" 5-3/4" 3-1/2" 25,500 34,680 Please Inquire TWLC30 Torque
6-1/2" 4-1/4" 29,500 40,120 Please Inquire Please Inquire Values
RESOURCES
236
Powerthon
LIFETIME
W A R R A N T Y
Power Team is a registered trademark of the SPX Hydraulic Technologies division of SPX Corporation (SPX). All Power
Team products and parts, with the exceptions noted below, are warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for
the life of the product or part. (The life of the product or part is defined as that point in time when it no longer safely or properly
functions due to normal wear). Inflatable jacks, chains, batteries, electric motors, gas engines, knives and cutter blades which
are sold with Power Team products are not covered by this warranty and instead are warranted as follows:
Inflatable jacks and electronics are warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from date
of purchase.
Consumable parts or accessories, including without limitation, chains, batteries, knives and cutter blades are warranted against
defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from date of purchase.
All electric motors and gas engines are separately warranted by their respective manufacturer under the terms and conditions
stated in their separate warranty.
The foregoing warranties do not cover ordinary wear and tear or any product or part that has been worn out, abused, heated,
ground or otherwise altered, used for a purpose other than that for which it was intended or used in a manner inconsistent with
any instructions regarding its use.
To qualify for warranty consideration, return the Power Team product, freight prepaid, to a Power Team authorized repair center
or to the SPX factory. If any product or part manufactured by SPX found to be defective by SPX, in its sole judgment, SPX will,
at its option, either repair or replace such defective product or part and return it via best ground transportation, freight prepaid.
THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AVAILABLE FOR ANY DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCTS OR PARTS
MANUFACTURED AND SOLD BY SPX OR FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY OTHER CAUSE WHATSOEVER,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, SPXS NEGLIGENCE. SPX SHALL NOT, IN ANY EVENT, BE LIABLE TO ANY BUYER
FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER FOR DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING
GOODS, NEGLIGENCE, ON THE BASIS OF STRICT LIABILITY OR FOR ANY OTHER REASON.
SPXs Warranty is expressly limited to persons who purchase Power Team products or parts for the resale or for use in the
ordinary course of the buyer's business.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE, AND SPX MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AND SOLD BY IT, WHETHER AS
TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR ANY OTHER MATTER. No agent, employee, or
representative of SPX has any authority to bind SPX to any affirmation, representation, or warranty concerning Power Team
products or parts, except as stated herein.
RESOURCES
The purpose of this exclusive remedy shall be to provide the buyer with repair or replacement of products or parts manufactured
by SPX found to be defective in materials or workmanship or negligently manufactured. This exclusive remedy shall not be
deemed to have failed of its essential purpose so long as SPX is willing and able to replace said defective products or parts in
the prescribed manner.
POWERTEAM.COM 237
MOTION CONTROL The Power Team Motion Controller System provides positional
control of a load in motion where load position is critical by means
SYSTEM (MCS) of cylinder synchronization.
Power Team Synchronized
Typical moving and weighting applications:
Lifting and Lowering System
B
ridges Vessels & heat exchangers
Oil rig platforms Stadium roofs
Steel buildings Ships
FEATURES:
Load Capacity: limited by cylinders (use with single or double act-
ing cylinders).
Intuitive graphic, touch screen control.
Basic systems start at 4 or 8 Jacking Points.
Safety features include: Full stop due to power failure, sensor
failure, pressure overload, tolerance error, uncontrolled load
movement, etc.
Displayed information includes; startup diagnostics, position of lift
points relative to starting position, pressure at each lift point,
Status of each cylinder, and status of alarms.
Lifting / lowering accuracy of +/- 1 mm (0.040 in.).
Operating Pressure (up to) 10,000 psi.
Standard system has a 40 gallon tank.
Every MCS includes one day of on-site training at one

of SPXs Regional Headquarters (Rockford, IL USA or
Singapore or the Netherlands). Training includes both
classroom and hands-on instruction. Travel & lodging not
included.
Hardware Included
Crate Sensors Cables Plug
Motion Control System Linear Displacement Cables for sensors are Electrical plug female
(MCS) is protected with a Sensors have a range 100 ft (30.5 m) in length, connector allows for
robust cage and reusable of 19.7 in (500 mm). eight sets and a hard quick attachment to
shipping container. (2 cases with 4 plastic case. your line cord.
sensors each).
Ordering Information
Order No. Max Pump Reservoir Motor Control Max Valves Transducers Weight
Lift Flow Size Voltage Voltage Pressure Included Included w/oil
Points gal (L) hp (VAC) VDC psi (bar) lb (kg)
SYNC LIFTING
55 in / min Pressure
3P-4W 1700
MCS-PE554-8 @10,000 psi 40 1.125 10,000 and
8 24 and (771)
(0.9 L/min @ (150) (230) (700) Linear
2P-2W
700 bar) Position
238 POWERTEAM.COM
Power Team
University
Proper training is needed to
operate and maintain hydraulic
equipment with safety and
efficiency. Power Team offers a
range of classes to help you safely
operate and maintain your tools.
Safety Training
Workplace safety should be a high priority
to assure high-pressure hydraulic tools are
used in accordance with recommended
safety procedures. Power Team Safety
Training Seminars demonstrate the proper
methods for operating high-pressure
hydraulic tools to avoid equipment damage
and lost time accidents. Safety seminars
can be conducted at a customer facility, job
site or Power Team headquarters.
Maintenance & Repair Training

Maintaining Power Team products in good
operating condition enhances operating
efficiency and extends service life. This
seminar explains the proper methods for
keeping Power Team products operating at
peak levels of performance and reliability.
Topics include understanding hydraulic
circuits, product maintenance, trouble-
shooting, and field repairs. Three and five
day seminars are structured to meet your
product knowledge requirements.
Class schedules are posted on powerteam.

com. Contact your district
sales manager for more details or
call 800-477-8326.
CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTERS
North America European Headquarters Asia Pacific Headquarters
5885 11th Street Albert Thijsstraat 12 26 Soon Lee Road
Rockford, IL 61109 6471 WX Eygelshoven Singapore 628086
USA The Netherlands Singapore
Cylinders Customer Service/Order Entry Customer Service/Order Entry Customer Service/Order Entry
Tel: +1 800 541 1418 Tel: +31 45 567 8877 Tel: +65 6265 3343
Fax: +1 800 288 7031 Fax: +31 45 567 8878 Fax: +65 6265 6646
6-39
info@powerteam.com infoeurope@powerteam.com infoasia@powerteam.com
Technical Services
Tel: +1 800 477 8326 Shanghai, China
pumps
Fax: +1 800 765 8326 No. 1568 Hua Shan Road
Treasury Building, 11th Floor
40-103
Shanghai 200052, China

World Headquarters
5885 11th Street Customer Service/Order Entry
Rockford, IL 61109, USA Tel: +86 21 2208 5888
Tel: +1 815 874 5556 Fax: +86 21 2208 5682
Accessories Fax: +1 800 288 7031
infochina@powerteam.com
104-133
info@powerteam.com
Visit us at www.powerteam.com
Shop Equipment
134-147
Jacks
148-163
Hydraulic Tools Distributed by:

164-189
Pullers
189-230
Measurements
231-237
2015 SPX Hydraulic Technologies PT1403B

SPX Power Team Pt1403b

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SPX Power Team Pt1403b

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SPX Power Team Pt1403b

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What products and services does Power Team provide?

What products and services does Power Team provide?

What are some of Power Team's manufacturing and quality processes?

What are some of Power Team's manufacturing and quality processes?

ABOUT POWER TEAM

SPX tradenames, trademarks, or any part of

BB1600,1601..............181 PG303 - PG554.......94-95 SPE556 - 208380-208382............ 35 34806 - 34807..... 145,180 9050A..................150-151

A Fluid Level & M R

Choosing The Right

10,000 psi Maximum Working Pressure

Page PRESSURE STAGE CYLINDER CAPACITY (Tons)

Ton 51/4 101/2 C55CBT 16 21/2 61/4 RH302 20

Step3 Select the hydraulic accessories you need. See pages

WHAT TYPE OF CYLINDER DO YOU NEED?

2. To determine oil Cylinder

3.To determine reservoir

High corrosion and wear resistance, anti-galling properties.

3 Single-acting cylinder controlled by a remote 4 Double-acting cylinders controlled by a remote

No. 9508 Remote Valve No. 9626 No. 9508

No. 9502 Secondary

1 Cylinder applies hydraulic force.

5 Hose transports hydraulic fluid. 2 4

6  anifold allows distribution of

7  wivel Connector allows proper

10 Load-Lowering Valve allows m

11 T-Gauge Adapter allows for installation

LOCKING COLLAR AVAILABLE IN ALUMINUM.

Base mounting holes standard on 5 through 55 ton

Cylinder No. Thread Thread Bolt Circle

* Consult Factory (45 from coupler) 90 from coupler.

C Series Cyl. Caps, E

Threaded cylinder collars, piston rod

* Equipped with carrying handles.

Unique heavy duty spring

*Cylinder top to port is 19/16

Withstands full dead-end loads.

* Supplied with carrying handles. Aluminum

See pages 34-39 & 104-133 for hydraulic accessories.

to plain hole by simply changing insert. (See

Clevis Clevis ORDERING INFORMATION

C E bolt size * For base mounting, extension rod 351106 is required.

Chrome plated piston rod resists corrosion.

Built-in safety relief valve

Chrome plated piston rod

T seal with back-ups

A Threads withstand full load.

150-200 ton 420867 8.8 11/2 51/8

Order Used with A B C Product Wt

and gland nut.

 OPTIONAL SWIVEL CAPS

Order Used with A B C Product Wt

POSITIVE MECHANICAL LOCK TO

55 6 R556L 66.30 103/8 163/8 415/16 1 33/4 1

Order Used with A B C Product Wt

25 25654 21/4 21/8 Dia. 2 111/2 NPSM 3/8 Dia. 5/8

* Can be used with RD106, RD1010 Cylinder.

Threaded Adapter Plain Adapter

10 350100 31/2 1 25/8 21/4 14 UNS-2B 11/32

15 350184 31/2 1 25/8 23/4 16 UN-2B 11/32

Step3 Select the hydraulic accessories you need. See pages

6 anifold allows distribution of

7 wivel Connector allows proper

10 Load-Lowering Valve allows m

11 T-Gauge Adapter allows for installation

Base mounting holes standard on 5 through 55 ton

C Series Cyl. Caps, E

Threaded cylinder collars, piston rod

*Cylinder top to port is 19/16

Chrome plated piston rod resists corrosion.

OPTIONAL SWIVEL CAPS

Convert Power Team Shorty cylinders Upper Ring